ZXG10-BSC(V2)Operation Manual Vol 2

ZZXX GG1100 ZZZ TTT EEE GGG SSS MMM WWW LLL LLL SSS YYY SSS TTT EEE MMM

GGSSMM WWLLLL SSYYSSTTEEMM

OOppeerraattiioonn MMaannuuaall OOFF

ZZXXGG1100--BBSSCC ((VV22)) VVooll.. 22

SSHHEENNZZHHEENN,, CCHHIINNAA

Operation Manual of ZXG10-BSC (V2)-Vol 2

Page I of II

Table of Contents

1 Man-machine Commands ...........................................................................1 1.1 Overview of man-machine commands .....................................................................1 1.2 Security management ............................................................................................3 1.2.1 Man-machine commands for user management .......................................................3 1.2.2 Man-machine commands of operation logs ............................................................17 1.3 Alarm management ..............................................................................................20 1.3.1 Man-machine commands of alarm management ....................................................20 1.3.2 Man-machine commands for test management .................................................... 104 1.4 Performance management ................................................................................. 113 1.4.1 Man-machine commands of measurement jobs ................................................... 113 1.4.2 Man-machine commands of observation jobs....................................................... 120 1.4.3 Man-machine commands of alarm threshold ........................................................ 124 1.4.4 Other man-machine commands .......................................................................... 132 1.5 Configuration management ................................................................................. 135 1.5.1 Man-machine commands of radio resources management ................................... 135 1.5.2 Man-machine commands of software loading....................................................... 259 1.5.3 Man-machine commands of integrated configuration management........................ 287 2 Operation.....................................................................................................471 2.1 Overview........................................................................................................... 471 2.2 Security management ........................................................................................ 472 2.2.1 User management ............................................................................................. 472 2.2.2 Operation log ..................................................................................................... 475 2.3 Configuration management ................................................................................. 478 2.3.1 Radio resource management .............................................................................. 478 2.3.2 Software loading ................................................................................................ 483 2.3.3 Dynamic data management ................................................................................ 488 2.3.4 Integrated configuration management ................................................................. 494 2.4 Fault management ............................................................................................. 499 2.4.1 Alarm management ............................................................................................ 499 2.4.2 Test management .............................................................................................. 504 2.5 Performance management ................................................................................. 507 2.5.1 Performance management ................................................................................. 507 2.5.2 Performance analyzer ........................................................................................ 511 2.5.3 Invoke tracing .................................................................................................... 513 2.5.4 Signaling tracing ................................................................................................ 516 Appendix A Performance measurement counter .....................................................520 A.1 BTS performance measurement counter ............................................................. 520 A.1.1 Power control counter ........................................................................................ 520 A.1.2 Paging counter .................................................................................................. 521 A.2 RMM performance measurement counter............................................................ 522 A.2.1 Radio access counter ......................................................................................... 522 A.2.2 SDCCH counter................................................................................................. 524 A.2.3 SAPI3 counter ................................................................................................... 525 A.2.4 TCH/F counter ................................................................................................... 527 A.2.5 TCH/H counter................................................................................................... 532 A.2.6 RMM assignment counter ................................................................................... 536 A.2.7 RMM call drop counter ....................................................................................... 538 A.2.8 Radio measurement counter ............................................................................... 541 A.2.9 Handover reason counter ................................................................................... 543 A.2.10 General counter of handover .............................................................................. 546 A.2.11 RMM queue counter........................................................................................... 553 A.2.12 Handover synchronization mode counter............................................................. 555 A.2.13 Paging counter .................................................................................................. 555


Page II of II

A.2.14 Abis interface message counter .......................................................................... 555 A.2.15 Radio resources availability counter .................................................................... 557 A.2.16 Counters for generating the report forms required by the National Telecommunications

Bureau .............................................................................................................. 558 A.3 SMM performance measurement counter definition .............................................. 565 A.3.1 BSSMAP message counter................................................................................. 565 A.3.2 A interface message counter............................................................................... 568 A.3.3 SCCP connection counter................................................................................... 568 A.3.4 SMM assignment counter ................................................................................... 569 A.3.5 SMM handover counter ...................................................................................... 569 A.3.6 SMM call drop counter........................................................................................ 570 A.3.7 Land resource availability counter ....................................................................... 571 A.4 LAPD counter .................................................................................................... 571 A.5 Signaling No.7 counter ....................................................................................... 572 A.5.1 SCCP unit counter ............................................................................................. 572 A.5.2 SCCP composite counter ................................................................................... 574 A.6 Gb interface counter........................................................................................... 574 A.6.1 NS sub-layer counter.......................................................................................... 574 A.6.2 BSSGP counter ................................................................................................. 576 A.6.3 Paging performance measurement counter ......................................................... 579 A.7 BSS counter ...................................................................................................... 583 A.7.1 Traffic statistic counter........................................................................................ 583 A.7.2 Resource management counter .......................................................................... 584 A.8 Other counters ................................................................................................... 587 A.8.1 RMM load counter.............................................................................................. 587 A.8.2 Service load counter .......................................................................................... 588 A.8.3 SMM Load counter............................................................................................. 588 Appendix B Acronyms....................................................................................................589


Page 1 of 591

1 Man-machine Commands

1.1 Overview of man-machine commands

The man-machine commands of this system begin with a command code and end with a semicolon. The contents between the command code and the semicolon are the parameters representing specific information.

A command code consists of 4 letters. Among them, the first letter defines the subfunction area of the command, and is called level 1 code. The second and the third letters represent the action or effect object type of the command, and are called level 2 codes. The last letter defines the action to be executed by the command, and is called level 3 code.

The parameter part consists of one or more parameter blocks. All parameter blocks use separator “:” as the start symbol, and the position of a parameter block cannot be changed.

The parameters include the following types:

1. Type Boolean

The value of the type Boolean data can be “T” (TRUE) or “F” (FALSE).

2. Numerical value type

Numerical values are classified into Integer type and Floating type.

The integer type is classified into integers in a general sense (without containing any separators) and integer-type PARAMETER ARGUMENTs (such separators as “&”, “&&”, “-”, “&-” and “&&-” can appear in the parameter, and on both sides of these symbols are integers).

The floating type is classified into floating numbers in a general sense (without containing any separators) and floating-type PARAMETER ARGUMENTs (separator “&” can appear in the parameter, and on both sides of this symbol are floating numbers).


Page 2 of 591

3. Identifier type

Including basic identifier type (identifiers in a general sense, a combination of letters and numbers that begins with a letter) and identifier-type PARAMETER ARGUMENT (separator “&” can appear in the parameter, and on both sides of the separator are identifiers).

4. Enumerated type

Including the enumerated type in a general sense (various enumerated items are separated with separator “,”) and enumerated-type PARAMETER ARGUMENT ( “&” can appear in the parameter, and on both sides of the separator are enumerated-type data).

5. Date type

The format of the date-type parameter: YYYY-MM-DD.

6. Time type

Including second-order time type (the format of the second-order time type parameter: HH-MM-SS) and minute-order time type (the format of the minute-order time type parameter: HH-MM), etc.

7. Temperature type

Decimal floating number +suffix “C”.

8. Percent type

Decimal floating number + suffix “% ”.

9. Character string type

Including the character strings in a general sense (a combination of characters between a pair of double quotation marks) and character-string-type PARAMETER ARGUMENT (“&” can appear in the parameter, and on both sides of the symbol are general character strings).


Page 3 of 591

1.2 Security management

1.2.1 Man-machine commands for user management

1.2.1.1 SGAQ

1. Command function

To query the authority of a user group for a specific operation.

2. Syntax structure

SGAQ: GRPNAME, OPCODE;

3. Parameter description

1) GRPNAME: user group name. Identifier type.

2) OPCODE: operation code. Identifier type.

1.2.1.2 SGDA

1. Command function

To add an operation object to a user group.

2. Syntax structure

SGDA: GRPNAME, OPCODE, AddOBJ;


1) GRPNAME: user group name. Identifier type, no default value.

2) OPCODE: operation code. Identifier type, no default value.

3) AddOBJ: operation object. Character string, no default value.


Page 4 of 591

1.2.1.3 SGDD

1. Command function

To delete an operation object from a user group.

2. Syntax structure

SGDD: GRPNAME, OPCODE, RMOBJ;




3) RMOBJ: operation object. Character string, no default value.

1.2.1.4 SGDQ

1. Command function

To query the direct authority of a user group.

2. Syntax structure

SGDQ: GRPNAME;


GRPNAME: user group name. Identifier type.

1.2.1.5 SGOQ

1. Command function

To query the authority of a user group for a specific operation. .


Page 5 of 591

2. Syntax structure

SGOQ: GRPNAME, OPCODE;




1.2.1.6 SGPQ

1. Command function

To query the authority of a user.

2. Syntax structure

SGPQ: GRPNAME;


GRPNAME: user group name. Identifier type.

1.2.1.7 SGRA

1. Command function

To modify the role of a user group .

2. Syntax structure

SGRA: GRPNAME, ADDROLE, RMROLE;




Page 6 of 591

2) ADDROLE: the role to be added. Identifier type, no default value.

3) RMROLE: the role to be deleted. Identifier type, no default value.

1.2.1.8 SGRC

1. Command function

To create a user group.

2. Syntax structure

SGRC: GRPNAME, NOTE, WINRIGHT;



2) NOTE: brief description of the user group. Character string type.

3) WINRIGHT: activating right of client window. Numerical value type. An integer between 0 and 255. Each bit represents a window activation right.

1.2.1.9 SGRD

1. Command function

To delete one or more user groups.

2. Syntax structure

SGRD: GRPNAME;


GRPNAME: user group name. Composite identifier type, no default value.


Page 7 of 591

1.2.1.10 SGRM

1. Command function

To modify the attribute of a user group .

2. Syntax structure

SGRM: GRPNAME, NOTE, WINRIGHT;



2) NOTE : brief description of the user group. Character string type.

3) WINRIGHT: activating right of client window. Numerical value type. An integer between 0 and 255. Each bit represents a window activation right.

1.2.1.11 SGRQ

1. Command function

To query the attribute of a user group .

2. Syntax structure

SGRQ: GRPNAME;


GRPNAME: user group name. Identifier type, the default value is ALL.

1.2.1.12 SLUC

1. Command function

To create a user.


Page 8 of 591

2. Syntax structure

SLUC: USERNAME, PASSWD1, PASSWD2 [, NOTE ];


1) USERNAME: user name. Identifier type, no default value.

2) PASSWD1: user password. Character string type, more than 6 characters with letters and numbers, no default value.

3) PASSWD2: confirming user password. Character string type, no default value.

4) NOTE: a brief description of the user. Character string type.

1.2.1.13 SOBQ

1. Command function

To query all operation objects of a specific operation.

2. Syntax structure

SOBQ: OPCODE, tLEVEL;



2) TLEVEL: level of the management object. Integer type.

1.2.1.14 SOPQ

1. Command function

To query all operation lists.


Page 9 of 591

2. Syntax structure

SOPQ: ;


None.

1.2.1.15 SRAQ

1. Command function

To query the direct right of a role for a specific operation.

2. Syntax structure

SRAQ: ROLENAME, OPCODE;


1) ROLENAME: role name. Identifier type.


1.2.1.16 SRDA

1. Command function

To add an operation object to a role.

2. Syntax structure

SRDA: ROLENAME, OPCODE, ADDOBJ;


1) ROLENAME: role name. Identifier type, no default value.


Page 10 of 591


3) ADDOBJ: operation object. Character string, no default value.

1.2.1.17 SRDD

1. Command function

To delete an operation object from a role .

2. Syntax structure

SRDD: ROLENAME, OPCODE, RMOBJ;




3) RMOBJ: operation object. Character string, no default value.

1.2.1.18 SRDQ

1. Command function

To query all rights of a role.

2. Syntax structure

SRDQ: ROLENAME;


ROLENAME: role name. Identifier type.


Page 11 of 591

1.2.1.19 SRGQ

1. Command function

To query the role of a user group .

2. Syntax structure

SRGQ: GRPNAME;


GRPNAME: user group name. Identifier type, no default value.

1.2.1.20 SRLC

1. Command function

To create a role.

2. Syntax structure

SRLC: ROLENAME, NOTE;



2) NOTE: a brief description of the role. Character string type.

1.2.1.21 SRLD

1. Command function

To delete one or more role.

2. Syntax structure


Page 12 of 591

SRLD: ROLENAME;


ROLENAME: role name. Composite identifier type, no default value.

1.2.1.22 SRLM

1. Command function

To modify the attribute of a role.

2. Syntax structure

SRLM: ROLENAME, NOTE;



2) NOTE: a brief description of the role. Character string type.

1.2.1.23 SRLQ

1. Command function

To query the attribute of a role.

2. Syntax structure

SRLQ: ROLENAME;


ROLENAME (Role Name): role name. Identifier type, the default value is ALL.


Page 13 of 591

1.2.1.24 SROQ

1. Command function

To query the right of a role for a specific operation.

2. Syntax structure

SROQ: ROLENAME, OPCODE;


1) ROLENAME: role name. Identifier type.


1.2.1.25 SRPQ

1. Command function

To query all rights of a role.

2. Syntax structure

SRPQ: ROLENAME;


ROLENAME: role name. Identifier type.

1.2.1.26 SRRA

1. Command function

To modify a role.

2. Syntax structure


Page 14 of 591

SRRA: ROLENAME, ADDROLE, RMROLE;



2) ADDROLE: the role to be added. Identifier type, no default value.

3) RMROLE: the role to be deleted. Identifier type, no default value.

1.2.1.27 SRRQ

1. Command function

To query the attribute of a role.

2. Syntax structure

SRRQ: ROLENAME;


ROLENAME: role name. Composite identifier type, the default value is ALL.

1.2.1.28 SUGA

1. Command function

To add a user to a user group.

2. Syntax structure

SUGA: USERNAME, GRPNAME, BTIME, ETIME;


1) USERNAME: user name. Identifier type.


Page 15 of 591


3) BTIME: beginning time. Time type hh-mm-ss.

4) ETIME: ending time. Time type hh-mm-ss.

1.2.1.29 SUGD

1. Command function

To add a user to a user group.

2. Syntax structure

SUGD: USERNAME, GRPNAME;


1) USERNAME: user name. Identifier type.


1.2.1.30 SUGQ

1. Command function

To query the group of a user.

2. Syntax structure

SUGQ: USERNAME;


USERNAME: user name. Identifier type.


Page 16 of 591

1.2.1.31 SUPQ

1. Command function

To query the authority of a user.

2. Syntax structure

SUPQ: USERNAME;


USERNAME: user name. Identifier type.

1.2.1.32 SUSD

1. Command function

To delete one or multiple users.

2. Syntax structure

SUSD: USERNAME;


USERNAME: user name. Identifier type, no default value.

1.2.1.33 SUSM

1. Command function

To modify the attribute of a user.

2. Syntax structure

SUSM: USERNAME, OLDPASS, PASSWD1, PASSWD2;


Page 17 of 591


1) USERNAME: user name. Identifier type, no default value.

2) OLDPASS: old password. Identifier type.

3) PASSWD1: user password. Character string type, more than 6 characters, with letters and numbers.

4) PASSWD2: confirming user password. Character string type.

1.2.1.34 SUSQ

1. Command function

To query one or more OMCR users.

2. Syntax structure

SUSQ: USERNAME;


USERNAME: user name. Identifier type, the default value is ALL.

1.2.2 Man-machine commands of operation logs

1.2.2.1 LCTQ

1. Command function

To query the total number of operation logs that match the condition.

2. Syntax structure

LCTQ: USERNAME, tERMID, OPCLASS, STATUS, ONDATE, ONTIME, ENDDATE, ENDTIME;


Page 18 of 591


1) USERNAME: user name. Character string type, the maximum length of the character string is 20. The default value is “ALL”, representing all users.

2) TERMID : terminal identifier. Signless integer, value range: 0~255, the default value is 0, representing all terminals.

3) OPCLASS: operating class. Character string type, the maximum length of the character string is 20. The default value is “ALL”, representing all operating classes. The existing supported operation classes include: alarm management, test management, equipment management, radio resources, signaling No.7, software loading, configuration management, performance management, performance analysis and security management.

4) STATUS: operation status. Enumerated type, value range: FAIL, SUCCEED, UNEND, ALL; the default value is ALL.

5) ONDATE: beginning date . Date type. The default value is 1990-01-01. The beginning data must be later than 1990-01-01.

6) ONTIME: beginning time. Second-order time type. The default value is 00-00-00.

7) ENDDATE: ending date. Date type. The default value is 2038-01-01. The ending data must be earlier than 2038-01-01.

8) ENDTIME: ending time. Second-order time type. The default value is 00-00-00.

1.2.2.2 LOGD

1. Command function

To delete all operation logs.

2. Syntax structure


Page 19 of 591

LOGD;


None.

1.2.2.3 LRDQ

1. Command function

To query all operation logs that match the condition.

2. Syntax structure

LRDQ: USERNAME, tERMID, OPCLASS, STATUS, ONDATE, ONTIME, ENDDATE, ENDTIME;


Refer to the Parameter Description of command LCTQ.

1.2.2.4 LRDS

1. Command function

To save the currently queried logs as another file (this command is not supported at present).

2. Syntax structure

LRDS: FILENAME;


FILENAME: file name. Character string type, the default value is “oplog”, representing to save the currently queried logs into file “oplog”.


Page 20 of 591

1.3 Alarm management

1.3.1 Man-machine commands of alarm management

1.3.1.1 AAAA

1. Command function

This command is used to synchronize current alarms between the background and the foreground.

2. Syntax structure

AAAA: BSCID, ModuleNo, MaxMpAid;


1) BSCID: the foreground BSC ID number. Signless integer, value range: 1~255.

2) ModuleNo: the module number of the foreground BSC. Signless integer, value range: 1~64.

3) MaxMpAid: the maximum identification number of the foreground alarm. Signless integer, value range: the minimum value is 0.

1.3.1.2 AAIV

1. Command function

This command is used to immediately dump one or more specified alarms.

2. Syntax structure

AAIV: ALMIDS;



Page 21 of 591

ALMIDS: the identification numbers of the alarms to be dumped. Composite signless integer, value range: 1~4.3E+09.

1.3.1.3 AARQ

1. Command function

This command is used to query alarms.

2. Syntax structure

AARQ: QryType, AlmObj, {AlmCode, AlmCls}[, BgnDay][, BgnTime][, EndDay][, EndTime][, Flag];


1) QryType: for selecting the current alarm and historical alarm. Signless integer, value range: 0~2.

2) AlmObj: for specifying the alarm source. Character string type.

3) AlmCode: for specifying the alarm code. Composite signless integer, value range: 0~65535.

4) AlmCls: for specifying the alarm class. Composite signless integer, value range: 1~4.

5) BgnDay: starting date for querying. Date type.

6) BgnTime: starting time for querying. Time type.

7) EndDay: ending date for querying. Date type.

8) EndTime: ending time for querying. Time type.

1.3.1.4 AASV

1. Command function


Page 22 of 591

This command is used to manually dump historical alarms.

2. Syntax structure

AASV{: SaveDay};


SaveDay: for selecting the starting point of the historical alarms to be dumped. Signless integer, value range: 30~180.

1.3.1.5 ABCQ

1. Command function

This command is used to query the status of a board.

2. Syntax structure

ABCQ: {EBSCID, EBSCName, }RackNo, ShelfNo, SlotNo;


1) EbscID: for specifying the BSCID of the query task. Signless integer, value range: 1~255.

2) EbscName: for specifying the BSC Name of the query task. Character type.

3) RackNo: for specifying the rack No. of the board to be queried. Signless integer, value range: 1~15.

4) ShelfNo: for specifying the shelf No. of the board to be queried. Signless integer, value range: 1~6.

5) SlotNo: to specify the slot No. of the board to be queried. Signless integer, value range: 1~27.


Page 23 of 591

1.3.1.6 ACAQ

1. Command function

This command is used to query the source alarm of a specified correlation alarm and the correlation rule for generating this correlation alarm..

2. Syntax structure

ACAQ: ALARMID;


ALARMID: the identification number of the correlation alarm to be queried. Signless integer, value range: 1~4.3E+09.

1.3.1.7 ACBM

1. Command function

This command is used to set the clock reference of CKI by specifying the SYCK board.

2. Syntax structure

ACBM: {EBSCID, EBSCNAME}, RACKNO, SHELFNO, SLOTNO (Slot No): CLKBASE;


1) EBSCID (BSC Equipment Identification): the BSC ID number of the board for setting the clock reference. Signless integer, value range: 1~255.

2) EBSCNAME (BSC Equipment Name): the BSC alias of the board for setting the clock reference. Character string type.

3) RACKNO (Rack No): the rack number of the board for setting the clock reference. Signless integer, value range: 1~15.


Page 24 of 591

4) SHELFNO (Shelf No): the shelf number of the board for setting the clock reference. Signless integer, value range: 1~6.

5) SLOTNO (Slot No): the slot number of the board for setting the clock reference. Signless integer, value range: 1~27.

6) CLKBASE: the clock reference of CKI. Signless integer, value range: 0~15.

1.3.1.8 ACMM

1. Command function

This command is used to set the clock mode of a specified SYCK board.

2. Syntax structure

ACMM: {EBSCID, EBSCNAME}, RACKNO, SHELFNO, SLOTNO (Slot No): CLKMODE;


1) EBSCID (BSC Equipment Identification): the BSC ID number of the board for setting the clock reference. Signless integer, value range: 1~255.






Page 25 of 591

6) CLKMODE: clock mode. Signless integer, value range: 1~5. Among them, : 1: automatic running state of SYCK board; 2: memory holding state ; 3: tracing state; 4: fast capture state; 5: free running state.

1.3.1.9 ACNA

1. Command function

This command is used to confirm a specified current notification message.

2. Syntax structure

ACNA: NOTIIDS;


NOTIIDS: the identification number of the notification message to be confirmed. Composite signless integer, value range: 1~4.3E+09.

1.3.1.10 ACUA

1. Command function

This command is used to confirm a specified current alarm.

2. Syntax structure

ACUA: ALMIDS;


ALMIDS (Alarm Identifications): the identification number of the alarm to be confirmed. Composite signless integer, value range: 1~4.3E+09.

1.3.1.11 ACUR

1. Command function


Page 26 of 591

This command is used to manually clear (restore) a specified current alarm.

2. Syntax structure

ACUR: ALMIDS;


ALMIDS (Alarm ID): the identification number of the alarm to be cleared. Composite signless integer, value range: 1~4.3E+09.

1.3.1.12 AEAQ

1. Command function

This command is used to query all environmental alarm parameters.

2. Syntax structure

AEAQ;


None.

1.3.1.13 AIAM

1. Command function

This command is used to set infrared alarm for a specified BSC, including the type (periodic, aperiodic), status (activated, shutdown) and disabling period of the infrared alarm.

2. Syntax structure

AIAM: {EBSCID, EBSCNAME}, MODULENO: PERIOD, RLSTATUS, BGNDAY, BGNTIME, ENDDAY, ENDTIME;


Page 27 of 591


1) EBSCID (BSC Equipment ID): the BSC ID number for setting infrared alarm. Signless integer, value range: 1~255.

2) EBSCNAME (BSC Equipment Name): the BSC alias for setting infrared alarm. Character string type.

3) MODULENO (Module No): the module number for setting infrared alarm. Signless integer, value range: 1~64.

4) PERIOD (Period): type of the infrared alarm. Signless integer, value range: 0, 1. Among them, : 0: periodical infrared alarm; 1: infrared alarm in a specified period

5) RLSTATUS (Infrared Status): status of the infrared alarm. Signless integer, value range: 0, 1. Among them, : 0: activated; 1: shutdown.

6) BGNDAY (Begin Day): the beginning date for the effective period of the infrared alarm. Date type, the default value is NULL.

7) BGNTIME (Begin Time): the beginning time for the effective period of the infrared alarm. Second-order time type, the default value is NULL.

8) ENDDAY (End Day): the ending date for the effective period of the infrared alarm. Date type, the default value is NULL.

9) ENDTIME (End Time): the ending time for the effective period of the infrared alarm. Second-order time type, the default value is NULL.

1.3.1.14 AMTM

1. Command function

This command is used to set periodic changeover for a specified MP board.

2. Syntax structure


Page 28 of 591

AMTM: {EBSCID, EBSCNAME}, RACKNO, SHELFNO, SLOTNO (Slot No): CHOVTIME;


1) EBSCID (BSC Equipment ID): the BSC ID number of the MP board to be set. Signless integer, value range: 1~255.

2) EBSCNAME (BSC Equipment Name): the BSC alias of the MP board to be set. Character string type.

3) RACKNO (Rack No): rack No. of the board to be set. Signless integer, value range: 1~15.

4) SHELFNO (Shelf No): shelf No. of the board to be set. Signless integer, value range: 1~6.

5) SLOTNO (Slot No): slot No. of the board to be set. Signless integer, value range: 1~27.

6) CHOVTIME (Change Over Time): changeover time. Second-order time type.

1.3.1.15 AMTS

1. Command function

This command is used to cancel periodic changeover for a specified MP board.

2. Syntax structure

AMTS: {EBSCID, EBSCNAME}, RACKNO, SHELFNO, SLOTNO;


1) EBSCID (BSC Equipment ID): the BSC ID number of the MP board for canceling periodic changeover. Signless integer, value range: 1~255.


Page 29 of 591

2) EBSCNAME (BSC Equipment Name): the BSC alias of the MP board for canceling periodic changeover. Character string type.

3) RACKNO (Rack No): rack No. of the MP board for canceling periodic changeover. Signless integer, value range: 1~15.

4) SHELFNO (Shelf No): shelf No. of the MP board for canceling periodic changeover. Signless integer, value range: 1~6.

5) SLOTNO (Slot No): slot No. of the MP board for canceling periodic changeover. Signless integer, value range: 1~27.

1.3.1.16 ANAC

1. Command function

This command is used to set the main node alarm of a specified site under a specified BSS.

2. Syntax structure

ANAC: EBSSID{, ESITEID, ESITENM}, RACKID: TMPNO;


1) EBSSID (BSS Equipment ID): the BSS ID number of the site to be set. Signless integer, value range: 1~255.

2) ESITEID (Site Equipment ID): the ID number of the site to be set. Signless integer, value range: 1~1024.

3) ESITENM (Site Equipment Name): the alias of the site to be set. Character string type.

4) RACKID (Rack ID): the ID number of the rack to be set. Signless integer, value range: 1~4.


Page 30 of 591

5) TMPNO (Template NO): the template number of the main node alarm to be set. Signless integer, value range: 1~16.

1.3.1.17 ANAM

1. Command function

This command is used to modify the main node alarm setting of a specified site under a specified BSS.

2. Syntax structure

ANAM: EBSSID, {ESITEID, ESITENM}, RACKID: TMPNO;


1) EBSSID (BSS Equipment ID): the BSS ID number of the site for modification. Signless integer, value range: 1~255.

2) ESITEID (Site Equipment ID): the ID number of the site for modification. Signless integer, value range: 1~1024.

3) ESITENM (Site Equipment Name): the alias of the site for modification. Character string type.

4) RACKID (Rack ID): the ID number of the rack for modification. Signless integer, value range: 1~4.

5) TMPNO (Template NO): the template number of the main node alarm for modification. Signless integer, value range: 1~16.

1.3.1.18 ANAQ

1. Command function

This command is used to query all the main node alarm settings in the system.


Page 31 of 591

2. Syntax structure

ANAQ;


None.

1.3.1.19 ANMC

1. Command function

This command is used to create a new main node alarm template.

2. Syntax structure

ANMC: TMPNO: ND1ACLS, ND1ACNT, ND2ACLS, ND2ACNT, ND3ACLS, ND3ACNT, ND4ACLS, ND4ACNT, ND5ACLS, ND5ACNT, ND6ACLS, ND6ACNT, ND7ACLS, ND7ACNT, ND8ACLS, ND8ACNT, ND9ACLS, ND9ACNT, ND10ACLS, ND10ACNT, ND11ACLS, ND11ACNT, ND12ACLS, ND12ACNT;


1) TMPNO (Template No): the number of the main node alarm template to be created. Signless integer, value range: 1~16.

2) NDiACLS (Node i's Alarm Class): the alarm class of node i (i is from 1 to 12). Signless integer, value range: 1~4, the default value is NULL.

3) NDiACNT (Node i's Alarm Content): the alarm content if node i (i is from 1 to 12).Character string type, the default value is NULL.

1.3.1.20 ANMD

1. Command function

This command is used to delete a main node alarm template.


Page 32 of 591

2. Syntax structure

ANMD: TEMPNOS;


TEMPNOS (Template No): the template number of the main node. Signless integer, value range: 1~16.

1.3.1.21 ANMM

1. Command function

This command is used to modify a main node alarm template.

2. Syntax structure

ANMM: TMPNO: ND1ACLS, ND1ACNT, ND2ACLS, ND2ACNT, ND3ACLS, ND3ACNT, ND4ACLS, ND4ACNT, ND5ACLS, ND5ACNT, ND6ACLS, ND6ACNT, ND7ACLS, ND7ACNT, ND8ACLS, ND8ACNT, ND9ACLS, ND9ACNT, ND10ACLS, ND10ACNT, ND11ACLS, ND11ACNT, ND12ACLS, ND12ACNT;


1) TMPNO (Template NO): the number of the main node alarm template to be modified. Signless integer, value range: 1~16.

2) NDiACLS (Node i's Alarm Class): the alarm class of node i (i is from 1 to 12). Signless integer, value range: 0~4, the default value is NULL. Among them, 0 represents deleting the main node alarm, NULL represents no modification to the main node alarm.

3) NDiACNT (Node i's Alarm Content): the alarm content if node i (i is from 1 to 12).Character string type, the default value is NULL.


Page 33 of 591

1.3.1.22 ANRQ

1. Command function

This command is used to query the notification for a specified object and notification code..

2. Syntax structure

ANRQ: NotiObj, NotiCode, BgnDay, BgnTime, EndDay, EndTime;


1) NotiObj: for specifying the notification object that reports notification when any notification occurs. Composite signless integer.

2) NotiCode: for specifying notification code. Composite signless integer, value range: 0~65535.

3) BgnDay: starting date for querying. Date type.

4) BgnTime: starting time for querying. Time type.

5) EndDay: ending date for querying. Date type.

6) EndTime: ending time for querying. Time type.

1.3.1.23 ASAD

1. Command function

This command is used to update the knowledge database for a specified alarm code.

2. Syntax structure

ASAD: AlmCode, UserDes;


Page 34 of 591


1) AlmCode: the alarm code updated by the user. Signless integer, value range: 0~65535.

2) UserDes: the solution of the user to this alarm code. Character string type.

1.3.1.24 ASBM

1. Command function

This command is used to set the clock reference for a specified SYCK board.

2. Syntax structure

ASBM: {EBSCID, EBSCNAME}, RACKNO, SHELFNO, SLOTNO (Slot No): CLKBASE;


1) EBSCID (BSC Equipment ID): the BSC ID number of the board for setting the clock reference. Signless integer, value range: 1~255.






Page 35 of 591

6) CLKBASE (Clock Base): the clock reference of SYCK. Signless integer, value range: 0~3.

1.3.1.25 ASDL

1. Command function

This command is used to perform off-line operation for a specified MP board.

2. Syntax structure

ASDL: {EBSCID, EBSCNAME}, RACKNO, SHELFNO, SLOTNO;


1) EBSCID (BSC Equipment ID): the BSC ID number of the MP board for off-line operation. Signless integer, value range: 1~255.

2) EBSCNAME (BSC Equipment Name): the BSC alias of the board for off-line operation. Character string type.

3) RACKNO (Rack No): the rack number of the MP board for off-line operation Signless integer, value range: 1~15.

4) SHELFNO (Shelf No): the shelf number of the MP board for off-line operation. Signless integer, value range: 1~6.

5) SLOTNO (Slot No): the slot number of the MP board for off-line operation. Signless integer, value range: 1~27.

1.3.1.26 ASDN

1. Command function

This command is used to disable changeover for a specified SYCK board.

2. Syntax structure


Page 36 of 591

ASDN: {EBSCID, EBSCNAME}, RACKNO, SHELFNO, SLOTNO;


1) EBSCID (BSC Equipment ID): the BSC ID number of the SYCK board for disabling changeover. Signless integer, value range: 1~255.

2) EBSCNAME (BSC Equipment Name): the BSC alias of the SYCK board for disabling changeover. Character string type.

3) RACKNO (Rack No): the rack number of the SYCK board for disabling changeover. Signless integer, value range: 1~15.

4) SHELFNO (Shelf No): the shelf number of the SYCK board for disabling changeover. Signless integer, value range: 1~6.

5) SLOTNO (Slot No): the slot number of the SYCK board for disabling changeover. Signless integer, value range: 1~27.

1.3.1.27 ASDR

1. Command function

This command is used to reset a specified board in MP and PP.

2. Syntax structure

ASDR: {EBSCID, EBSCNAME}, RACKNO, SHELFNO, SLOTNO;


1) EBSCID (BSC Equipment ID): the BSC ID number of the board for resetting. Signless integer, value range: 1~255.

2) EBSCNAME (BSC Equipment Name): the BSC alias of the board for resetting. Character string type.


Page 37 of 591

3) RACKNO (Rack No): the rack number of the board for resetting. Signless integer, value range: 1~15.

4) SHELFNO (Shelf No): the shelf number of the board for resetting. Signless integer, value range: 1~6.

5) SLOTNO (Slot No): the slot number of the board for resetting. Signless integer, value range: 1~27.

1.3.1.28 ASDT

1. Command function

This command is used to perform de-offline operation for a specified MP board..

2. Syntax structure

ASDT: {EBSCID, EBSCNAME}, RACKNO, SHELFNO, SLOTNO;


1) EBSCID (BSC Equipment ID): the BSC ID number of the MP board for de-offline operation. Signless integer, value range: 1~255.

2) EBSCNAME (BSC Equipment Name): the BSC alias of the MP board for de-offline operation. Character string type.

3) RACKNO (Rack No): the rack number of the MP board for de-offline operation. Signless integer, value range: 1~15.

4) SHELFNO (Shelf No): the shelf number of the MP board for de-offline operation. Signless integer, value range: 1~6.

5) SLOTNO (Slot No): the slot number of the MP board for de-offline operation. Signless integer, value range: 1~27.


Page 38 of 591

1.3.1.29 ASDW

1. Command function

This command is used to perform active/standby changeover for a specified board among MP, PP, SYCK and DSNI.

2. Syntax structure

ASDW: {EBSCID, EBSCNAME}, RACKNO, SHELFNO, SLOTNO;


1) EBSCID (BSC Equipment ID): the BSC ID number of the board for active/standby changeover. Signless integer, value range: 1~255.

2) EBSCNAME (BSC Equipment Name): the BSC alias of the board for active/standby changeover. Character string type.

3) RACKNO (Rack No): the rack number of the board for active/standby changeover. Signless integer, value range: 1~15.

4) SHELFNO (Shelf No): the shelf number of the board for active/standby changeover. Signless integer, value range: 1~6.

5) SLOTNO (Slot No): the slot number of the board for active/standby changeover. Signless integer, value range: 1~27.

1.3.1.30 ASDY

1. Command function

This command is used to allow changeover for a specified SYCK board.

2. Syntax structure

ASDY: {EBSCID, EBSCNAME}, RACKNO, SHELFNO, SLOTNO;


Page 39 of 591


1) EBSCID (BSC Equipment ID): the BSC ID number of the SYCK board for allowing changeover. Signless integer, value range: 1~255.

2) EBSCNAME (BSC Equipment Name): the BSC alias of the SYCK board for allowing changeover. Character string type.

3) RACKNO (Rack No): the rack number of the SYCK board for allowing changeover. Signless integer, value range: 1~15.

4) SHELFNO (Shelf No): the shelf number of the SYCK board for allowing changeover. Signless integer, value range: 1~6.

5) SLOTNO (Slot No): the slot number of the SYCK board for allowing changeover. Signless integer, value range: 1~27.

1.3.1.31 ASRD

1. Command function

This command is used to update the knowledge database of a specified alarm reason code.

2. Syntax structure

ASRD: RsnCode, UserDes;


1) RsnCode: the alarm reason code updated by the user. Signless integer, value range: 0~65535.

2) UserDes: the description of the alarm reason code given by the user. Character string type.


Page 40 of 591

1.3.1.32 ASSP

1. Command function

This command is used to modify the dump parameter.

2. Syntax structure

ASSP: SaveDay, SavePrd, SaveTime, Flag;


1) SaveDay: for specifying how long the data will be saved in the local database.. Signless integer, value range: 30~180, the default is 90 days.

2) SavePrd: the automatic dumping period of the database (day). Signless integer, value range: 1~60, the default is 20 days.

3) SaveTime: the time for dumping each time. Time type, the default value is 1-00.

4) Flag: automatic dumping flag. Signless integer, value range: 1~2, the default is 1.

1.3.1.33 ASTA

1. Command function

This command is used to query alarm statistic information.

2. Syntax structure

ASTA: STATYPE, STACOUNT, ISCLEAR, ISFILTER, ALMOBJ, ALMCLS, BGNDAY, BGNTIME, ENDDAY, ENDTIME, FLAG;



Page 41 of 591

1) STATYPE: for specifying alarm statistic type. Signless integer, value range: 0~2, it must be 0 at present (frequency statistics).

2) STACOUNT: for specifying to take statistics only for the number of alarms that occur most frequently, 0 means to take statistics for all. Signless integer, value range: 0~65535.

3) ISCLEAR: for specifying whether to clear. Signless integer, value range: 0~2, in which 0: not to clear, 1: to clear, 2: to clear and not to clear.

4) ISFILTER: for specifying whether to filter. Signless integer, value range: 0~2, in which, 0: not to filter, 1: to filter, 2: to filter and not to filter.

5) ALMOBJ: for specifying the alarm object. Character string type.

6) ALMCLS: for specifying alarm class. Composite signless integer, value range: 1~4, separated with &, e.g., 1&2&3.

7) BGNDAY: starting date for querying. Date type.

8) BGNTIME: starting time for querying. Time type.

9) ENDDAY: ending date for querying. Date type.

10) ENDTIME: ending time for querying. Time type.

1.3.1.34 ATDR

1. Command function

To perform remote resetting for a specified BTS Site or board.

2. Syntax structure

ATDR: EBSSID, {ESITEID, ESITENM}, RACKNO, SHELFNO, PANELNO;



Page 42 of 591

1) EBSSID (BSS Equipment ID): the BSS ID number of the BTS Site or board for remote resetting . Signless integer, value range: 1~255.

2) ESITEID (Site Equipment ID): the site ID number of the BTS Site or board for remote resetting . Signless integer, value range: 1~1024.

3) ESITENM (Site Equipment Name): the site alias of the BTS Site or board for remote resetting . Character string type.

4) RACKNO (Rack No): the rack number of the BTS board for remote resetting. Signless integer, value range: 1~15, the default value is NULL.

5) SHELFNO (Shelf No): the shelf number of the BTS board for remote resetting. Signless integer, value range: 1~6, the default value is NULL.

6) PANELNO (Panel No): the slot number of the BTS board for remote resetting. Signless integer, value range: 1~27, the default value is NULL.

1.3.1.35 ATHM

1. Command function

This command is used to set the temperature and humidity alarms of a specified BSC module, including the upper and lower limits of normal temperature and humidity.

2. Syntax structure

ATHM: {EBSCID, EBSCNAME}, MODULENO: TEMPLOW, tEMPUP, HUMIDLOW, HUMIDUP;


1) EBSCID (BSC Equipment ID): the ID number of the BSC for setting temperature and humidity alarms. Signless integer, value range: 1~255.

2) EBSCNAME (BSC Equipment Name): the alias of the BSC for setting temperature and humidity alarms. Character string type.


Page 43 of 591

3) MODULENO (Module No): the module number for setting temperature and humidity alarms. Signless integer, value range: 1~64.

4) TEMPLOW (Low Temperature): lower limit of normal temperature. temperature type, value range: 0.0~45.0.

5) TEMPUP (High Temperature): upper limit of normal temperature. temperature type, value range: 0.0~45.0.

6) HUMIDLOW (Low Humidity): lower limit of normal humidity. Percent type, value range: 20.0% to 80.0%.

7) HUMIDUP (High Humidity): upper limit of normal humidity. Percent type, value range: 20.0% to 80.0%.

1.3.1.36 FBCC

1. Command function

This command specifies an alarm filter rule for a specified BSC board MO to filter the alarms of the specified code in the specified BSC board MO.

2. Syntax structure

FBCC: {EBSCID, EBSCNAME}, RACKNO, SHELFNO, SLOTNO (Slot No): ALMCODE, FILMODE, ACKMODE, RLSTATUS;


1) EBSCID (BSC Equipment ID): the BSC ID number of the filter object MO. Signless integer, value range: 1~255.

2) EBSCNAME (BSC Equipment Name): the BSC alias of the filter object MO. Character string type.

3) RACKNO (Rack No): the rack number of the filter object MO. Signless integer, value range: 1~15.


Page 44 of 591

4) SHELFNO (Shelf No): the shelf number of the filter object MO. Signless integer, value range: 1~6.

5) SLOTNO (Slot No): the slot number of the filter object MO. Signless integer, value range: 1~27.

6) ALMCLASS (Alarm Class): the alarm code of the filter action. Signless integer, value range: 0~65535.

7) FILMODE (Filter Mode): filter mode. Signless integer, value range: 0, 1. The default value is 0. Among them, : 0: displaying filter; 1: database filter.

8) ACKMODE (Acknowledge Mode): acknowledgement mode. Signless integer, value range: 0~2, the default value is 1. Among them, : 0: no acknowledgement; 1: acknowledgement upon receiving; 2: clearing acknowledgement.

9) RLSTATUS: rule status. Signless integer, value range: 0, 1. The default value is 0. Among them, : 0: activated state; 1: inactivated state.

1.3.1.37 FBLC

1. Command function

This command sets up an alarm filter rule for a specified BSC board MO to filter the alarms of the specified class in the specified BSC board MO.

2. Syntax structure

FBLC: {EBSCID, EBSCNAME}, RACKNO, SHELFNO, SLOTNO (Slot No): ALMCLASS, FILMODE, ACKMODE, RLSTATUS;




Page 45 of 591





6) ALMCODE (Alarm Code): the alarm code of the filter action. Signless integer, value range: 0~65535.




1.3.1.38 FBNC

1. Command function

This command sets up an alarm filter rule for a specified BSC board MO to filter the alarms of the specified BSC board MO.

2. Syntax structure

FBNC: {EBSCID, EBSCNAME}, RACKNO, SHELFNO, SLOTNO (Slot No): FILMODE, ACKMODE, RLSTATUS;


Page 46 of 591










1.3.1.39 FCBC

1. Command function

This command sets up a merging correlation rule for the alarms of a specified code in a specified BSC board MO.

2. Syntax structure


Page 47 of 591

FCBC: {EBSCID, EBSCNAME} [, RACKNO, SHELFNO, SLOTNO]: ALMCODE [, RLMEMO], RLSTATUS;








7) RLMEMO: rule memo. Character string type, the default value is NULL.


1.3.1.40 FCMC

1. Command function

This command sets up a merging correlation rule for the alarms of a specified code in OMCR.

2. Syntax structure

FCMC: OMCRID: ALMCODE [, RLMEMO], RLSTATUS;


Page 48 of 591


1) OMCRID (OMCR ID): OMCR ID number of the merging object. Signless integer, value range: 1, the default value is 1.

2) ALMCODE (Alarm Code): alarm code of the merging action. Signless integer, value range: 32768 to 65535.



1.3.1.41 FCOC

1. Command function

This command sets up a merging correlation rule for the alarms of a specified code in a specified other type of MO of BSC (including BSC, module and PCM line).

2. Syntax structure

FCOC: {EBSCID, EBSCNAME}, MODULENO [, MUNITNO, UNITNO, PCMNO]: ALMCODE, RLSTATUS;


1) EBSCID (BSC Equipment ID): BSC ID number of the merging object MO. Signless integer, value range: 1~255, the default value is NULL.

2) EBSCNAME (BSC Equipment Name): BSC alias of the merging object MO. Character string type, the default value is NULL.

3) MODULENO (Module No): module number of the merging object MO. Signless integer, value range: 1~64, the default value is NULL.


Page 49 of 591

4) MUNITNO (Multi-Unit No): multi-unit number of the merging object MO. Signless integer, value range: 1~127, the default value is NULL.

5) UNITNO (Unit No): unit number of the merging object MO. Signless integer, value range: 1~16, the default value is NULL.

6) PCMNO (PCM No): PCM number of the merging object MO. Signless integer, value range: 1~4, the default value is NULL.

7) ALMCODE (Alarm Code): alarm code of the merging action. Signless integer, value range: 0~65535.


1.3.1.42 FCRM

1. Command function

This command is used to modify a specified alarm merging correlation rule.

2. Syntax structure

FCRM: RULEID: RLMEMO, RLSTATUS;


1) RULEID (Rule ID): the ID number of the alarm merging correlation rule to be modified. Signless integer, value range: 1~65535.


3) RLSTATUS (Rule Status): new rule status. Signless integer, value range: 0, 1. The default value is NULL.

1.3.1.43 FCTC

1. Command function


Page 50 of 591

This command sets up a merging correlation rule for the alarms of a specified code in a specified MO of BTS.

2. Syntax structure

FCTC: BSSID {, SITEID, SITENAME}{, BTSID, BTSNAME} {, tRXID, RCID} [, CHID]: ALMCODE [, RLMEMO], RLSTATUS;


1) BSSID (BSS ID): BSS ID number of the merging object MO. Signless integer, value range: 1~255, the default value is NULL.

2) SITEID (Site ID): site ID number of the merging object MO. Signless integer, value range: 1~1024, the default value is NULL.

3) SITENAME (Site Name): site alias of the merging object MO. Character string type, the default value is NULL.

4) BTSID (BTS ID): BTS ID number of the merging object MO. Signless integer, value range: 1~3, the default value is NULL.

5) BTSNAME (BTS Name): BTS alias of the merging object MO. Character string type, the default value is NULL.

6) TRXID (Transceiver ID): FU ID number of the merging object MO. Signless integer, value range: 1~32, the default value is NULL.

7) RCID (Radio Carrier ID): CU ID number of the merging object MO. Signless integer, value range: 1~32, the default value is NULL.

8) CHID (Channel ID): channel ID number of the merging object MO. Signless integer, value range: 0~7, the default value is NULL.



Page 51 of 591



1.3.1.44 FFCC

1. Command function

This command sets up a alarm filter rule to filter the alarms of a specified code for a specified MOC.

2. Syntax structure

FFCC: MOCNAME: ALMCODE, FILMODE, ACKMODE, RLSTATUS;


1) MOCNAME (MOC Name): MOC name of the filter object. Character string type.






Page 52 of 591

1.3.1.45 FFLC

1. Command function

This command sets up a alarm filter rule to filter the alarms of a specified class for a specified MOC.

2. Syntax structure

FFLC: MOCNAME: ALMCLASS, FILMODE, ACKMODE, RLSTATUS;



2) ALMCLASS (Alarm Class): alarm class of the filter action. Signless integer, value range: 1~4.




1.3.1.46 FFNC

1. Command function

This command sets up a alarm filter rule to filter a specified MOC.

2. Syntax structure


Page 53 of 591

FFNC: MOCNAME: FILMODE, ACKMODE, RLSTATUS;






1.3.1.47 FFRM

1. Command function

This command is used to modify a specified alarm filter rule.

2. Syntax structure

FFRM: RULEID: NFILMODE, NACKMODE, RLSTATUS;


1) RULEID (Rule ID): the ID number of the alarm filter rule to be modified. Signless integer, value range: 1~65535.

2) NFILMODE (New Filter Mode): new filter mode. Signless integer, value range: 0, 1. The default value is NULL. Among them, : 0: displaying filter; 1: database filter.


Page 54 of 591

3) NACKMODE (Acknowledge Mode): new acknowledgement mode. Signless integer, value range: 0~2, the default value is NULL. Among them, : 0: no acknowledgement; 1: acknowledgement upon receiving; 2: clearing acknowledgement.

4) RLSTATUS: rule status. Signless integer, value range: 0, 1. The default value is NULL. Among them, : 0: activated state; 1: inactivated state.

1.3.1.48 FMCC

1. Command function

This command sets up a alarm filter rule to filter the alarms of a specified code for a specified OMCR..

2. Syntax structure7

FMCC: OMCRID: ALMCODE, FILMODE, ACKMODE, RLSTATUS;


1) OMCRID (OMCR ID): the OMCR ID number of the filter object. Signless integer, value range: 1, the default value is 1.

2) ALMCODE (Alarm Code): the alarm code of the filter action. Signless integer, value range: 32768 to 65535.





Page 55 of 591

1.3.1.49 FMLC

1. Command function

This command sets up a alarm filter rule to filter the alarms of a specified class for a specified OMCR.

2. Syntax structure

FMLC: OMCRID: ALMCLASS, FILMODE, ACKMODE, RLSTATUS;



2) ALMCODE (Alarm Code): the alarm code of the filter action. Signless integer, value range: 32768 to 65535.




1.3.1.50 FMNC

1. Command function

This command sets up a alarm filter rule to filter a specified OMCR.

2. Syntax structure


Page 56 of 591

FMNC: OMCRID: FILMODE, ACKMODE, RLSTATUS;






1.3.1.51 FNBC

1. Command function

This command sets up a counting correlation rule for the alarms of a specified code in a specified board MO of BSC.

2. Syntax structure

FNBC: {EBSCID, EBSCNAME}, RACKNO, SHELFNO, SLOTNO (Slot No): ALMCODE, CNTNUM, CNTTMLEN: NALMCODE, NALMCLS, NALMTEXT, RLMEMO, RLSTATUS;


1) EBSCID (BSC Equipment ID): BSC ID number of the counting object MO. Signless integer, value range: 1~255.

2) EBSCNAME (BSC Equipment Name): BSC alias of the counting object MO. Character string type.


Page 57 of 591

3) RACKNO (Rack No): rack number of the counting object MO. Signless integer, value range: 1~15.

4) SHELFNO: shelf number of the counting object MO. Signless integer, value range: 1~6.

5) SLOTNO (Slot No): slot number of the counting object MO. Signless integer, value range: 1~27.

6) ALMCODE (Alarm Code): alarm code of the counting action. Signless integer, value range: 0~65535.

7) CNTNUM (Count Number): the original alarm count number for generating new alarms. Signless integer, value range: 1~65535.

8) CNTTMLEN (Count Time Length): time length for alarm count to happen (unit: second). Signless integer, value range: 1~65535.

9) NALMCODE (New Alarm Code): the code of the newly generated alarm. Signless integer, value range: 65280~65344.

10) NALMCLS (New Alarm Class): the class of the newly generated alarm. Signless integer, value range: 1~4.

11) NALMTXT (New Alarm Text): the content of the newly generated alarm. Character string type.



1.3.1.52 FNMC

1. Command function


Page 58 of 591

This command sets up a counting correlation rule for the alarms of a specified code in OMCR.

2. Syntax structure

FNMC: OMCRID: ALMCODE, CNTNUM, CNTTMLEN: ALMCODE, NALMCLS, NALMTXT, RLMEMO, RLSTATUS;


1) OMCRID (OMCR ID): OMCR ID number of the counting object. Signless integer, value range: 1, the default value is 1.

2) ALMCODE (Alarm Code): alarm code of the counting action. Signless integer, value range: 0~65535.









Page 59 of 591

1.3.1.53 FNOC

1. Command function

This command sets up a counting correlation rule for the alarms of a specified code in a specified other type of BSC MO (including BSC, module and PCM line).

2. Syntax structure

FNOC: {EBSCID, EBSCNAME}, MODULENO [, MUNITNO, UNITNO, PCMNO]: ALMCODE, CNTNUM, CNTTMLEN: NALMCODE, NALMCLS, NALMTEXT, RLMEMO, RLSTATUS;










Page 60 of 591







14) RLSTATUS: rule status.

1.3.1.54 FNRM

1. Command function

This command is used to modify a specified alarm counting correlation rule.

2. Syntax structure

FNRM: RULEID: CNTNUM, CNTTMLEN, NALMCODE, NALMCLS, NALMTEXT, RLMEMO, RLSTATUS;


1) RULEID (Rule ID): ID number of the counting correlation rule. Signless integer, value range: 0~65535.


Page 61 of 591







8) RLSTATUS: rule status.

1.3.1.55 FNTC

1. Command function

This command sets up a counting correlation rule for the alarms of a specified code in a specified MO of BTS.

2. Syntax structure

FNTC: BSSID {, SITEID, SITENAME}{, BTSID, BTSNAME} {, tRXID, RCID} [, CHID]: ALMCODE, CNTNUM, CNTTMLEN: NALMCODE, NALMCLS, NALMTEXT, RLMEMO, RLSTATUS;


1) BSSID (BSS ID): BSS ID number of the counting object MO. Signless integer, value range: 1 to 255.


Page 62 of 591

2) SITEID (Site ID): Site ID number of the counting object MO. Signless integer, value range: 1 to 1024.

3) SITENAME (Site Name): Site alias of the counting object MO. Character string type.

4) BTSID (BTS ID): BTS ID number of the counting object MO. Signless integer, value range: 1 to 3, the default value is NULL.

5) BTSNAME (BTS Name): BTS alias of the counting object MO. Character string type, the default value is NULL.

6) TRXID (Transceiver ID): FU ID number of the counting object MO. Signless integer, value range: 1 to 32, the default value is NULL.

7) RCID (Radio Carrier ID): CU ID number of the counting object MO. Signless integer, value range: 1 to 32, the default value is NULL.

8) CHID (Channel ID): Channel ID number of the counting object MO. Signless integer, value range: 0 to 7, the default value is NULL.






14) NALMTEXT (New Alarm Text): the content of the newly generated alarm. Character string type.


Page 63 of 591



1.3.1.56 FOCC

1. Command function

This command sets up an alarm filter rule for a specified other type of BSC MO (including BSC, module and PCM line) to filter the alarm of a specified code in a specified other type of BSC MO.

2. Syntax structure

FOCC: {EBSCID, EBSCNAME}, MODULENO [, MUNITNO, UNITNO, PCMNO]: ALMCODE, FILMODE, ACKMODE, RLSTATUS;









Page 64 of 591





1.3.1.57 FOLC

1. Command function

This command sets up an alarm filter rule for a specified other type of BSC MO (including BSC, module and PCM line) to filter the alarm of a specified class in a specified other type of BSC MO.

2. Syntax structure

FOLC: {EBSCID, EBSCNAME}, MODULENO [, MUNITNO, UNITNO, PCMNO]: ALMCLASS, FILMODE, ACKMODE, RLSTATUS;




3) MODULENO (Module No): module number of the filter object MO. Signless integer, value range: 1~64, the default value is NULL.


Page 65 of 591

4) MUNITNO (Multi-Unit No): multi-unit number of the filter object MO. Signless integer, value range: 1~127, the default value is NULL.

5) UNITNO (Unit No): unit number of the filter object MO. Signless integer, value range: 1~16, the default value is NULL.

6) PCMNO (PCM No): PCM number of the filter object MO. Signless integer, value range: 1~4, the default value is NULL.

7) ALMCLASS (Alarm Class): alarm class of the filter action. Signless integer, value range: 1~4.




1.3.1.58 FONC

1. Command function

This command sets up an alarm filter rule for a specified other type of BSC MO (including BSC, module and PCM line) to filter the alarm of a specified other type of BSC MO.

2. Syntax structure

FONC: {EBSCID, EBSCNAME}, MODULENO [, MUNITNO, UNITNO, PCMNO]: FILMODE, ACKMODE, RLSTATUS;



Page 66 of 591










1.3.1.59 FRBC

1. Command function

This command sets up a reclassification rule for the alarm of a BSC board to redefine the class of a specified alarm code for a board MO of BSC..

2. Syntax structure


Page 67 of 591

FRBC: {EBSCID, EBSCNAME}, RACKNO, SHELFNO, SLOTNO (Slot No): ALMCODE, NALMCLS, RLSTATUS;


1) EBSCID (BSC Equipment ID): BSC ID number of the reclassification object MO. Signless integer, value range: 1~255.

2) EBSCNAME (BSC Equipment Name): BSC alias of the reclassification object MO. Character string type.

3) RACKNO (Rack No): rack number of the reclassification object MO. Signless integer, value range: 1~15.

4) SHELFNO: shelf number of the reclassification object MO. Signless integer, value range: 1~6.

5) SLOTNO (Slot No): slot number of the reclassification object MO. Signless integer, value range: 1~27.

6) ALMCODE (Alarm Code): code of the alarm for redefining the alarm class. Signless integer, value range: 32768 to 65535.

7) NALMCLS (New Alarm Class): the redefined new alarm class. Signless integer, value range: 1~4.


1.3.1.60 FRCC

1. Command function

This command sets up an alarm reclassification rule to redefine the class of a specified alarm for a specified MOC or redefine the class of a specified alarm code.

2. Syntax structure


Page 68 of 591

FRCC: MOCNAME: ALMCODE, NALMCLS, RLSTATUS;


1) MOCNAME (MOC Name): MOC name of the reclassification object. Character string type, the default value is NULL.

2) ALMCODE (Alarm Code): code of the alarm for redefining the alarm class. Signless integer, value range: 32768 to 65535.



1.3.1.61 FRCD

1. Command function

This command deletes a specified alarm reclassification rule.

2. Syntax structure

FRCD: RULEIDS;


RULEIDS (Rule ID): the ID number of the alarm reclassification rule to be deleted. Signless integer, value range: 1~65535.

1.3.1.62 FRCQ

1. Command function

This command is used to query all alarm reclassification rules.

2. Syntax structure


Page 69 of 591

FRCQ;


None.

1.3.1.63 FRFD

1. Command function

This command is used to delete a specified alarm filter rule .

2. Syntax structure

FRFD: RULEIDS;


RULEIDS (Rule IDs): the ID number of the alarm filter rule to be deleted. Signless integer, value range: 1~65535.

1.3.1.64 FRFQ

1. Command function

This command is used to query all alarm filter rules.

2. Syntax structure

FRFQ;


None.

1.3.1.65 FRMC

1. Command function


Page 70 of 591

This command sets up an alarm reclassification rule to redefine the class of a specified alarm for a specified OMCR MO (or for an alarm code).

2. Syntax structure

FRMC: OMCRID: ALMCODE, NALMCLS, RLSTATUS;


1) OMCRID (OMCR ID): OMCR ID number of the reclassification object. Signless integer, value range: 1, the default value is 1.

2) ALMCODE (Alarm Code): the code of the alarm for redefining alarm class. Signless integer, value range: 32768 to 65535.



1.3.1.66 FROC

1. Command function

This command sets up an alarm reclassification rule for BSC, to redefine the class of a specified alarm for a specified other type of BSC MO (including BSC, module and PCM line).

2. Syntax structure

FROC: {EBSCID, EBSCNAME}, MODULENO [, MUNITNO, UNITNO, PCMNO]: ALMCODE, NALMCLS, RLSTATUS;




Page 71 of 591









1.3.1.67 FRRD

1. Command function

This command is used to delete a specified alarm correlation rule.

2. Syntax structure

FRRD: RULEIDS;


RULEIDS (Rule IDs): the ID number of the alarm correlation rule to be deleted. Signless integer, value range: 1~65535.


Page 72 of 591

1.3.1.68 FRRM

1. Command function

This command is used to modify a specified alarm reclassification rule.

2. Syntax structure

FRRM: RULEID: NEWCLASS, RLSTATUS;


1) RULEID (Rule ID): the ID number of the alarm reclassification rule to be modified. Signless integer, value range: 1~65535.

2) NEWCLASS (New Class): the redefined new alarm class. Signless integer, value range: 1~4, the default value is NULL.

3) RLSTATUS (Rule Status): new rule status. Signless integer, value range: 0, 1. The default value is NULL. Among them, : 0: activated state; 1: inactivated state.

1.3.1.69 FRRQ

1. Command function

This command is used to query all alarm correlation rules.

2. Syntax structure

FRRQ;


None.


Page 73 of 591

1.3.1.70 FRTC

1. Command function

This command sets up an alarm reclassification rule for BTS, to redefine the class of a specified alarm for a specified BTS MO..

2. Syntax structure

FRTC: BSSID{, SITEID, SITENAME}{, BTSID, BTSNAME} {, tRXID, RCID} [, CHID]: ALMCODE, NALMCLS, RLSTATUS;


1) BSSID (BSS ID): BSS ID number of the reclassification object MO. Signless integer, value range: 1~255.

2) SITEID (Site ID): Site ID number of the reclassification object MO. Signless integer, value range: 1~1024.

3) SITENAME (Site Name): Site alias of the reclassification object MO. Character string type.

4) BTSID (BTS ID): BTS ID number of the reclassification object MO. Signless integer, value range: 1~3, the default value is NULL.

5) BTSNAME (BTS Name): BTS alias of the reclassification object MO. Character string type, the default value is NULL.

6) TRXID (Transceiver ID): FU ID number of the reclassification object MO. Signless integer, value range: 1~32, the default value is NULL.

7) RCID (Radio Carrier ID): CU ID number of the reclassification object MO. Signless integer, value range: 1~32, the default value is NULL.

8) CHID (Channel ID): Channel ID number of the reclassification object MO. Signless integer, value range: 0~7, the default value is NULL.


Page 74 of 591




1.3.1.71 FSAC

1. Command function

This command sets up an correlation rule of alarm suppression, with BSC board MO as the object for main alarm A and BTS logic MO as the object for auxiliary alarm B, so as to establish the correlation between alarm A and alarm B.

2. Syntax structure

FSAC: {EBSCIDA, EBSCNMA}, RACKNOA, SHELFNOA, SLOTNOA: ALMCODEA: BSSIDB {, SITEIDB, SITENMB}{, BTSIDB, BTSNAMEB}{, tRXIDB, RCIDB}[, CHIDB]: ALMCODEB: ISSHOWB, RLMEMO, RLSTATUS;


1) EBSCIDA (BSC Equipment ID of Alarm A): BSC ID number of the main alarm object MO. Signless integer, value range: 1~255.

2) EBSCNMA (BSC Name of Alarm A): BSC alias of the main alarm object MO. Character string type.

3) RACKNOA (Rack No of Alarm A): rack number of the main alarm object MO. Signless integer, value range: 1~15.

4) SHELFNOA (Shelf No of Alarm A): shelf number of the main alarm object MO. Signless integer, value range: 1~6.


Page 75 of 591

5) SLOTNOA (Slot No of Alarm A): slot number of the main alarm object MO. Signless integer, value range: 1~27.

6) ALMCODEA (Alarm Code of Alarm A): code of the main alarm. Signless integer, value range: 0~65535.

7) BSSIDB (BSS ID of Alarm B): BSS ID number of the auxiliary alarm object MO. Signless integer, value range: 1~255.

8) SITEIDB (Site ID of Alarm B): site ID number of the auxiliary alarm object MO. Signless integer, value range: 1~1024.

9) SITENMB (Site Name of Alarm B): site alias of the auxiliary alarm object MO. Character string type.

10) BTSIDB ( BTS ID of Alarm B): BTS ID number of the auxiliary alarm object MO. Signless integer, value range: 1~3, the default value is NULL.

11) BTSNAMEB ( BTS Name of Alarm B): BTS alias of the auxiliary alarm object MO. Character string type, the default value is NULL.

12) TRXIDB (Transceiver ID of Alarm B): FU ID number of the auxiliary alarm object MO. Signless integer, value range: 1~32, the default value is NULL.

13) RCIDB (Radio Carrier ID of Alarm B): CU ID number of the auxiliary alarm object MO. Signless integer, value range: 1~32, the default value is NULL.

14) CHIDB (Channel ID of Alarm B): channel ID number of the auxiliary alarm object MO. Signless integer, value range: 0~7, the default value is NULL.

15) ALMCODEB (Alarm Code of Alarm B): code of the auxiliary alarm. Signless integer, value range: 0~65535.


Page 76 of 591

16) ISSHOWB (Is Show Alarm B): whether to show the auxiliary alarm after the main alarm is restored. Signless integer, value range: 0, 1. The default value is 0. Among them, : 0: to show; 0: not to show.



1.3.1.72 FSBC

1. Command function

This command sets up an correlation rule of alarm suppression, with BSC board MO as the object for both main alarm A and auxiliary alarm B, so as to establish the correlation between alarm A and alarm B.

2. Syntax structure

FSBC: {EBSCIDA, EBSCNMA}, RACKNOA, SHELFNOA, SLOTNOA: ALMCODEA: {EBSCIDB, EBSCNMB}, RACKNOB, SHELFNOB, SLOTNOB: ALMCODEB: ISSHOWB, RLMEMO, RLSTATUS;







Page 77 of 591



7) EBSCIDB (BSC Equipment ID of Alarm A): BSC ID number of the auxiliary alarm object MO. Signless integer, value range: 1~255.

8) EBSCNMB (BSC Name of Alarm A): BSC alias of the auxiliary alarm object MO. Character string type.

9) RACKNOB (Rack No of Alarm A): rack number of the auxiliary alarm object MO. Signless integer, value range: 1~15.

10) SHELFNOB (Shelf No of Alarm A): shelf number of the auxiliary alarm object MO. Signless integer, value range: 1~6.

11) SLOTNOB ( Slot No of Alarm A): slot number of the auxiliary alarm object MO. Signless integer, value range: 1~27.

12) ALMCODEB (Alarm Code of Alarm A): code of the auxiliary alarm. Signless integer, value range: 0~65535.




1.3.1.73 FSCC

1. Command function


Page 78 of 591

This command sets up an correlation rule of alarm suppression, with BSC logic MO as the object for main alarm A and BTS logic MO as the object for auxiliary alarm B, so as to establish the correlation between alarm A and alarm B.

2. Syntax structure

FSCC: {EBSCIDA, EBSCNMA}, MODLNOA [, MUNITNOA, UNITNOA, PCMNOA]: ALMCODEA: BSSIDB {, SITEIDB, SITENMB}{, BTSIDB, BTSNAMEB} {, tRXIDB, RCIDB} [, CHIDB]: ALMCODEB: ISSHOWB, RLMEMO, RLSTATUS;



2) EBSCNMA (BSC Equipment Name of Alarm A): BSC alias of the main alarm object MO. Character string type.

3) MODLNOA (Module No of Alarm A): module number of the main alarm object MO. Signless integer, value range: 1~64, the default value is NULL.

4) MUNITNOA (Multi-Unit No of Alarm A): multi-unit number of the main alarm object MO. Signless integer, value range: 1~127, the default value is NULL.

5) UNITNOA (Unit No of Alarm A): unit number of the main alarm object MO. Signless integer, value range: 1~16, the default value is NULL.

6) PCMNOA (PCM No of Alarm A): PCM number of the main alarm object MO. Signless integer, value range: 1~4, the default value is NULL.




Page 79 of 591


10) SITENMB (Site Name of Alarm B): site alias of the auxiliary alarm object MO. Character string type, the default value is NULL.





15) CHIDB (Channel ID of Alarm B): channel ID number of the auxiliary alarm object MO. Signless integer, value range: 0~7.




19) RLSTATUS: rule status . Signless integer, value range: 0, 1. The default value is 0. Among them, : 0: activated state; 1: inactivated state.


Page 80 of 591

1.3.1.74 FSDC

1. Command function

This command sets up an correlation rule of alarm suppression, with BSC’s board MO as the object for main alarm A and BSC’s other MO as the object for auxiliary alarm B, so as to establish the correlation between alarm A and alarm B.

2. Syntax structure

FSDC: {EBSCIDA, EBSCNMA}, RACKNOA, SHELFNOA, SLOTNOA: ALMCODEA: {EBSCIDB, EBSCNMB}, MODLNOB [, MUNITNOB, UNITNOB, PCMNOB]: ALMCODEB: ISSHOWB, RLMEMO, RLSTATUS;








7) EBSCIDB (BSC Equipment ID of Alarm A): BSC ID number of the auxiliary alarm object MO. Signless integer, value range: 1~255.


Page 81 of 591

8) EBSCNMB (BSC Name of Alarm A): BSC alias of the auxiliary alarm object MO. Character string type.

9) MODLNOB (Module No of Alarm B): module number of the auxiliary alarm object MO. Value range: 1 to 64, the default value is NULL.

10) MUNITNOB (Multi-Unit No of Alarm A): multi-unit number of the auxiliary alarm object MO. Value range: 1 to 127, the default value is NULL.

11) UNITNOB (Unit No of Alarm B): unit number of the auxiliary alarm object MO. Value range: 1 to 16, the default value is NULL.

12) PCMNOB (PCM No of Alarm B): PCM number of the auxiliary alarm object MO. Value range: 1 to 4, the default value is NULL.

13) ALMCODEB (Alarm Code of Alarm A): code of the auxiliary alarm. Signless integer, value range: 0~65535.




1.3.1.75 FSEC

1. Command function

This command sets up an correlation rule of alarm suppression, with BTS MO as the object for main alarm A and BSC board MO as the object for auxiliary alarm B, so as to establish the correlation between alarm A and alarm B.

2. Syntax structure


Page 82 of 591

FSEC: BSSIDA {, SITEIDA, SITENMA}{, BTSIDA, BTSNAMEA} {, tRXIDA, RCIDA}, [CHIDA]: ALMCODEA: {EBSCIDB, EBSCNMB}, RACKNOB, SHELFNOB, SLOTNOB: ALMCODEB: ISSHOWB, RLMEMO, RLSTATUS;


1) BSSIDA (BSS ID of Alarm A): BSS ID number of the main alarm object MO. Signless integer, value range: 1~255.

2) SITEIDA (Site ID of Alarm A): site ID number of the main alarm object MO. Signless integer, value range: 1~1024.

3) SITENMA (Site Name of Alarm A): site alias of the main alarm object MO. Character string type.

4) BTSIDA (BTS ID of Alarm A): BTS ID number of the main alarm object MO. Signless integer, value range: 1~3, the default value is NULL.

5) BTSNAMEA (BTS Name of Alarm A): BTS alias of the main alarm object MO. Character string type, the default value is NULL.

6) TRXIDA (Transceiver ID of Alarm A): FU ID number of the main alarm object MO. Signless integer, value range: 1~32, the default value is NULL.

7) RCIDA (Radio Carrier ID of Alarm A): CU ID number of the main alarm object MO. Signless integer, value range: 1~32, the default value is NULL.

8) CHIDA (Channel ID of Alarm A): channel ID number of the main alarm object MO. Signless integer, value range: 0~7, the default value is NULL.


10) EEBSCIDB (BSC Equipment ID of Alarm B): BSC ID number of the auxiliary alarm object MO. Signless integer, value range: 1~255.

11) EBSCNMB (BSC Equipment Name of Alarm B): BSC alias of the auxiliary alarm object MO. Character string type.


Page 83 of 591

12) RACKNOB (Rack No of Alarm B): rack number of the auxiliary alarm object MO. Signless integer, value range: 1~15.

13) SHELFNOB (Shelf No of Alarm B): shelf number of the auxiliary alarm object MO. Signless integer, value range: 1~6.

14) SLOTNOB (Slot No of Alarm B): slot number of the auxiliary alarm object MO. Signless integer, value range: 1~27.

15) ALMCODEB (Alarm Code of alarm B): code of the auxiliary alarm. Signless integer, value range: 0~65535.




1.3.1.76 FSFC

1. Command function

This command sets up an correlation rule of alarm suppression, with BTS MO as the object for main alarm A and BSC logic MO as the object for auxiliary alarm B, so as to establish the correlation between alarm A and alarm B.

2. Syntax structure

FSFC: BSSIDA {, SITEIDA, SITENMA}{, BTSIDA, BTSNAMEA} {, tRXIDA, RCIDA} [, CHIDA]: ALMCODEA: {EBSCIDB, EBSCNMB}, MODLNOB [, MUNITNOB, UNITNOB, PCMNOB]: ALMCODEB: ISSHOWB, RLMEMO, RLSTATUS;



Page 84 of 591










10) EBSCIDB (BSC Equipment ID of Alarm B): BSC ID number of the auxiliary alarm object MO. Signless integer, value range: 1~255.





Page 85 of 591







1.3.1.77 FSGC

1. Command function

This command sets up an correlation rule of alarm suppression, with BSC logic MO as the object for main alarm A and OMCR as the object for auxiliary alarm B, so as to establish the correlation between alarm A and alarm B.

2. Syntax structure

FSGC: {EBSCIDA, EBSCNMA}, MODLNOA [, MUNITNOA, UNITNOA, PCMNOA]: ALMCODEA: OMCRIDB: ALMCODEB: ISSHOWB, RLMEMO, RLSTATUS;




Page 86 of 591



4) MUNITNOA (Multi-Unit No of Alarm A): multi-unit number of the main alarm object MO. Signless integer, value range: 1~127, the default va lue is NULL.




8) OMCRIDB (OMCR ID of Alarm B): OMCR ID number of the auxiliary alarm object MO. Signless integer, value range: 1, the default value is 1.

10) ALMCODEB (Alarm Code of Alarm B): code of the auxiliary alarm. Signless integer, value range: 32768 to 65535.




1.3.1.78 FSHC

1. Command function


Page 87 of 591

This command sets up an correlation rule of alarm suppression, with BTS MO as the object for main alarm A and OMCR as the object for auxiliary alarm B, so as to establish the correlation between alarm A and alarm B.

2. Syntax structure

FSHC: BSSIDA {, SITEIDA, SITENMA}{, BTSIDA, BTSNAMEA} {, tRXIDA, RCIDA}, [CHIDA]: ALMCODEA: OMCRIDB: ALMCODEB: ISSHOWB, RLMEMO, RLSTATUS;












Page 88 of 591






1.3.1.79 FSIC

1. Command function

This command sets up an correlation rule of alarm suppression, with OMCR as the object for main alarm A and BSC board MO as the object for auxiliary alarm B, so as to establish the correlation between alarm A and alarm B.

2. Syntax structure

FSIC: OMCRIDA: ALMCODEA: {EBSCIDB, EBSCNMB}, RACKNOB, SHELFNOB, SLOTNOB: ALMCODEB: ISSHOWB, RLMEMO, RLSTATUS;


1) OMCRIDA (OMCR ID of Alarm A): OMCR ID number of the main alarm object MO. Signless integer, value range: 1, the default va lue is 1.

2) ALMCODEA (Alarm Code of Alarm A): code of the main alarm. Signless integer, value range: 32768 to 65535.


Page 89 of 591










1.3.1.80 FSJC

1. Command function

This command sets up an correlation rule of alarm suppression, with OMCR as the object for main alarm A and BSC logic MO as the object for auxiliary alarm B, so as to establish the correlation between alarm A and alarm B.

2. Syntax structure


Page 90 of 591

FSJC: OMCRIDA: ALMCODEA: {EBSCIDB, EBSCNMB}, MODLNOB [, MUNITNOB, UNITNOB, PCMNOB]: ALMCODEB: ISSHOWB, RLMEMO, RLSTATUS;


1) OMCRIDA (OMCR ID of Alarm A): OMCR ID number of the main alarm object MO. Signless integer, value range: 1, the default value is 1.


3) EEBSCIDB (BSC Equipment ID of Alarm B): BSC ID number of the auxiliary alarm object MO. Signless integer, value range: 1~255.









Page 91 of 591



1.3.1.81 FSKC

1. Command function

This command sets up an correlation rule of alarm suppression, with OMCR as the object for main alarm A and BTS MO as the object for auxiliary alarm B, so as to establish the correlation between alarm A and alarm B.

2. Syntax structure

FSKC: OMCRIDA: ALMCODEA: BSSIDB {, SITEIDB, SITENAMEB}{, BTSIDB, BTSNAMEB} {, tRXIDB, RCIDB} [, CHIDB]: ALMCODEB: ISSHOWB, RLMEMO, RLSTATUS;


1) OMCRIDA (OMCR ID of Alarm A): OMCR ID number of the main alarm object MO. Signless integer, value range: 1, the default value is 1.






Page 92 of 591





10) CHIDB (Channel ID of Alarm B): channel ID number of the auxiliary alarm object MO. Signless integer, value range: 0~7.





1.3.1.82 FSMC

1. Command function

This command sets up an correlation rule of alarm suppression, with BSC board MO as the object for main alarm A and OMCR as the object for auxiliary alarm B, so as to establish the correlation between alarm A and alarm B.


Page 93 of 591

2. Syntax structure

FSMC: {EBSCIDA, EBSCNMA}, RACKNOA, SHELFNOA, SLOTNOA: ALMCODEA: OMCRIDB: ALMCODEB: ISSHOWB, RLMEMO, RLSTATUS;













Page 94 of 591

11) RLSTATUS: rule status. Signless integer, value range: 0, 1. The default value is 0. Among them, : 0: activa ted state; 1: inactivated state.

1.3.1.83 FSOC

1. Command function

This command sets up an correlation rule of alarm suppression, with BSC’s other MO as the object for both main alarm A and auxiliary alarm B, so as to establish the correlation between alarm A and alarm B.

2. Syntax structure

FSOC: {EBSCIDA, EBSCNMA}, MODLNOA [, MUNITNOA, UNITNOA, PCMNOA]: ALMCODEA: {EBSCIDB, EBSCNMB}, MODLNOB [, MUNITNOB, UNITNOB, PCMNOB]: ALMCODEB: ISSHOWB, RLMEMO, RLSTATUS;









Page 95 of 591




10) MODLNOB (Module No of Alarm B): module number of the auxiliary alarm object MO. Signless integer, value range: 1~64, the default value is NULL.

11) MUNITNOB (Multi-Unit No of Alarm B): multi-unit number of the auxiliary alarm object MO. Signless integer, value range: 1~127, the default value is NULL.

12) UNITNOB (Unit No of Alarm B): unit number of the auxiliary alarm object MO. Signless integer, value range: 1~16, the default value is NULL.

13) PCMNOB (PCM No of Alarm B): PCM number of the auxiliary alarm object MO. Signless integer, value range: 1~4, the default value is NULL.






Page 96 of 591

1.3.1.84 FSTC

1. Command function

This command sets up an correlation rule of alarm suppression, with BTS MO as the object for both main alarm A and auxiliary alarm B, so as to establish the correlation between alarm A and alarm B.

2. Syntax structure

FSTC: BSSIDA {, SITEIDA, SITENMA}{, BTSIDA, BTSNAMEA} {, tRXIDA, RCIDA} [, CHIDA]: ALMCODEA: BSSIDB {, SITEIDB, SITENMB}{, BTSIDB, BTSNAMEB} {, tRXIDB, RCIDB} [, CHIDB]: ALMCODEB: ISSHOWB, RLMEMO, RLSTATUS;










Page 97 of 591










17) CHIDB (Channel ID of Alarm B): channel ID number of the auxiliary alarm object MO. Signless integer, value range: 0~7, the default value is NULL.



Page 98 of 591




1.3.1.85 FSUC

1. Command function

This command sets up an correlation rule of alarm suppression, with BSC’s other type of MO as the object for main alarm A and BSC’s board MO as the object for auxiliary alarm B, so as to establish the correlation between alarm A and alarm B.

2. Syntax structure

FSUC: {EBSCIDA, EBSCNMA}, MODLNOA [, MUNITNOA, UNITNOA, PCMNOA]: ALMCODEA: {EBSCIDB, EBSCNMB}, RACKNOB, SHELFNOB, SLOTNOB: ALMCODEB: ISSHOWB, RLMEMO, RLSTATUS;







Page 99 of 591


6) PCMNOA (PCM No of Alarm A): PCM number of the main a larm object MO. Signless integer, value range: 1~4, the default value is NULL.


8) EBSCIDB (BSC Equipment ID of Alarm B): BSC ID number of the auxiliary a larm object MO. Signless integer, value range: 1~255.










Page 100 of 591

1.3.1.86 FTCC

1. Command function

This command sets up an alarm filter rule for a specified MO of BTS to filter the alarms of a specified code in a specified MO of BTS.

2. Syntax structure

FTCC: BSSID {, SITEID, SITENAME}{, BTSID, BTSNAME} {, tRXID, RCID} [, CHID]: ALMCODE, FILMODE, ACKMODE, RLSTATUS;


1) BSSID (BSS ID): BSS ID number of the filter object MO. Signless integer, value range: 1~255.

2) SITEID (Site ID): site ID number of the filter object MO. Signless integer, value range: 1~1024.

3) SITENAME (Site Name): site alias of the filter object MO. Character string type.

4) BTSID (BTS ID): BTS ID number of the filter object MO. Signless integer, value range: 1~3, the default value is NULL.

5) BTSNAME (BTS Name): BTS alias of the filter object MO. Character string type, the default value is NULL.

6) TRXID (Transceiver ID): FU ID number of the filter object MO. Signless integer, value range: 1~32, the default value is NULL.

7) RCID (Radio Carrier ID): CU ID number of the filter object MO. Signless integer, value range: 1~32, the default value is NULL.

8) CHID (Channel ID): channel ID number of the filter object MO. Signless integer, value range: 0~7, the default value is NULL.


Page 101 of 591





1.3.1.87 FTLC

1. Command function

This command sets up an alarm filter rule for a specified MO of BTS to filter the alarms of a specified class in a specified MO of BTS.

2. Syntax structure

FTLC: BSSID {, SITEID, SITENAME}{, BTSID, BTSNAME} {, tRXID, RCID} [, CHID]: ALMCLASS, FILMODE, ACKMODE, RLSTATUS;






Page 102 of 591






9) ALMCLASS (Alarm Class): the alarm code of the filter action. Signless integer, value range: 0~65535.




1.3.1.88 FTNC

1. Command function

This command sets up an alarm filter rule for a specified MO of BTS to filter the alarms for a specified MO of BTS.

2. Syntax structure


Page 103 of 591

FTNC: BSSID {, SITEID, SITENAME}{, BTSID, BTSNAME} {, tRXID, RCID} [, CHID]: FILMODE, ACKMODE, RLSTATUS;














Page 104 of 591

1.3.2 Man-machine commands for test management

1.3.2.1 TBEI

1. Command function

To perform instant test for an E1 line on a rack of a site under a BSC.

2. Syntax structure

TBEI: {EBSCID, EBSCNAME} {, ESITEID, ESITENM}, RACKNO, PCMNO: SFLPMODE;


1) EBSCID: BSC equipment identification. Signless integer, value range: 1~255.

2) EBSCNAME: BSC equipment name. Character string type, the maximum length of the character string is 40.

3) ESITEID: site identification. Signless integer, value range: 1~1024.

4) ESITENM : site name. Character string. Integer type, the maximum length of the character string is 20.

5) RACKNO: rack number Signless integer, value range: 1~8.

6) PCMNO (PCM No): E1 line number. Signless integer, value range: 1~6.

7) SFLPMODE: selfloop mode. Signless integer, value range: 0, 1, among them, 0 is manual selfloop, 1 is automatic selfloop, the default value is 1.

1.3.2.2 TBLI

1. Command function


Page 105 of 591

To perform instant test for the link from a multi-unit (unit) to the MP under a BSC.

2. Syntax structure

TBLI: {EBSCID, EBSCNAME}, MUNITNO, UNITNO;




3) MUNITNO (MUnit No): multi-unit name. Signless integer, value range: 1~127.

4) UNITNO (Unit No): unit name. Signless integer, value range: 0~20, the default value is 0.

1.3.2.3 TBSA

1. Command function

To activate the routine test of a BSC.

2. Syntax structure

TBSA: {EBSCID, EBSCNAME};





Page 106 of 591

1.3.2.4 TBSC

1. Command function

To create a routine test for a BSC.

2. Syntax structure

TBSC: {EBSCID, EBSCNAME}: TESTTIME, tESTSTEP, SETDATE, SETTIME: TESTUNIT, tMPULK, tMPMPLK;




3) TESTTIME (Test Time): starting time of the routine test. Second-order time type.

4) TESTSTEP (Test Step): time interval of the routine test (unit: day). Signless integer value, value range: 1~65535.

5) SETDATE (Set Date): set date of the routine test. Date type.

6) SETTIME (Set Time): set time of the routine test. Second-order time type.

7) TESTUNIT (Unit Test Item): multi-unit/unit test item (multiunit - unit name). Composite signless integer, value range: 0~127, the default value is NULL.

8) TMPULK (MP-Unit Link Test Item): test item of the link from the MP to the multi-unit/unit (multiunit - unit name). Composite signless integer, value range: 0~127, the default value is NULL.


Page 107 of 591

9) TMPMPLK (MP-MP Link Test Item): test item of the link from the central module MP to the peripheral module MP (peripheral module number) Composite signless integer, value range: 2 to 64, the default value is NULL.

1.3.2.5 TBSD

1. Command function

To delete the routine test of a BSC.

2. Syntax structure

TBSD: {EBSCID, EBSCNAME};




1.3.2.6 TBSQ

1. Command function

To query the routine test of a BSC.

2. Syntax structure

TBSQ: {EBSCID, EBSCNAME};




Page 108 of 591


1.3.2.7 TBSS

1. Command function

To suspend the routine test of a BSC.

2. Syntax structure

TBSS: {EBSCID, EBSCNAME};




1.3.2.8 TBUI

1. Command function

To perform instant test for a multi-unit (unit) under a BSC.

2. Syntax structure

TBUI: {EBSCID, EBSCNAME}, MUNITNO, UNITNO;





Page 109 of 591

3) MUNITNO (MUnit No): multi-unit name. Signless integer, value range: 1~127.

4) UNITNO (Unit No): unit name. Signless integer, value range: 0~20, the default value is 0.

1.3.2.9 TTRD

1. Command function

To delete the test result.

2. Syntax structure

TTRD: {EBSCID, EBSCNAME}: TESTTYPE, tESTMODE, tRESULT, tOBJECT, SFLPMODE, [TBGNDATE, tBGNTIME], [TENDDATE, tENDTIME];


1) EBSCID: BSC equipment identification. Signless integer, value range: 1~255, the default value is ALL.

2) EBSCNAME: BSC equipment name. Character string type, the maximum length of the character string is 40, the default value is ALL.

3) TESTTYPE: test type. Enumerated type, value range: UNIT (multi-unit test) , LINK (link test) , UNIT_LINK (multi-unit test and link test), the default value is ALL.

4) TESTMODE: test mode. Enumerated type, value range: INSTANT ( instant test) , SCHEDULE ( routine test), the default value is ALL.

5) TRESULT: test result. Enumerated type, value range: NORMAL (normal result) , ABNORMAL (abnormal result), the default value is ALL.

6) TOBJECT: test object. Composite enumerated type, value range: DRT (DRT unit) , DTI (DTI unit) , SMT1 (SMT1 unit) , SMT2 (SMT2 unit) ,


Page 110 of 591

BOSN (BOSN unit) , AIPP (AIPP multi-unit) , BIPP (BIPP multi-unit) , FSPP (FSPP multi-unit) , NSPP (NSPP multi-unit) , TCPP (TCPP multi-unit), the default value is ALL.

7) TBGNDATE (Test Begin Date): starting date. Date type, the default value is ALL.

8) TBGNTIME (Test Begin Time): starting time. Second-order time type, the default value is ALL.

9) TENDDATE (Test End Date): ending date. Date type, the default value is ALL.

10) TENDTIME (Test End Time): ending time. Second-order time type, the default value is ALL.

1.3.2.10 TTRQ

1. Command function

To query the test result.

2. Syntax structure

TTRQ: {EBSCID, EBSCNAME}: TESTTYPE, tESTMODE, tRESULT, tOBJECT, SFLPMODE, [TBGNDATE, tBGNTIME], [TENDDATE, tENDTIME];





Page 111 of 591

3) TESTTYPE: test type. Enumerated type, value range: UNIT (multi-unit test) , LINK (link test) , UNIT_LINK (multi-unit test and link test), the default value is ALL.

4) TESTMODE: test mode. Enumerated type, value range: INSTANT ( instant test) , SCHEDULE ( routine test), the default value is ALL.

5) TRESULT: test result. Enumerated type, value range: NORMAL (normal result) , ABNORMAL (abnormal result), the default value is ALL.

6) TOBJECT: test object. Composite enumerated type, value range: DRT (DRT unit) , DTI (DTI unit) , SMT1 (SMT1 unit) , SMT2 (SMT2 unit) , BOSN (BOSN unit) , AIPP (AIPP multi-unit) , BIPP (BIPP multi-unit) , FSPP (FSPP multi-unit) , NSPP (NSPP multi-unit) , TCPP (TCPP multi-unit), the default value is ALL.

7) TBGNDATE (Test Begin Date): starting date. Date type, the default value is ALL.

8) TBGNTIME (Test Begin Time): starting time. Second-order time type, the default value is ALL.

9) TENDDATE (Test End Date): ending date. Date type, the default value is ALL.

10) TENDTIME (Test End Time): ending time. Second-order time type, the default value is ALL.

1.3.2.11 TTXI

1. Command function

To perform RF loop instant test for a TRX of a site under a BSC.

2. Syntax structure

TTXI: {EBSCID, EBSCNAME} {, ESITEID, ESITENM}, RACKNO, SHELFNO, PANELNO: TESTTIME, tESTCODE;


Page 112 of 591







6) SHELFNO: shelf number. Signless integer, value range: 1~3.

7) PANELNO: panel number. Signless integer, value range: 1~6.

8) TESTTIME (Test Time): : test duration. Signless integer, value range: 1~1200. Unit: second.

9) TESTCODE: test code type. Signless integer, value range: 0, 1. 2, among them, 0: all are 0, 1: all are 1, 2: random.

1.3.2.12 TTXS

1. Command function

To cancel RF loop instant test for a TRX of a site under a BSC.

2. Syntax structure

TTXS: {EBSCID, EBSCNAME} {, ESITEID, ESITENM}, RACKNO, SHELFNO, PANELNO;



Page 113 of 591

1) EBSCIDNAME: BSC equipment identification. Signless integer, value range: 1~255, the default value is ALL.





6) SHELFNO: shelf number. Signless integer, value range: 1~3.

7) PANELNO: panel number. Signless integer, value range: 1~6.

1.4 Performance management

1.4.1 Man-machine commands of measurement jobs

1.4.1.1 PMCQ

1. Command function

To query the current value of a specified counter of a specified object for a measurement job.

2. Syntax structure

PMCQ: BSSID, NAME: OBJECT, COUNTNO;


1) BSSID (Bss ID): BSS ID number of the measurement job. Signless integer, value range: 1~255, no default value.


Page 114 of 591

2) NAME (Measurement Job Name): name of the measurement job to be queried. Character string type, the maximum length of the character string is 50 bytes, the minimum length is 1 byte, no default value .

3) OBJECT (Measured Object): object of the counter. Signless integer, a single integer number, value range: 0~1024. The meaning of the parameter depends on the type of the measured object. If the measured object is a SITE, module or signaling No .7 link, the format of the value is “X” (X is the SITE, module or signaling No.7 link number); if the measured object is a CELL, the value format is “X-X” (X represents respectively the SITE number and CELL number); if the measured object is a TRX, the value format is “X-X-X” (X represents respectively the SITE number, CELL number and TRX number); if the measured object is a BSC, the value can only be the default BSC.

4) COUNTNO: counter number. Signless integer, value range: 0~99999, no default value.

1.4.1.2 PMIQ

1. Command function

To query the parameter information of multiple measurement jobs under a BSS.

2. Syntax structure

PMIQ: BSSID, NAME;



2) NAME (Measurement Job Name): name of the measurement job to be queried. Character string type, the maximum length of the character string is 50 bytes, the minimum length is 1 byte, and the default value is ALL, in this case, the brief information of all jobs will be returned (without including the reported information, measured object and measurement time period).


Page 115 of 591

1.4.1.3 PMJC

1. Command function

To create a measurement job.

2. Syntax structure

PMJC: BSSID: NAME, tYPE: OBJECT: BGNDATE, ENDDATE, DAY, INTERVAL, GP: FRDATE, FRTIME, RP;



2) NAME (Measurement Job Name): the name of the measurement job to be created. Character string type, the maximum length of the character string is 50 bytes, the minimum length is 1 byte, no default value.

3) TYPE (Measurement Job Type): the type of the measurement job to be created.. Signless integer, the default value is 0.

4) OBJECT: measured object. Composite signless integer, a single integer number, value range: 0~1024, the default value is ALL, representing all the corresponding measured object under the BSC. The meaning of the parameter depends on the type of the measured object. If the measured object is a SITE, module or signaling No .7 link, the format of the value is “X” (X is the SITE, module or signaling No.7 link number); if the measured object is a CELL, the value format is “X-X” (X represents respectively the SITE number and CELL number); if the measured object is a TRX, the value format is “X-X-X” (X represents respectively the SITE number, CELL number and TRX number); if the measured object is a BSC, the value can only be the default BSC.

5) BGNDATE (Begin Date): starting date for measurement. Date type, the default value is CURDATE, representing the current date .


Page 116 of 591

6) ENDDATE (End Date): ending date for measurement. Date type, it must be later than the starting date for measurement, the default value is ENDLESS, representing not to end automatically.

7) DAY (Measurement Day): measurement day of each week. Composite enumerated type, value range: SUN, MON, TUE, WED, THU, FRI, SAT, the default value is ALL.

8) INTERVAL (Measurement Interval): measurement interval for each day. Composite minute-order time interval type, the default value is 00-00, representing a time interval from 0 o’clock to 24 o’clock.

9) GP (Granularity Period): granularity period for measurement. Time duration type, value range: 5N, 15N, 30N, 60N, the default value is 5N (5 minute).

10) FRDATE : first report date. Date type, the default value is NONE, representing the earliest possible report time.

11) FRTIME: first report time. Minute-order time type. It sets up the first report time together with the first report date, and must be later than the earliest possible report time. The default value is NONE, representing the earliest possible report time.

12) RP: report period. Time duration type. It must be an integral multiple of the granularity period for measurement. Value range: 0N, 15N, 30N, 60N, 6H, 12H, 24H, the default value is 0, representing to report immediately.

1.4.1.4 PMJD

1. Command function

To delete multiple measurement jobs under a BSS.

2. Syntax structure

PMJD: BSSID, NAME;


Page 117 of 591



2) NAME (Measurement Job Name): the names of the measurement jobs to be deleted. Composite character string type, the maximum length of each character string is 50 bytes, the minimum length is 1 byte, the default value is ALL.

1.4.1.5 PMJM

1. Command function

To modify a measurement job.

2. Syntax structure

PMJM: BSSID, NAME: NEWNAME: BGNDATE, ENDDATE, DAY, INTERVAL: FRDATE, FRTIME, RP;



2) NAME (Measurement Job Name): the name of the measurement job to be modified. Character string type, the maximum length of the character string is 50 bytes, the minimum length is 1 byte, no default value.

3) NEWNAME: new measurement job name. Character string type, the maximum length of the character string is 50 bytes, the minimum length is 1 byte, the default value is UNCHANGE, representing not to change.

4) BGNDATE (Begin Date): new starting date for measurement. Date type. If the job has been started, it is forbidden to modify this item. The default value is UNCHANGE, representing not to change.


Page 118 of 591

5) ENDDATE (End Date): new ending date for measurement. Date type. It must be later than the starting date for measurement. The default value is UNCHANGE, representing not to change. To change it as not to end automatically, set the parameter to 2038-1-1.

6) DAY (Measurement Day): new measurement day of each week. Composite enumerated type, value range: SUN, MON, TUE, WED, THU, FRI, SAT, the default value is UNCHANGE, representing not to change.

7) INTERVAL (Measurement Interval): new measurement interval of each day. Composite minute-order time interval type, the default value is UNCHANGE, representing not to change.

8) FRDATE (First Report Date): new first report date. Date type. It is forbidden to be modified if it has been reported. The default value is UNCHANGE, representing not to change.

9) FRTIME (First Report Time): new first report time. Minute-order time type. It sets up the first report time together with the first report date, and must be later than the earliest possible report time. It is forbidden to be modified if it has been reported. The default value is UNCHANGE, representing not to change.

10) RP (Report Period): new report period. Time duration type. It must be an integral multiple of the granularity period for measurement. Value range: 0N, 15N, 30N, 60N, 6H, 12H, 24H, the default value is UNCHANGE, representing not to change.

1.4.1.6 PMJQ

1. Command function

To query the names of all current measurement jobs under a BSS.

2. Syntax structure

PMJQ: BSSID;



Page 119 of 591

BSSID (Bss ID): BSS ID number of the measurement job. Signless integer, value range: 1~255, no default value.

1.4.1.7 PMJR

1. Command function

To restore multiple measurement jobs under a BSS.

2. Syntax structure

PMJR: BSSID, NAME;



2) NAME (Measurement Job Name): the names of the measurement jobs to be restored. Composite character string type, the maximum length of each character string is 50 bytes, the minimum length is 1 byte, the default value is ALL.

1.4.1.8 PMJS

1. Command function

To suspend multiple measurement jobs under a BSS.

2. Syntax structure

PMJS: BSSID, NAME;




Page 120 of 591

2) NAME (Measurement Job Name): the names of the measurement jobs to be suspended. Composite character string type, the maximum length of each character string is 50 bytes, the minimum length is 1 byte, the default value is ALL.

1.4.2 Man-machine commands of observation jobs

1.4.2.1 POIQ

1. Command function

To query the parameter information of multiple observation jobs under a BSS.

2. Syntax structure

POIQ: BSSID, NAME;


1) BSSID (Bss ID): BSS ID number of the observation job. Signless integer, value range: 1~255, no default value.

2) NAME (Observation Job Name): name of the observation job to be queried. Character string type, the maximum length of the character string is 50 bytes, the minimum length is 1 byte, and the default value is ALL, representing that the brief information of all jobs will be returned (without including the observed object).

1.4.2.2 POJC

1. Command function

To create an observation job.

2. Syntax structure

POJC: BSSID: NAME, tYPE: OBJECT: ENDDATE, ENDTIME;


Page 121 of 591



2) NAME (Observation Job Name): the name of the observation job to be created. Character string type, the maximum length of the character string is 50 bytes, the minimum length is 1 byte, no default value .

3) TYPE (Observation Job Type): the type of the observation job to be created. Signless integer, the default value is 0.

4) OBJECT: observed object. Composite signless integer, a single integer number, value range: 0~1024, no default value . The meaning of the parameter depends on the type of the observed object, and the type of all observed objects at present is CELL, whose value format is “X-X” (X represents respectively the SITE ID number and CELL ID number). A job can have only one observed object.

5) ENDDATE (End Date): ending date for observation. Date type, the default value is ENDLESS, representing not to end automatically.

6) ENDTIME (End Time): ending time for observation. Minute-order time type. It forms the ending time together with the ending date, and must be later than the current time for creation, the default value is NONE, representing 00: 00.

1.4.2.3 POJD

1. Command function

To delete multiple observation jobs under a BSS.

2. Syntax structure

POJD: BSSID, NAME;



Page 122 of 591


2) NAME (Observation Job Name): the name of the observation job to be deleted. Composite character string type, the maximum length of each character string is 50 bytes, the minimum length is 1 byte, the default value is ALL.

1.4.2.4 POJM

1. Command function

To modify a observation job.

2. Syntax structure

POJM: BSSID, NAME: NEWNAME: ENDDATE, ENDTIME;



2) NAME (Observation Job Name): the name of the observation job to be created. Character string type, the maximum length of the character string is 50 bytes, the minimum length is 1 byte, no default value .

3) NEWNAME: new observation job name. Character string type, the maximum length of the character string is 50 bytes, the minimum length is 1 byte, the default value is UNCHANGE, representing not to change.

4) ENDDATE (End Date): ending date for observation. Date type, the default value is ENDLESS, representing not to end automatically.

5) ENDTIME (End Time): ending time for observation. Minute-order time type. It forms the ending time together with the ending date, and must be later than the current time for creation, the default value is NONE, representing 00: 00.


Page 123 of 591

1.4.2.5 POJQ

1. Command function

To query the names of all current observation jobs under a BSS.

2. Syntax structure

POJQ: BSSID;


BSSID (Bss ID): BSS ID number of the observation job. Signless integer, value range: 1~255, no default value.

1.4.2.6 POJR

1. Command function

To restore multiple observation jobs under a BSS.

2. Syntax structure

POJR: BSSID, NAME;



2) NAME (Observation Job Name): the name of the observation job to be restored. Composite character string type, the maximum length of each character string is 50 bytes, the minimum length is 1 byte, the default value is ALL.

1.4.2.7 POJS

1. Command function


Page 124 of 591

To suspend multiple observation jobs under a BSS.

2. Syntax structure

POJS: BSSID, NAME;



2) NAME (Observation Job Name): the name of the observation job to be suspended. Composite character string type, the maximum length of each character string is 50 bytes, the minimum length is 1 byte, the default value is ALL.

1.4.3 Man-machine commands of alarm threshold

1.4.3.1 PTIQ

1. Command function

To query the threshold parameters of QoS alarm monitoring.

2. Syntax structure

PTIQ: BSSID;


BSSID (BSS ID): BSS ID number of the QoS alarm monitoring. Signless integer, value range: 1~255, no default value.

1.4.3.2 PTRM

1. Command function

To modify the threshold parameters of QoS alarm monitoring.


Page 125 of 591

2. Syntax structure

PTRM: BSSID: [RMLLT] [, RMLGP] [, RMLEN] [, RPLLT] [, RPLGP] [, RPLEN] [, SMLLT] [, SMLGP] [, SMLEN] [, SPLLT] [, SPLGP] [, SPLEN] [, CSRLT] [, CSRGP] [, CSREN] [, N7ASRLT] [, N7ASRGP] [, N7ASREN] [, tFARLT] [, tFARGP] [, tFAREN] [, tHARLT] [, tHARGP] [, tHAREN] [, SDARLT] [, SDARGP] [, SDAREN] [, N7ARLT] [, N7ARGP] [, N7AREN] [, tFMTLLT] [, tFMTLGP] [, tFMTLEN] [, tHMTLLT] [, tHMTLGP] [, tHMTLEN] [, N7MTLLT] [, N7MTLGP] [, N7MTLEN] [, SDDRLT] [, SDDRGP] [, SDDREN] [, FAFDRLT] [, FAFDRGP] [, FAFDREN] [, FAHDRLT] [, FAHDRGP] [, FAHDREN] [, tFVDRLT] [, tFVDRGP] [, tFVDREN] [, tFDDRLT] [, tFDDRGP] [, tFDDREN] [, tHVDRLT] [, tHVDRGP] [, tHVDREN] [, tHDDRLT] [, tHDDRGP] [, tHDDREN] [, IHOSRLT] [, IHOSRGP] [, IHOSREN] [, OHOSRLT] [, OHOSRGP] [, OHOSREN] [, IBHOSRLT] [, IBHOSRGP] [, IBHOSREN] [, ICHOSRLT] [, ICHOSRGP] [, ICHOSREN];


1) BSSID (BSS ID): BSS ID number of the QoS alarm monitoring. Signless integer, value range: 1~255, no default value.

2) RMLLT: RMM CP Mean Load Limit. Percent integer type, value range: 0% to 100%, no default value.

3) RMLGP: RMM CP Mean Load Granularity Period. Time duration type, value range: 5N, 15N, 30N, 60N, no default value.

4) RMLEN: RMM CP Mean Load Enabled. Type Boolean, no default value.

5) RPLLT: RMM CP Peak Load Limit. Percent integer type, value range: 0% to 100%, no default value.

6) RPLGP: RMM CP Peak Load Granularity Period. Time duration type, value range: 5N, 15N, 30N, 60N, no default value.

7) RPLEN: RMM CP Peak Load Enabled. Type Boolean, no default value.


Page 126 of 591

8) SMLLT: SMM CP Mean Load Limit. Percent integer type, value range: 0% to 100%, no default value.

9) SMLGP: SMM CP Mean Load Granularity Period. Time duration type, value range: 5N, 15N, 30N, 60N, no default value.

10) SMLEN: SMM CP Mean Load Enabled. Type Boolean, no default value.

11) SPLLT: SMM CP Peak Load Limit. Percent integer type, value range: 0% to 100%, no default value.

12) SPLGP: SMM CP Peak Load Granularity Period. Time duration type, value range: 5N, 15N, 30N, 60N, no default value.

13) SPLEN: SMM CP Peak Load Enabled. Type Boolean, no default value.

14) CSRLT: Call Establishment Success Rate Limit. Percent integer type, value range: 0% to 100%, no default value.

15) CSRGP: Call Establishment Success Rate Granularity Period. Time duration type, value range: 5N, 15N, 30N, 60N, no default value.

16) CSREN: Call Establishment Success Rate Enabled. Type Boolean, no default value.

17) N7ASRLT: No. 7 Trunk Assignment Success Rate Limit. Percent integer type, value range: 0% to 100%, no default value.

18) N7ASRGP: No. 7 Trunk Assignment Success Rate Granularity Period. Time duration type, value range: 5N, 15N, 30N, 60N, no default value.

19) N7ASREN: No. 7 Trunk Assignment Success Rate Enabled. Type Boolean, no default value.

20) TFARLT: TCH/F Available Rate Limit. Percent integer type, value range: 0% to 100%, no default value.


Page 127 of 591

21) TFARGP: TCH/F Available Rate Granularity Period. Time type, value range: 5N, 15N, 30N, 60N, no default value.

22) TFAREN: TCH/F Available Rate Enabled. Type Boolean, no default value.

23) THARLT: TCH/H Available Rate Limit. Percent integer type, value range: 0% to 100%, no default value.

24) THARGP: TCH/H Available Rate Granularity Period. Time type, value range: 5N, 15N, 30N, 60N, no default value.

25) THAREN: TCH/H Available Rate Enabled. Type Boolean, no default value.

26) SDARLT: SDCCH Available Rate Limit. Percent integer type, value range: 0% to 100%, no default value.

27) SDARGP: SDCCH Available Rate Granularity Period. Time duration type, value range: 5N, 15N, 30N, 60N, no default value.

28) SDAREN: SDCCH Available Rate Enabled. Type Boolean, no default value.

29) N7ARLT: No. 7 Trunk Available Rate Limit. Percent integer type, value range: 0% to 100%, no default value.

30) N7ARGP: No. 7 Trunk Available Rate Granularity Period. Time duration type, value range: 5N, 15N, 30N, 60N, no default value.

31) N7AREN: No. 7 Trunk Available Rate Enabled. Type Boolean, no default value.

32) TFMTLLT: TCH/F Mean Traffic Load Limit. Floating-point type, value range: 0, 1. no default value.

33) TFMTLGP: TCH/F Mean Traffic Load Granularity Period. Time duration type, value range: 5N, 15N, 30N, 60N, no default value.


Page 128 of 591

34) TFMTLEN: TCH/F Mean Traffic Load Enabled. Type Boolean, no default value.

35) THMTLLT: TCH/H Mean Traffic Load Limit. Floating-point type, value range: 0, 1. no default value.

36) THMTLGP: TCH/H Mean Traffic Load Granularity Period. Time duration type, value range: 5N, 15N, 30N, 60N, no default value.

37) THMTLEN: TCH/H Mean Traffic Load Enabled. Type Boolean, no default value.

38) N7MTLLT: No. 7 Trunk Mean Traffic Load Limit. Floating-point type, value range: 0, 1. no default value.

39) N7MTLGP: No. 7 Trunk Mean Traffic Load Granularity Period. Time duration type, value range: 5N, 15N, 30N, 60N, no default value.

40) N7MTLEN: No. 7 Trunk Mean Traffic Load Enabled. Type Boolean, no default value.

41) SDDRLT: SDCCH Drop Rate Limit. Percent integer type, value range: 0% to 100%, no default value.

42) SDDRGP: SDCCH Drop Rate Granularity Period. Time duration type, value range: 5N, 15N, 30N, 60N, no default value.

43) SDDREN: SDCCH Drop Rate Enabled. Type Boolean, no default value.

44) FAFDRLT: FACCH/F Drop Rate Limit. Percent integer type, value range: 0% to 100%, no default value.

45) FAFDRGP: FACCH/F Drop Rate Granularity Period. Time duration type, value range: 5N, 15N, 30N, 60N, no default value.

46) FAFDREN: FACCH/F Drop Rate Enabled. Type Boolean, no default value.


Page 129 of 591

47) FAHDRLT: FACCH/H Drop Rate Limit. Percent integer type, value range: 0% to 100%, no default value.

48) FAHDRGP: FACCH/H Drop Rate Granularity Period. Time duration type, value range: 5N, 15N, 30N, 60N, no default value.

49) FAHDREN: FACCH/H Drop Rate Enabled. Type Boolean, no default value.

50) TFVDRLT: TCH/F Voice Drop Rate Limit. Percent integer type, value range: 0% to 100%, no default value.

51) TFVDRGP: TCH/F Voice Drop Rate Granularity Period. Time duration type, value range: 5N, 15N, 30N, 60N, no default value.

52) TFVDREN: TCH/F Voice Drop Rate Enabled. Type Boolean, no default value.

53) TFDDRLT: TCH/F Data Drop Rate Limit. Percent integer type, value range: 0% to 100%, no default value.

54) TFDDRGP: TCH/F Data Drop Rate Granularity Period. Time duration type, value range: 5N, 15N, 30N, 60N, no default value.

55) TFDDREN: TCH/F Data Drop Rate Enabled. Type Boolean, no default value.

56) THVDRLT: TCH/H Voice Drop Rate Limit. Percent integer type, value range: 0% to 100%, no default value.

57) THVDRGP: TCH/H Voice Drop Rate Granularity Period. Time duration type, value range: 5N, 15N, 30N, 60N, no default value.

58) THVDREN: TCH/H Voice Drop Rate Enabled. Type Boolean, no default value.

59) THDDRLT: TCH/H Data Drop Rate Limit. Percent integer type, value range: 0% to 100%, no default value.


Page 130 of 591

60) THDDRGP: TCH/H Data Drop Rate Granularity Period. Time duration type, value range: 5N, 15N, 30N, 60N, no default value.

61) THDDREN: TCH/H Data Drop Rate Enabled. Type Boolean, no default value.

62) IHOSRLT: Incoming Handover Success Rate Limit. Percent integer type, value range: 0% to 100%, no default value.

63) IHOSRGP: Incoming Handover Success Rate Granularity Period. Time duration type, value range: 5N, 15N, 30N, 60N, no default value.

64) IHOSREN: Incoming Handover Success Rate Enabled. Type Boolean, no default value.

65) OHOSRLT: Outgoing Handover Success Rate Limit. Percent integer type, value range: 0% to 100%, no default value.

66) OHOSRGP: Outgoing Handover Success Rate Granularity Period. Time duration type, value range: 5N, 15N, 30N, 60N, no default value.

67) OHOSREN: Outgoing Handover Success Rate Enabled. Type Boolean, no default value.

68) IBHOSRLT: Intra-BSS Handover Success Rate Limit. Percent integer type, value range: 0% to 100%, no default value.

69) IBHOSRGP: IntraBSS Handover Success Rate Granularity Period. Time duration type, value range: 5N, 15N, 30N, 60N, no default value.

70) IBHOSREN: IntraBSS Handover Success Rate Enabled. Type Boolean, no default value.

71) ICHOSRLT: IntraCell Handover Success Rate Limit. Percent integer type, value range: 0% to 100%, no default value.


Page 131 of 591

72) ICHOSRGP: IntraCell Handover Success Rate Granularity Period. Time duration type, value range: 5N, 15N, 30N, 60N, no default value.

73) ICHOSREN: IntraCell Handover Success Rate Enabled. Type Boolean, no default value.

1.4.3.3 PTRR

1. Command function

To restore the QoS alarm monitoring under a BSS.

2. Syntax structure

PTRR: BSSID;



1.4.3.4 PTRS

1. Command function

To suspend the QoS alarm monitoring under a BSS.

2. Syntax structure

PTRS: BSSID;




Page 132 of 591

1.4.4 Other man-machine commands

1.4.4.1 PBMQ

1. Command function

To query the ID numbers of all BTSs (CELLs) and their modules under a BSS.

2. Syntax structure

PBMQ: BSSID;


BSSID (Bss ID): specified BSS ID number. Signless integer, value range: 1~255, no default value.

1.4.4.2 PBSQ

1. Command function

To query all BSSs.

2. Syntax structure

PBSQ;


None.

1.4.4.3 PBTQ

1. Command function

To query the ID numbers of all BTSs (CELLs) under a BSS.


Page 133 of 591

2. Syntax structure

PBTQ: BSSID;



1.4.4.4 PLKQ

1. Command function

To query all SS7 link numbers under a BSS.

2. Syntax structure

PLKQ: EBSSID;


EBSSID (EBss ID): specified EBSS ID number. Signless integer, value range: 1~255, no default value.

1.4.4.5 PMOS

1. Command function

To synchronize the background performance data to a specified module under a specified BSS of the foreground..

2. Syntax structure

PMOS: BSSID: MODULENO;



Page 134 of 591


2) MODULENO: module number. Signless integer, value range: 1~9, the default value is 1.

1.4.4.6 PPIQ

1. Command function

To query performance indexes.

2. Syntax structure

PPIQ;


None.

1.4.4.7 PSIQ

1. Command function

To query all SITE numbers under a BSS.

2. Syntax struc ture

PSIQ: BSSID;



1.4.4.8 PSMQ

1. Command function


Page 135 of 591

To query the ID numbers of all SITEs and their modules under a BSS.

2. Syntax structure

PSMQ: BSSID;



1.4.4.9 PTXQ

1. Command function

To query all TRX numbers under a BSS.

2. Syntax structure

PTXQ: BSSID;



1.5 Configuration management

1.5.1 Man-machine commands of radio resources management

1.5.1.1 RAHC

1. Command function

To add an adjacent cell handover object.

2. Syntax structure


Page 136 of 591

RAHC: BSSID {, SITEID, SITENAME} {, BTSID, BTSNAME}: AHID: SYNC, PRI, MTPMAX, RLMIN: ISRCELL, NCLAYER: RHOECMO;


1) BSSID (Bss Function Identification): BSS identification number. Signless integer, value range: 1~255.

2) SITEID (Site Identification): site identification number. Signless integer, value range: 1~1024.

3) SITENAME (Site Name): site identification name. Character string type, the maximum length is 40.

4) BTSID (BTS Identification): cell number. Signless integer, value range: 1~3.

5) BTSNAME (BTS Name): cell identification name. Character string type, the maximum length is 40.

6) AHID (Adjacent Cell HandOver Identification): identification number of adjacent cell handover object. Signless integer, value range: 33 to 64.

7) SYNC (Synchronize): indicating whether to synchronize the current cell with adjacent cells. Type Boolean, with a value of T or F. The default value is T.

8) PRI (Priority): priority level for cell handover. Signless integer, value range: 0~7, the default value is 3.

9) MTPMAX (Ms Transit Power Max): maximum transmitting power of MS in the adjacent cell. Signless integer, value range: 1~31, the default value is 5.

10) RLMIN (Receive Level Min): minimum signal level for MS to receive in the handover target cell. Signless integer, value range: 0~63, the default value is 15.


Page 137 of 591

11) ISRCELL (Is Relative Cell): indicating whether the current cell and adjacent cell are related cells. Type Boolean, with a value of T or F, the default value is F.

12) NCLAYER (NC Layer): neighboring cell layer. Signless integer, value range: 0~3, the default is 0.

13) RHOECMO (RHOECMO): DN of the handover cell (HOC): BssId-SiteId -BtsId-HoId or DN of external cells : EcId. Composite signless integer.

1.5.1.2 RAHD

1. Command function

To delete the adjacent cell handover object of a cell.

2. Syntax structure

RAHD: BSSID {, SITEID, SITENAME} {, BTSID, BTSNAME}, AHID;








Page 138 of 591


1.5.1.3 RAHM

1. Command function

To modify the radio parameters of an adjacent cell handover object.

2. Syntax structure

RAHM: BSSID {, SITEID, SITENAME} {, BTSID, BTSNAME}, AHID: [SYNC] [, PRI] [, MTPMAX] [, RLMIN] [, ISRCELL] [, NCLAYER];








7) SYNC (Synchronize): indicating whether to synchronize the current cell with adjacent cells. Type Boolean, with a value of T or F, the default value is T.


Page 139 of 591

8) PRI (Priority): priority level for cell handover. Signless integer, value range: 0~7, the default value is 3.

9) MTPMAX (Ms Transit Power Max): maximum transmitting power of MS in the adjacent cell. Signless integer, value range: 1~31, the default value is 5.

10) RLMIN (Receive Level Min): minimum signal level for MS to receive in the handover target cell. Signless integer, value range: 0~63, the default value is 15.

11) ISRCELL (Is Relative Cell): indicating whether the current cell and adjacent cell are related cells. Type Boolean, with a value of T or F, the default value is F.

12) NCLAYER (NC Layer): neighboring cell layer. Signless integer, value range: 0~3, the default is 0.

1.5.1.4 RAHQ

1. Command function

To view the parameters of an adjacent cell handover object.

2. Syntax structure

RAHQ: BSSID {, SITEID, SITENAME} {, BTSID, BTSNAME}, AHID: PARAGRP;





Page 140 of 591





7) PARAGRP (Parameter Group): radio parameter attribute package type. Enumerated type. Value range: ALL, the default value is ALL.

1.5.1.5 RARC

1. Command function

To add a new adjacent cell reselection object.

2. Syntax structure

RARC: BSSID {, SITEID, SITENAME} {, BTSID, BTSNAME}: ARID: RBTSECMO;






Page 141 of 591



6) ARID (AdjacentCellReselection Identification): identification number of adjacent cell reselection object. Signless integer, value range: 1 to 32.

7) RBTSECMO (Related BTS or ExternalCell Managed Object): DN of the related BTS: BssId -SiteId-BtsId or DN of an external cell under this BSS: EcId. Composite signless integer.

1.5.1.6 RARD

1. Command function

To delete the adjacent cell reselection object of a cell.

2. Syntax structure

RARD: BSSID {, SITEID, SITENAME} {, BTSID, BTSNAME}: ARID;







Page 142 of 591



1.5.1.7 RARQ

1. Command function

To view the parameters of an adjacent cell reselection object.

2. Syntax structure

RARQ: BSSID {, SITEID, SITENAME} {, BTSID, BTSNAME}, ARID: PARAGRP;









Page 143 of 591

7) PARAGRP (Parameter Group): radio parameter attribute package type. Enumerated type. Value range: ALL, the default value is ALL.

1.5.1.8 RBCA

1. Command function

To modify the radio status attribute of a radio BSC.

2. Syntax structure

RBCA: {BSCID, BSCNAME}: AD;



2) BSCNAME (BSC Name): BSC identification name. Character string type, the maximum length is 40.

3) AD (Administer State): administration state attribute.. Enumerated type, enumerated items: L, U, S.

1.5.1.9 RBCC

1. Command function

To add a functional BSC.

2. Syntax structure

RBCC: BSCID: ALIAS: BARANG: MCC, MNC: INTERHO, INTRAHO, OVERLEV, FUNCEXT: T1, t3, t4, t7, t8, t10, t13, t17, t18, t19, t20: T9101, t9103, t9104, t9105, t9108, t9113, ZXGT1, ZXGT2, ZXGT3, ZXGT4, ZXGT5, ZXGT6, ZXGT7, ZXGT8, ZXGT9, ZXGT10, ZXGT11, RMSTQHO, ZXGT12, ZXGT13, ZXGT14, ZXGT15, ZXGT16, ZXGMT7, ZXGMT11, ZXGMT12, tMICRO, tBSIC, AIST1, AIST4, AIST8, AIST12, BCRT, BCPT:


Page 144 of 591

T3101, t3103, t3107, t3109, t3111, t3113, t3105: BMRN, CMRN, CONFUMSG: RINDTHS, LOADIND, LVT, LIP, EDRAF, ACE: LOCNAME: CELFCTHS, MSFCTHS, CELFCPER, MSFCPER, DELAY, NSBLKMX, NSUNBLKM, NSALIVEM, BVCBLKM, BVCUBLKM, BVCRESTM, SUSPENDM, RESUMEM, UPDATEM, FLRPTPRD, CN, XN, NN, OVERLDTH, DEFRATE, N3101, N3103, N3105: T3169, t3191, t3193, t3195, BSSGPT1, BSSGPT2, BSSGPT3, BSSGPT4, BSSGPT5, NS_T1, NS_T2, NS_T3, NS_T4, NS_T5 ccmT1, ccmT2, ccmT3, csMode;


1) BSCID (Bss Function Identification): BSS identification number. Signless integer, value range: 1~255.

2) ALIAS (Alias): alias. Character string type, the maximum length is 40.

3) BARANG (Band Range): broadcast range. Composite integer type, value range: 1~124, 0, 512 to 885, 975 to 1023.

4) MCC (Mobile Country Code): Mobile country code. Signless integer, value range: 0~999, the default value is 460 (China).

5) MNC (Mobile NetWork Code): mobile network code. Signless integer, value range: 0~99, the default value is 0.

6) INTERHO (Inter-cell HandOver): whether to allow inter-cell handover. Type Boolean, the default value is T.

7) INTRAHO (Intra-HandOver): whether to allow intra-cell handover. Type Boolean, the default value is T.

8) OVERLEV (OverFlow Level): flow control. Signless integer, value range: 0, the default value is 0.

9) FUNCEXT: whether the system supports PCS1900. Signless integer, 0: support DCS1800, 1: support PCS1900.

10) T1 (Time1): blocking/unblocking period. Signless integer, value range: 30~150, the default value is 80.


Page 145 of 591

11) T3 (Time3): protection time of instantaneous disconnection. Signless integer, value range: 10~200, the default value is 100.

12) T4 (Time4): global reset period. Signless integer, value range: 60~150, the default value is 100.

13) T7 (Time7): protection period of handover request. Signless integer, value range: 100~200, the default value is 100.

14) T8 (Time8): execution period of source BSC handover. Signless integer, value range: 50~700, the default value is 120.

15) T10 (Time10): assignment period. Signless integer, value range: 40~150, the default value is 80.

16) T13 (Time13): protection period of global reset. Signless integer, value range: 30~60, the default value is 40.

17) T17 (Time17): the first overload period of flow control. Signless integer, value range: 30~150, the default value is 80.

18) T18 (Time18): the second overload period of flow control. Signless integer, value range: 100~300, the default value is 150.

19) T19 (Time19): reset period of the circuit at the BSS side. Signless integer, value range: 30~150, the default value is 80.

20) T20 (Time20): blocking/unblocking period of circuit group. Signless integer, value range: 30~150, the default value is 80.

21) T9101 (Time9101): monitoring the receiving of RLSD messages. Signless integer, value range: 20~50, the default value is 20.

22) T9103 (Time9103): monitoring the channel activation process. Signless integer, value range: 20, the default value is 20.

23) T9104 (Time9104): monitoring the CLEAR command sent from MSC. Signless integer, value range: 20~50, the default value is 30.


Page 146 of 591

24) T9105 (Time9105): monitoring the SCCP connection process. Signless integer, value range: 20~60, the default value is 30.

25) T9108 (Time9108): monitoring the physical context request process. Signless integer, value range: 20, the default value is 20.

26) T9113 (Time9113): monitoring the external handover process in the target cell. Signless integer, value range: 50~180, the default value is 110.

27) ZXGT1 (ZX Gsm Timer1): the protection time for waiting for the access of MS after the channel is activated during assignment or handover. Signless integer, value range: 50~120, the default value is 70.

28) ZXGT2 (ZX Gsm Timer2): protection time of channel application. Signless integer, value range: 20~50, the default value is 40.

29) ZXGT3 (ZX Gsm Timer3): the protection time for waiting for the link establishment response of the central module during immediate assignment. Signless integer, value range: 30~100, the default value is 60.

30) ZXGT4 (ZX Gsm Timer4): monitoring the modification process of MS channel mode. Signless integer, value range: 10~80, the default value is 30.

31) ZXGT5 (ZX Gsm Timer5): monitoring the modification process of encryption mode. Signless integer, value range: 30~120, the default value is 100.

32) ZXGT6 (ZX Gsm Timer6): monitoring the link establishment of SAPI3. Signless integer, value range: 10~300, the default value is 100.

33) ZXGT7 (ZX Gsm Timer7): the protection time for waiting for the response of P0 to assignment or the handover completion message. Signless integer, value range: 50~200, the default value is 150.

34) ZXGT8 (ZX Gsm Timer8): the time from the handover command to the clear command during outgoing handover. Signless integer, value range: 50~650, the default value is 100.


Page 147 of 591

35) ZXGT9 (ZX Gsm Timer9): the protection time from the handover command to the clear command during outgoing handover. Signless integer, value range: 10~50, the default value is 20.

36) ZXGT10 (ZX Gsm Timer10): the queuing protection time for channel application.. Signless integer, value range: 50~200, the default value is 130.

37) ZXGT11 (ZX Gsm Timer11): the maximum allowed queuing time for assignment attempt. Signless integer, value range: 10~150, the default value is 60.

38) RMSTQHO (Retry Ms Timer Queue HandOver): the maximum allowed queuing time for handover attempt. Signless integer, value range: 10~150, the default value is 50.

39) ZXGT12 (ZX Gsm Timer12): periodic status acknowledgement interval. Signless integer, value range: 100~18000, the default value is 3000.

40) ZXGT13 (ZX Gsm Timer13): monitoring the modification process of BTS and MS modes. Signless integer, value range: 35 to 100, the default value is 60.

41) ZXGT14 (ZX Gsm Timer14): the period of time from the moment when the target instance sends an assignment/handover command to the moment when the acknowledgement is received. Signless integer, value range: 10~50, the default value is 20.

42) ZXGT15 (ZX Gsm Timer15): the time taken for the target instance to wait for the availability of resources during forced release.. Signless integer, value range: 10~50, the default value is 30.

43) ZXGT16 (ZX Gsm Timer16): interval time of directional retry. Signless integer, value range: 20~60, the default value is 20.

44) ZXGMT7 (ZX Gsm MTimer7): protection time of external handover. Signless integer, value range: 1~65535, the default value is 100.


Page 148 of 591

45) ZXGMT11 (ZX Gsm MTimer11): a clock in the overload control. Signless integer, value range: 30~150, the default value is 80.

46) ZXGMT12 (ZX Gsm MTimer12): a clock in the overload control. Signless integer, value range: 50~200, the default value is 150.

47) TMICRO (Timer Micro): time delay timer for micro-micro handover. Signless integer, value range: 50~200, the default value is 80.

48) TBSIC (Timer Bsic): BSIC decoding period. Signless integer, value range: 20~640, the default value is 50.

49) AIST1 (AIS Timer1): Assigning status protection timer. Signless integer, value range: 40~150, the default value is 80.

50) AIST4 (AIS Timer4): RapidApplying status protection timer. Signless integer, value range: 30~150, the default value is 40.

51) AIST8 (AIS Timer8): OutGoHoing status protection timer. Signless integer, value range: 50~700, the default value is 120.

52) AIST12 (AIS Timer12): Serving status protection timer. Signless integer, value range: 100~18000, the default value is 3000.

53) BCRT (BCRT): routine timer for system message broadcast. Signless integer, value range: 6000~864000, the default value is 18000.

54) BCPT (BCPT): protection timer for system message broadcast to wait for the response of FUC. Signless integer, value range: 30~100, the default value is 50.

55) T3101 (T3101): the maximum period of time from the moment when the BSC network side sends an immediate assignment to the moment when the MS acquires a channel successfully. Signless integer, value range: 10~50, the default value is 30.

56) T3103 (T3103): the maximum period of time from the moment when the BSC network side sends an handover to the moment when the


Page 149 of 591

MS acquires a channel successfully. Signless integer, value range: 35 to 100, the default value is 60.

57) T3107 (T3107): the timer for managing assignment and intra-cell handover. Signless integer, value range: 35 to 100, the default value is 60.

58) T3109 (T3109): the maximum time taken for completely releasing the channel when a low-layer error occurs or the channel release process begins. Signless integer, value range: 10~150, the default value is 0.

59) T3111 (T3111): the time taken from releasing the traffic channel to deactivating the RF channel. Signless integer, value range: 1~5, the default value is 1.

60) T3113 (T3113): time delay timer for micro-micro handover. Signless integer, value range: 0~65535, the default value is 1.

61) T3105 (T3105): T3105 timer. Signless integer, value range: 0, the default value is 0.

62) BMRN (BSC Max Reset No): the maximum number of repetition times for BSC reset process . Signless integer, value range: 1~255, the default value is 3.

63) CMRN (Circuit Max Reset No): the maximum number of repetition times for circuit reset process . Signless integer, value range: 1~255, the default value is 3.

64) CONFUMSG (Confusion Message): whether to allow BSC to send BSSAP Confusion. Type Boolean, the default value is F.

65) RINDTHS (Resource Indication threshold): the threshold for BSC to spontaneously indicate resources (available channels) to MSC (%). Signless integer, value range: 0~100, the default value is 30.

66) LOADIND: Load Indication. Type Boolean, the default value is T.


Page 150 of 591

67) LVT: Load Valid Time. Signless integer, value range: 1~255, the default value is 18.

68) LIP: Load Indication Period. Signless integer, value range: 10~65530, the default value is 1500.

69) EDRAF: EDR Assignment Failure. Type Boolean, the default value is F.

70) ACE (ACE): ACE. Type Boolean, the default value is F.

71) LOCNAME (Location Name): resource location information. Character string type, the maximum length is 40.

72) CELFCTHS: BSSGP flow control threshold of the cell. Signless integer, value range: (0~100).

73) MSFCTHS: BSSGP flow control threshold of the MS. Signless integer, value range: (0~100).

74) CELFCPER: BSSGP flow control trigger period of the cell (unit: 10ms). Signless integer.

75) MSFCPER: BSSGP flow control trigger period of the MS (unit: 10ms). Signless integer.

76) DELAY: NS-VC end-to-end time delay (unit: 10ms). Signless integer.

77) NSBLKMX: the maximum number of retry times for Block of NS, NS link-layer parameter. Signless integer, the maximum length is 3.

78) NSUNBLKM: the maximum number of retry times for Unblock of NS, NS link-layer parameter. Signless integer, the maximum length is 3.

79) NSALIVEM: the maximum number of retry times for Alive of NS, NS link-layer parameter. Signless integer, the maximum length is 10.


Page 151 of 591

80) BVCBLKM: the maximum number of retry times for Block of BVC, BSSGP-layer parameter. Signless integer, the maximum length is 3.

81) BVCUBLKM: the maximum number of retry times for Unblock of BVC, BSSGP-layer parameter. Signless integer, the maximum length is 3.

82) BVCRESTM: the maximum number of retry times for Reset of BVC, BSSGP-layer parameter. Signless integer, the maximum length is 3.

83) SUSPENDM: the maximum number of retry times for Suspend, BSSGP-layer parameter. Signless integer, the maximum length is 3.

84) RESUMEM: the maximum number of retry times for Resume, BSSGP-layer parameter. Signless integer, the maximum length is 3.

85) UPDATEM: the maximum number of retry times for RA_CAPABILITY_UPDATE_RETRIES, BSSGP-layer parameter. Signless integer, the maximum length is 3.

86) FLRPTPRD : reporting period of channel failure rate (unit: 52 multi-frames). Signless integer.

87) CN: when the accumulated number of continuously and correctly received data blocks exceeds the preset parameter CN, the transmitting coding mode of MS will be improved by one level. Signless integer array, the number is 3.

88) XN: when Xn% data blocks have been lost in Nn continuous data blocks, the transmitting coding mode of MS will be reduced by one level.. Signless integer array, the number is 3.

89) NN: when Xn% data blocks have been lost in Nn continuous data blocks, the transmitting coding mode of MS will be reduced by one level.. Signless integer array, the number is 3.

90) OVERLDTH: maximum bearing ideal rate for PS channel (unit: 100b/s). Signless integer.


Page 152 of 591

91) DEFRATE: default rate for initial access (unit: 100b/s). Signless integer.

92) N3101: when USF has been set on the network, if no effective data has been received for N3101 continuous blocks, the network will regard the TBF quality as being too poor, and the TBF will be released.. Signless integer.

93) N3103: if the network has not received the Packet Control Ack message for N3103 times in specified blocks, T3169 will be started. When T3169 overflows, the network will release the TBF. and the TBF will be released.. Signless integer.

94) N3105: when the network sends a RRBP domain in the downlink RLC data block, if effective RLC/MAC control messages from MS have not been received for N3105 times, the downlink TBF will be released internally and T3195 will be started. Signless integer.

95) T3169: the timer for the network to reuse the TFI and USF resources. Signless integer.

96) T3191: the timer for the network to release TBF. Signless integer.

97) T3193: the protection timer for releasing TBF in the packet downlink transmission process. Signless integer.

98) T3195: the protection time of TBF when there is no response from MS due to radio link failure or cell change. Signless integer.

99) BSSGPT1: 1s~30s, BSSGP-layer parameter, controlling the Block/Unblock process. Signless integer.

100) BSSGPT2: 1s~120s, BSSGP-layer parameter, controlling the Reset process. Signless integer.

101) BSSGPT3: 0.1s~10s, BSSGP-layer parameter, controlling the Suspend process. Signless integer.


Page 153 of 591

102) BSSGPT4: 0.1s~10s, BSSGP-layer parameter, controlling the Resume process. Signless integer.

103) BSSGPT5: 0.1s~10s, BSSGP-layer parameter, controlling the RA_CAPABILITY_UPDAT. Signless integer.

104) NS_T1: 1s~120s, NS link-layer parameter, controlling the blocking/unblocking process. Signless integer.

105) NS_T2: 1s~120s, NS link-layer parameter, controlling the reset process. Signless integer.

106) NS_T3: 1s~60s, NS link-layer parameter, controlling the periodic test process of NSVC. Signless integer.

107) NS_T4: 3s, NS link-layer parameter, controlling the alive process. Signless integer.

108) NS_T5: the maximum attempt period of Reset. Signless integer.

109) ccmT1: the protection timer for changing the type of FUC channel. Value range: 2~10s, the default is 10s.

110) ccmT2: the protection timer for T net connection. Value range: 2~10s, the default is 10s.

111) ccmT3: the protection timer for LSP moving . Value range: 2~10s, the default is 10s.

112) csMode: channel coding mode. Value range: 0 (the default coding mode is CS-2, but it can change between CS-2 and CS-1 dynamically), 1 (CS-1), 2 (CS-2), 3 (CS-3), 4 (CS-4). The default is 1.

1.5.1.10 RBCD

1. Command function

To delete a radio BSC.


Page 154 of 591

2. Syntax structure

RBCD: {BSCID, BSCNAME};


1) BSCID (Bss Function Identification): BSS identification number. Signless integer, value range: 1~255.


1.5.1.11 RBCM

1. Command function

To modify a functional BSC.

2. Syntax structure

RBCM: {BSCID, BSCNAME}: BARANG, MODIMODE [, ALIAS] [, MCC] [, MNC] [, NTERHO] [, t1] [, t3] [, t4] [, t7] [, t8] [, t10] [, t13] [, t17] [, t18] [, t19] [, t20] [, t9104] [, t9105] [, t9108] [, t9113] [, ZXGT1] [, ZXGT2] [, ZXGT3] [, ZXGT4] [, ZXGT5] [, ZXGT6] [, ZXGT7] [, ZXGT8] [, ZXGT9] [, ZXGT10] [, ZXGT11] [, RMSTQHO] [, ZXGT12] [, ZXGT13] [, ZXGT14] [, ZXGT15] [, ZXGT16] [, ZXGMT7] [, ZXGMT11] [, ZXGMT12] [, tMICRO] [, tBSIC] [, AIST1] [, AIST4] [, AIST8] [, AIST12] [, BCRT] [, BCPT, ] [ T3101] [, t3103] [, t3107] [, t3109] [, t3111] [, t3113] [, BMRN] [, CMRN] [, CONFUMSG] [, RINDTHS] [, LOADIND] [, LVT] [, LIP] [, EDRAF] [, ACE] [, LOCNAME]: [CELFCTHS] [, MSFCTHS] [, CELFCPER] [, MSFCPER] [, DELAY] [, NSBLKMX] [, NSUNBLKM] [, NSALIVEM] [, BVCBLKM] [, BVCUBLKM] [, BVCRESTM] [, SUSPENDM] [, RESUMEM] [, UPDATEM] [, FLRPTPRD] [, CN] [, XN] [, NN] [, OVERLDTH] [, DEFRATE] [, N3101] [, N3103] [, N3105: T3169] [, t3191] [, t3193] [, t3195] [, BSSGPT1] [, BSSGPT2] [, BSSGPT3] [, BSSGPT4] [, BSSGPT5] [, NS_T1] [, NS_T2] [, NS_T3] [, NS_T4] [, NS_T5];



Page 155 of 591

1) BSCID (Bss Function Identification): BSS identification number. Signless integer, value range1~255.


3) BARANG (BA Range): broadcast range. Signless integer, value range: 1~124, 0, 512 to 885, 975 to 1023.

4) MODIMODE (Modify Mode): modification mode of broadcast range. Signless integer, value range: 0~2. (0: reset; 1: add; 2: delete)

5) ALIAS: alias. Character string type, the maximum length is 40.

6) MCC (Mobile Country Code): Mobile country code. Signless integer, value range: 0~999.

7) MNC (Mobile NetWork Code): mobile network code. Signless integer, value range: 0~99.

8) INTERHO (Internal HandOver): whether to allow inter-cell handover. Type Boolean.

9) T1 (Timer1): blocking/unblocking period. Signless integer, value range: 30~150.

10) T3 (Timer3): protection time of instantaneous disconnection. Signless integer, value range: 10~200.

11) T4 (Timer4): global reset period. Signless integer, value range: 60~150.

12) T7 (Timer7): protection period of handover request. Signless integer, value range: 100~200.

13) T8 (Timer8): execution period of source BSC handover. Signless integer, value range: 80~150.


Page 156 of 591

14) T10 (Timer10): assignment period. Signless integer, value range: 40~140.

15) T13 (Timer13): protection period of global reset. Signless integer, value range: 30~60.

16) T17 (Timer17): the first overload period of flow control. Signless integer, value range: 10~100.

17) T18 (Timer18): the second overload period of flow control. Signless integer, value range: 30~200.

18) T19 (Timer19): reset period of the circuit at the BSS side. Signless integer, value range: 30~150.

19) T20 (Timer20): blocking /unblocking period of circuit group. Signless integer, value range: 30~150.

20) T9104 (Timer9104): monitoring the CLEAR command sent from MSC. Signless integer, value range: 20~50.

21) T9105 (Time9105): monitoring the SCCP connection process. Signless integer, value range: 20~60, the default value is 30.

22) T9108 (Time9108): monitoring the physical context request process. Signless integer, value range: 20, the default value is 20.

23) T9113 (Time9113): monitoring the external handover process in the target cell. Signless integer, value range: 50~180, the default value is 110.

24) ZXGT1 (ZX Gsm Timer1): the protection time for waiting for the access of MS after the channel is activated during assignment or handover. Signless integer, value range: 50~120, the default value is 70.

25) ZXGT2 (ZX Gsm Timer2): protection time of channel application. Signless integer, value range: 20~50, the default value is 40.


Page 157 of 591

26) ZXGT3 (ZX Gsm Timer3): the protection time for waiting for the link establishment response of the central module during immediate assignment. Signless integer, value range: 30~100, the default value is 60.

27) ZXGT4 (ZX Gsm Timer4): monitoring the modification process of MS channel mode. Signless integer, value range: 10~80, the default value is 30.

28) ZXGT5 (ZX Gsm Timer5): monitoring the modification process of encryption mode. Signless integer, value range: 30~120, the default value is 100.

29) ZXGT6 (ZX Gsm Timer6): monitoring the link establishment of SAPI3. Signless integer, value range: 10~300, the default value is 100.

30) ZXGT7 (ZX Gsm Timer7): the protection time for waiting for the response of P0 to assignment or the handover completion message. Signless integer, value range: 50~200, the default value is 150.

31) ZXGT8 (ZX Gsm Timer8): the time from the handover command to the clear command during outgoing handover. Signless integer, value range: 50~650, the default value is 100.

32) ZXGT9 (ZX Gsm Timer9): the protection time from the handover command to the clear command during outgoing handover. Signless integer, value range: 10~50, the default value is 20.

33) ZXGT10 (ZX Gsm Timer10): the queuing protection time for channel application.. Signless integer, value range: 50~200, the default value is 130.

34) ZXGT11 (ZX Gsm Timer11): the maximum allowed queuing time for assignment attempt. Signless integer, value range: 10~150, the default value is 60.

35) RMSTQHO (Retry Ms Timer Queue HandOver): the maximum allowed queuing time for handover attempt. Signless integer, value range: 10~150, the default value is 50.


Page 158 of 591

36) ZXGT12 (ZX Gsm Timer12): periodic status acknowledgement interval. Signless integer, value range: 100~18000, the default value is 3000.

37) ZXGT13 (ZX Gsm Timer13): monitoring the modification process of BTS and MS modes. Signless integer, value range: 35 to 100, the default value is 60.

38) ZXGT14 (ZX Gsm Timer14): the period of time from the moment when the target instance sends an assignment/handover command to the moment when the acknowledgement is received. Signless integer, value range: 10~50, the default value is 20.

39) ZXGT15 (ZX Gsm Timer15): the time taken for the target instance to wait for the availability of resources during forced release.. Signless integer, value range: 10~50, the default value is 30.

40) ZXGT16 (ZX Gsm Timer16): interval time of directional retry. Signless integer, value range: 20~60, the default value is 20.

41) ZXGMT7 (ZX Gsm MTimer7): protection time of external handover. Signless integer, value range: 1~65535, the default value is 100.

42) ZXGMT11 (ZX Gsm MTimer11): a clock in the overload control. Signless integer, value range: 50~200.

43) ZXGMT12 (ZX Gsm MTimer12): a clock in the overload control. Signless integer, value range: 100~300.

44) TMICRO (Timer Micro): time delay timer for micro-micro handover. Signless integer, value range: 50~200.

45) TBSIC (BISC Timer): BSIC decoding period. Signless integer, value range: 20~640.

46) AIST1 (AIS Timer1): Assigning status protection timer. Signless integer, value range: 40~150.


Page 159 of 591

47) AIST4 (AIS Timer4): RapidApplying status protection timer. Signless integer, value range: 30~150.

48) AIST8 (AIS Timer8): OutGoHoing status protection timer. Signless integer, value range: 50~700.

49) AIST12 (AIS Timer12): Serving status protection timer. Signless integer, value range: 100~18000.

50) BCRT (BCRT): routine timer for system message broadcast. Signless integer, value range: 6000~864000.

51) BCPT (BCPT): protection timer of system message broadcast for waiting for the response of FUC. Signless integer, value range: 30~100.

52) T3101 (Timer3101): the maximum period of time from the moment when the BSC network side sends an immediate assignment to the moment when the MS acquires a channel successfully. Signless integer, value range: 10~50.

53) T3103 (Timer3103): the maximum period of time from the moment when the BSC network side sends an handover to the moment when the MS acquires a channel successfully. Signless integer, value range: 35 to 100.

54) T3107 (Timer3107): the timer for managing assignment and intra-cell handover. Signless integer, value range: 35 to 100.

55) T3109 (Timer3109): the maximum time taken for completely releasing the channel when a low-layer error occurs or the channel release process begins. Signless integer, value range: 10~150.

56) T3111 (Timer3111): the time taken from releasing the traffic channel to deactivating the RF channel. Signless integer, value range: 1~5.

57) T3113 (Timer3113): time delay timer for micro-micro handover. Signless integer, value range: 0~65535.


Page 160 of 591

58) BMRN (BSC Max Retry Number): the maximum number of repetition times for BSC reset process . Signless integer, value range: 1~255.

59) CMRN (Circuit Max Retry Number): the maximum number of repetition times for circuit reset process . Signless integer, value range: 1~255.

60) CONFUMSG (Confusion Message): whether to allow BSC to send BSSAP Confusion message. Type Boolean.

61) RINDTHS (Resource Indication threshold): the threshold for BSC to spontaneously indicate resources (available channels) to MSC (%). Signless integer, value range: 0~100.

62) LOADIND: Load Indication. Type Boolean.

63) LVT: Load Valid Time. Signless integer, value range: 1~255.

64) LIP: Load Indication Period. Signless integer, value range: 10~65530.

65) EDRAF (EDRAF): whether to allow assignment failure for directional retry. Type Boolean.

66) ACE (ACE): whether to allow BSC to allocate the land circuit by itself. Type Boolean.

67) LOCNAME (Location Name): resource location information. Character string type, the maximum length is 40.

68) CELFCTHS: BSSGP flow control thresho ld of the cell. Signless integer, value range: (0~100).

69) MSFCTHS: BSSGP flow control threshold of the MS. Signless integer, value range: (0~100).

70) CELFCPER: BSSGP flow control trigger period of the cell (unit: 10ms). Signless integer.


Page 161 of 591

71) MSFCPER: BSSGP flow control trigger period of the MS (unit: 10ms). Signless integer.

72) DELAY: NS-VC end-to-end time delay (unit: 10ms). Signless integer.

73) NSBLKMX: the maximum number of retry times for Block of NS, NS link-layer parameter. Signless integer, the maximum length is 3.

74) NSUNBLKM: the maximum number of retry times for Unblock of NS, NS link-layer parameter. Signless integer, the maximum length is 3.

75) NSALIVEM: the maximum number of retry times for Alive of NS, NS link-layer parameter. Signless integer, the maximum length is 10.

76) BVCBLKM: the maximum number of retry times for Block of BVC, BSSGP-layer parameter. Signless integer, the maximum length is 3.

77) BVCUBLKM: the maximum number of retry times for Unblock of BVC, BSSGP-layer parameter. Signless integer, the maximum length is 3.

78) BVCRESTM: the maximum number of retry times for Reset of BVC, BSSGP-layer parameter. Signless integer, the maximum length is 3.

79) SUSPENDM: the maximum number of retry times for Suspend, BSSGP-layer parameter. Signless integer, the maximum length is 3.

80) RESUMEM: the maximum number of retry times for Resume, BSSGP-layer parameter. Signless integer, the maximum length is 3.

81) UPDATEM: the maximum number of retry times for RA_CAPABILITY_UPDATE_RETRIES, BSSGP-layer parameter. Signless integer, the maximum length is 3.

82) FLRPTPRD : reporting period of channel failure rate (unit: 52 multi-frames). Signless integer.

83) CN: When the accumulated number of continuously and correctly received data blocks exceeds the preset parameter CN, then the


Page 162 of 591

transmitting coding mode of MS will be improved by one level. Signless integer array, the number is 3.

84) XN: when Xn% data blocks have been lost in Nn continuous data blocks, the transmitting coding mode of MS will be reduced by one level.. Signless integer array, the number is 3.

85) NN: when Xn% data blocks have been lost in Nn continuous data blocks, the transmitting coding mode of MS will be reduced by one level.. Signless integer array, the number is 3.

86) OVERLDTH: maximum bearing ideal rate for PS channel (unit: 100b/s). Signless integer.

87) DEFRATE: default rate for initial access (unit: 100b/s). Signless integer.

88) N3101: when USF has been set on the network, if no effective data has been received for N3101 continuous blocks, the network will regard the TBF quality as being too poor, and the TBF will be released.. Signless integer.

89) N3103: if the network has not received the Packet Control Ack message for N3103 times in specified blocks, T3169 will be started. When T3169 overflows, the network will release the TBF. and the TBF will be released.. Signless integer.

90) N3105: when the network sends a RRBP domain in the downlink RLC data block, if effective RLC/MAC control messages from MS have not been received for N3105 times, the downlink TBF will be released and T3195 will be started. Signless integer.

91) T3169: the timer for the network to reuse the TFI and USF resources. Signless integer.

92) T3191: the timer for the network to release TBF. Signless integer.

93) T3193: the protection timer for releasing TBF in the packet downlink transmission process. Signless integer.


Page 163 of 591

94) T3195: the protection time of TBF when there is no response from MS due to radio link failure or cell change. Signless integer.

95) BSSGPT1: 1s~30s, BSSGP-layer parameter, controlling the Block/Unblock process. Signless integer.

96) BSSGPT2: 1s~120s, BSSGP-layer parameter, controlling the Reset process. Signless integer.

97) BSSGPT3: 0.1s~10s, BSSGP-layer parameter, controlling the Suspend process. Signless integer.

98) BSSGPT4: 0.1s~10s, BSSGP-layer parameter, controlling the Resume process. Signless integer.

99) BSSGPT5: 0.1s~10s, BSSGP-layer parameter, controlling the RA_CAPABILITY_UPDATE process. Signless integer.

100) NS_T1: 1s~120s, NS link-layer parameter, controlling the blocking/unblocking process. Signless integer.

101) NS_T2: 1s~120s, NS link-layer parameter, controlling the reset process. Signless integer.

102) NS_T3: 1s~60s, NS link-layer parameter, controlling the periodic test process of NSVC. Signless integer.

103) NS_T4: 3s, NS link-layer parameter, controlling the alive process. Signless integer.

104) NS_T5: the maximum attempt period of Reset. Signless integer.

1.5.1.12 RBCQ

1. Command function

To view the radio parameters of a BSC object.


Page 164 of 591

2. Syntax structure

RBCQ: BSCID: PARAGRP;


1) BSCID (BSC Identification): BSC identification number. Signless integer, value range: 1~255.

2) PARAGRP (Parameter Group): parameter group to be queried. Enumerated type, value range: STATES, ALL, the default value is ALL. Among them, All refers to querying static attribute information, and STATES refers to querying dynamic attribute information.

1.5.1.13 RBTA

1. Command function

To modify the status attribute of a cell

2. Syntax structure

RBTA: BSSID {, SITEID, SITENAME} {, BTSID, BTSNAME}: AD;


1) BSSID (Bss Function Identification): BSS identification number. Signless integer type, value range1~255.

2) SITEID (Site Identification): site identification number. Signless integer type, value range1~1024.


4) BTSID (BTS Identification): cell identification number. Signless integer type, value range1~3.


Page 165 of 591

5) BTSNAME (BTS Name): cell identification name. Character string type, the length is 40.

6) AD (Administer State): administration state attribute.. Enumerated type, the enumerated items include L, U, S. L: locking state ; U: unlocking state; S: time delay blocking.

1.5.1.14 RBTC

1. Command function

To add a new cell.

2. Syntax structure

RBTC: BSSID {, SITEID, SITENAME}: BTSID, ALIAS, CELLTYPE: LAC, CI, NCC, BCC, GSMIND, BCCH, CA, CRH, NY1, PRDCLI, PLMNPMT, RBUSYTHS, RLAS, BRLTO, MRLTO, RXLAMIN: RETRANS, MSTXPMC, BAG, MULFRMPG, NSST: IMSIAD, BARRED, CBQ, CRA, DTXDL, ECR, NAAC, PRDUMS: T2SAPI0, t2TCHF, t2TCHH, t2TCHSA0, t2SDCCH, t2SAPI3, t2TCHSA3: HOMSMTMD: CCCHCFG: T3122, MBANDRPT, SCB, DTXULB, DTXULS: ACS, NECI, RSPI, CRO, tMPOFF, PENALTM, EPO, PWROFF, ECSC: DRIND, QUEIND0, QUEIND1, PREEMPI0, PREEMPI1, CANDINUM, CIPHER, FAIND1, FAIND2, FAIND3, FCIND1, FCIND2, FCIND3, FCIND4, OTPIND1, OTPIND2, OTPIND3, OTPIND5, OTPIND6, OTPIND7, ORLUL, ORLDL, CNTHSIND, RXLB, CIAIND, CIATHS, RESTHS: IFA, IFB0, IFB1, IFB2, IFB3, IFB4, IFB5: RLIT, PLIT, CFC, RXLTHS, RXQTHS, RXLQPRD, OLPRD, t3SDCCH, t3TCH, BAIND, CANBEXCH, CANSDDYN: LOCNAME: PSSUPPRT, ADDRSPI2, EXC_ACC, LSAOFFST, PRIO_THR, LSA_ID: NSEI, BVCI, RAC, SPCUMUNT, MNO, t3168, t3192, DRXTIMEM, BSCVMAX, CTRACKTP, ACCESSTP, PANDEC, PANINC, PANMAX, PCCREL, PBCHBLKS, PAGBLKRS, PRCHBLKS, tXINT, INSLTNUM, MRETRANS, PERSTLEV, ACCTRCLS, ALPHA, t_AVG_W, t_AVG_T, PB, PCMEASCH, PSI4SEND, N_AVG_I, RXLEVASN, MSTXMCCH, HCS_EXST, PRIOCLS, HCS_THR, RESELOFF, RESELHYS, C31_HYST, C32_QUAL, RADACRTY, t_RESEL, RARSLHYS, tMPOFFST, PNLTIME, SI3LOC, RACOLOR, MEAORDER, CTRORDER, NCNODRXP, NCREPPRI, NCREPPRT, EXMEAODR, EXTREPTP, EXTREPPR, SPGCSPRT, PRIACTHR,


Page 166 of 591

PSI1RPPR, PSISTIND, CSCHSTHS, SENDSPD, EPAGEMOD, OVLOADPR, PCCHIDTH, RLTIMOUT, PRCHBSYT, MEAAGSLT, BRPGROUP, BVCAD;




3) SITEAME (Site Name): site identification number. Character string type, value range: 1~40.

4) BTSID (BTS Identification): cell identification number. Signless integer, value range: 1~3.

5) ALIAS (alias): cell alias. Character string type, value range: 1~40.

6) CELTYPE (Cell Type): cell type. Signless integer, value range: 0~3, the default value is 1.

7) LAC (Location Code): location area code. Signless integer, value range: 1~65535, without including 65534.

8) CI (Cell Identification): cell identification code. Signless integer, value range: 0~65535.

9) NCC (Network Color Code): network color code. Signless integer, value range: 0~7.

10) BCC (Base station Color Code): base station color code. Signless integer, value range: 0~7.

11) GSMIND (Gsm Indication): frequency band indication. Signless integer, value range: 0~2, the default value is 0. Among them, : 0: GSM900; 1: EGSM900; 2: GSM1800.


Page 167 of 591

12) BCCH (Broadcast Channel): frequency of BCCH. Signless integer, (as the first element of CA), value range: 1~124, 0, 512 to 885, 975 to 1023.

13) CA: a collection of radio frequencies that can be used in the cell (without including the BCCH frequency). Signless integer, value range: 1~124, 0, 512 to 885, 975 to 1023, NULL.

14) CRH (Cell Reselection Hold): cell reselection lagging level. Signless integer, value range: 0~7, the default value is 4.

15) NY1: the maximum number of repetition times for sending Physical Information messages in a handover. Signless integer, value range: 5 to 35, the default value is 8.

16) PRDCLI: the period for notifying BSC of the CCCH indication message. Signless integer, value range: 1~255, the default value is 2.

17) PLMNPMT: allowing MS to report the PLMN table of the measured result. Signless integer, value range: 0~7.

18) RBUSYTHS (RACH Burst Threshold): the threshold of the received signal level in a RACH burst pulse period. Signless integer, value range: 0~63, the default value is 63.

19) RLAS: the average number of burst pulses measured at RACH. Signless integer, value range: 0~100, the default value is 60.

20) BRLTO: the maximum value of counter S for inspecting radio link faults at the BSS side. Signless integer, value range: 0~15, the default value is 15.

21) MRLTO: the maximum value of counter S for inspecting radio link faults at the MS side. Signless integer, value range: 0~15, the default value is 15.

22) RXLAMIN: the minimum received intensity level of MS when it visits this cell. Signless integer, value range: 0~63, the default value is 10.


Page 168 of 591

23) RETRANS: the maximum number of retransmission times of MS on RACH for an access. Signless integer, value range: 1, 2, 4, 7, the default value is 4.

24) MSTXPMC: the (maximum) power that can be used by MS when it accesses the system initially. Signless integer, value range: 0~31, the default value is 5.

25) BAG: the number of blocks used in AGCH in 51 multi-frames. Signless integer, value range: 0~7, the default value is 2.

26) MULFRMPG: the number of multi-frames of 51 TDM frames for transmitting paging messages to the MSs of the same paging group. Signless integer, value range: 2 to 9, the default value is 5.

27) NSST: the maximum time interval for retransmission of MS on RACH. Signless integer, value range: 0~15, the default value is 14.

28) IMSIAD: whether IMSI attach/detach is allowed for the cell. Type Boolean, the default value is T.

29) BARRED: whether the cell is barred. Type Boolean, the default value is F.

30) CBQ: cell barring restriction. Type Boolean, the default value is F.

31) CRA: whether MS call re-establishment is allowed in the cell. Type Boolean, the default value is T.

32) DTXDL: whether DTX mode is used in the downlink direction. Type Boolean, the default value is F.

33) ECR: whether all MS emergency calls are allowed or only type-11-to-15 MS emergency calls are allowed. Type Boolean, the default value is F.

34) NAAC: MS category that is barred for accessing the cell. Signless integer, value range: 0~9, 11~15.


Page 169 of 591

35) PRDUMS: interval period for MS location updating (T3212). Signless integer, value range: 0~255, the default value is 10.

36) T2SAPI0: LAPDM timer used for controlling the SDCCH channel. Signless integer, value range: 1, the default value is 1.

37) T2TCHF: LAPDM timer used for controlling FACCH/full rate. Signless integer, value range: 1, the default value is 1.

38) T2TCHH: LAPDM timer used for controlling FACCH/half rate. Signless integer, value range: 1, the default value is 1.

39) T2TCHSA0: LAPDM timer used for controlling SACCH with TCH sapi0. Signless integer, value range: 2, the default value is 2.

40) T2SDCCH: LAPDM timer used for controlling SACCH with SDCCH. Signless integer, value range: 2, the default value is 2.

41) T2SAPI3: LAPDM timer used for controlling SDCCH sapi3. Signless integer, value range: 1, the default value is 1.

42) T2TCHSA3: LAPDM timer used for controlling SACCH with TCH sapi3. Signless integer, value range: 2, the default value is 2.

43) HOMSMTMD: whether to perform handover preprocessing and report period. Signless integer, value range: 0, 2, 3, 4, the default value is 4. Among them, : 0: disallow; 1: allow.

44) CCCHCFG: structural parameter of common control channel (CCCH). Signless integer, value range: 0, 1. 2, 4, 6, the default value is 0.

45) T3122: interval time for MS to make the next access attempt after an access request fails (in IMME ASSIGN REJ). Signless integer, value range: 0~255, the default value is 10.

46) MBANDRPT: the number of adjacent cells in adjacent frequency bands reported and measured by MS in multi-frequency band operation. Signless integer, value range: 0~3, the default value is 3.


Page 170 of 591

47) SCB: the mode for allowing the cell-broadcast short-message service in the cell. Signless integer, value range: 0~2, the default value is 0.

48) DTXULB: the mode for MS to use DTX (broadcast over BCCH). Signless integer, value range: 0~2, the default value is 2.

49) DTXULS: the mode for MS to use DTX (broadcast over SACCH). Signless integer, value range: 0~7, the default value is 5.

50) ACS: attached reselection parameter indication. Type Boolean, the default value is F.

51) NECI: whether the hardware capability supports half rate. Type Boolean, the default value is F.

52) RSPI: whether to use C2 reselection parameter indication of the cell. Type Boolean, the default value is F.

53) CRO: a correction value of the C2 reselection standard. Signless integer, value range: 0~63, the default value is 5.

54) TMPOFF: a negative correction value of the C2 reselection standard in the Penalty_Time period. Signless integer, value range: 0~7, the default value is 1.

55) PENALTM: action time of the Penalty_Time parameter (20s). Signless integer, value range: 0~31, the default value is 0.

56) EPO: indication of the POWER-OFFSET parameter. Type Boolean, the default value is F.

57) PWROFF: initial access power correction for the MS of type 3 DCS1800. Signless integer, value range: 0~3, the default value is 0.

58) ECSC: early category sending control. Type Boolean, the default value is T. Among them, : True: enable; False: disable.


Page 171 of 591

59) DRIND: whether to use Directed Retry. Type Boolean, the default value is F.

60) QUEIND0: whether queuing is allowed during assignment. Type Boolean, the default value is F.

61) QUEIND1: whether queuing is allowed during handover. Type Boolean, the default value is F.

62) PREEMPI0: forced release flag for assignment (occupancy, vulnerability).Type Boolean, the default value is F.

63) PREEMPI1: forced release flag for handover (occupancy, vulnerability).Type Boolean, the default value is F.

64) CANDINUM: the maximum number of candidate cells that may exist in the HANDORVD message. Signless integer, value range: 1~16, the default value is 6.

65) CIPHER: cipher mode supported by the cell. Signless integer, value range: 0~7, the default value is 1 (0 represents no cipher mode, and can not be input together with other values).

66) FAIND1: whether fast average is allowed after call establishment. Type Boolean, the default value is T.

67) FAIND2: whether fast average is allowed after handover. Type Boolean, the default value is T.

68) FAIND3: whether fast average is allowed after power control. Type Boolean, the default value is T.

69) FCIND1: whether FACCH call establishment is allowed for emergency call. Type Boolean, the default value is T.

70) FCIND2: whether FACCH call establishment is allowed for answering paging call. Type Boolean, the default value is T.


Page 172 of 591

71) FCIND3: whether FACCH call establishment is allowed for originating call. Type Boolean, the default value is T.

72) FCIND4: whether FACCH call establishment is allowed for call re-establishment. Type Boolean, the default value is T.

73) OTPIND1: whether the transmitting power is optimized during assignment in the uplink direction. Type Boolean, the default value is F.

74) OTPIND2: whether the transmitting power is optimized during intra-cell handover in the uplink direction. Type Boolean, the default value is F.

75) OTPIND3: whether the transmitting power is optimized during inter-cell handover in the uplink direction. Type Boolean, the default value is F.

76) OTPIND5: whether the transmitting power is optimized during assignment in the downlink direction. Type Boolean, the default value is F.

77) OTPIND6: whether the transmitting power is optimized during intra-cell handover in the downlink direction. Type Boolean, the default value is F.

78) OTPIND7: whether the transmitting power is optimized during inter-cell handover in the downlink direction. Type Boolean, the default value is F.

79) ORLUL: uplink optimal signal leve l. Signless integer, value range: 0~63, the default value is 22.

80) ORLDL: downlink optimal signal level. Signless integer, value range: 0~63, the default value is 22.

81) CNTHSIND: the minimum acceptable carrier-to-noise ratio during channel allocation. Signless integer, value range: 0~63, the default value is 15.


Page 173 of 591

82) RXLB: balancing degree of uplink and downlink signals . Signless integer, value range: 0~20, the default value is 0.

83) CIAIND: whether the assignment process of TCH from SDCCH to a special TRX can be executed. Type Boolean, the default value is F.

84) CIATHS: the minimum signal level allowed in the uplink direction during the execution of the TCH assignment process from SDCCH to a special TRX. Signless integer, value range: 0~63, the default value is 25.

85) RESTHS: the minimum resources threshold allowed for the cell (%). Signless integer, value range: 0~100, the default value is 100.

86) IFA: the number of interference-level SACCH multi-frames in the idle time slots for measurement, i.e., the measurement period (unit: 102 TDMA frames). Signless integer, value range: 1~31, the default value is 31.

87) IFB0: interference band boundary [0]. Signless integer, value range: 0, the default value is 0.

88) IFB1: interference band boundary [1]. Signless integer, value range: 0~63, the default value is 10.




92) IFB5: interference band boundary [5]. Signless integer, value range: 63, the default value is 63.

93) RLIT: RACH load indication threshold . Signless integer, value range: 0~100, the default value is 60.


Page 174 of 591

94) PLIT: PCH load indication threshold. Signless integer, value range: 0~100, the default value is 60.

95) CFC: the criterion for judging the failure of a radio link at the network side (BTS). Signless integer, value range: 1~2, the default value is 1. 1: based on the correct decoding rate of the uplink SACCH; 2: based on the measured value of rxLev/rxqual.

96) RXLTHS: the received level threshold for checking radio link failure at the network side (BTS). Signless integer, value range: 0~63, the default value is 10.

97) RXQTHS: the receiving quality threshold for checking radio link failure at the network side (BTS). Signless integer, value range: 0~7, the default value is 6.

98) RXLQPRD: the period (unit: SACCH multiframe) for checking radio link failure at the network side (BTS). Signless integer, value range: 1~63, the default value is 63.

99) OLPRD: the minimum period for BTS to send the Overload message (unit: 102 TDMA frames). Signless integer, value range: 1~255, the default value is 2.

100) T3SDCCH: the interval time for the repetition of PHY INFO messages in the course of SDCCH channel handover. Signless integer, value range: 1~67, the default value is 28.

101) T3TCH: the interval time for the repetition of PHY INFO messages in the course of TCH channel handover. Signless integer, value range: 1~32, the default value is 10.

102) BAIND: BA indication. Signless integer, value range: 0, 1. the default value is 1.

103) CANBEXCH: allowing BCCH changeover. Type Boolean, the default value is F.


Page 175 of 591

104) CANSDDYN: allowing SDCCH changeover. Type Boolean, the default value is F.

105) LOCNAME: resource location information. Character string type, the maximum length is 40.

106) NSEI: NSE identification of the cell. Signless integer.

107) BVCI: BVC identification number of the cell in NSE. Signless integer.

108) RAC: route area code. Signless integer.

109) SPCUMUNT: SPCU multi-unit name. Signless integer.

110) MNO: network operation mode in the cell. Signless integer.

111) T3168 : the maximum time for MS to wait for the Packet Uplink Assignment message after sending the Packet Resource request message. Signless integer.

112) T3192: the time length for MS to wait for the releasing of TBF and start to intercept the paging channel after receiving the last data block. Signless integer.

113) DRXTIMEM: the time length (DRX_TIMER_MAX) after the MS switches over to the packet idle mode from the packet transmission mode and gets into the non-DRX mode. Signless integer.

114) BSCVMAX: the maximum number of blocks (BS_CV_MAX) allowed for sending over various time slots. Signless integer.

115) CTRACKTP: packet control acknowledgement type (CONTROL_ACK_TYPE). Signless integer.

116) ACCESSTP: the bit type that should be used in access burst ACCESS_BURST_TYP. Signless integer.


Page 176 of 591

117) PANDEC: decreasing step length of counter N3102. Signless integer.

118) PANINC: increasing step length of counter N3102. Signless integer.

119) PANMAX: maximum value of counter N3102. Signless integer.

120) PCCREL: whether PDCH channel is released immediately (BS_PCC_REL). Type Boolean.

121) PBCHBLKS: the number of blocks allocated to PBCCH in multiframes (BS_PBCCH_BLK). Signless integer.

122) PAGBLKRS: the number of reserved blocks for access permission in packet services (BS_PAG_BLKS_RES). Signless integer.

123) PRCHBLKS: the number of fixed blocks allocated to PRACH on PCCCH (BS_PRACH_BLK). Signless integer.

124) TXINT: the number of time slots for random access transmission (TX_INT). Signless integer.

125) INSLTNUM: the minimum time slot for calculating the interval of two continuous channel requests. Signless integer.

126) MRETRANS: the maximum number of retransmission times for various radio priority levels (MAX_RETRANS). Signless integer array, with 4 elements.

127) PERSTLEV: access persistence level of various radio priority levels (PERSISTENCE_LEVE). Signless integer array, with 4 elements.

128) ACCTRCLS: access permission for the MS of the corresponding access control level (ACC_CONTR_CLAS). Signless integer array, with 6 elements.

129) ALPHA: parameter for MS transmitting power control. Signless integer.


Page 177 of 591

130) T_AVG_W: signal intensity filter period for power control in the packet idle mode. Signless integer.

131) T_AVG_T: signal intensity filter period for power control in the packet transmission mode. Signless integer.

132) PB: power decrement of PBCCH relative to BCCH. Signless integer.

133) PCMEASCH: measurement location for power control (indicating the position for measuring the downlink power intensity for the purpose of uplink power control by MS). Signless integer.

134) PSI4SEND: whether PSI4 is transmitted (i.e., whether the interference measurement channel list is included) (INT_MEAS_CHANNEL_LIST_AVAIL). Type Boolean.

135) N_AVG_I: constant for filtering the interference signal intensity. Signless integer.

136) RXLEVASN: the minimum received level for allowing MS to access the GPRS system (GPRS_RXLEV_ACCESS_MIN). Signless integer.

137) MSTXMCCH: the maximum power used by MS before receiving the network power control information (GPRS_TXPWR_MAX_CCH). Signless integer.

138) HCS_EXIST: whether the HSC (hierarchical cell) parameter exists in the cell. Type Boolean.

139) PRIOCLS: the HCS priority level of the cell (PRIORITY_CLAS). Signless integer.

140) HCS_THR: the HCS signal intensity threshold of the cell. Signless integer.

141) RESELOFF: cell reselection offset (GPRS_RESELECT_OFFSET). Signless integer.


Page 178 of 591

142) RESELHYS: cell reselection hysteresis (GPRS_CELL_RESELECT _HYSTERESI). Signless integer.

143) C31_HYST: whether the cell reselection hysteresis parameter acts on the C31 standard. Type Boolean.

144) C32_QUAL: whether exception is employed when using GPRS_RESELECT_OFFSET. Type Boolean.

145) RADACRTY: whether MS is allowed to attempt to access another cell (RANDOM_ACCESS_RETRY). Type Boolean.

146) T_RESEL: the minimum interval reselected to this cell. Signless integer.

147) RARSLHYS: route area reselection hysteresis (RA_RESELECT_HYSTERESIS). Signless integer.

148) TMPOFFST: temporary offset for GPRS cell reselection (GPRS_TEMPORY_OFFSET). Signless integer.

149) PNLTIME: penalty time for GPRS cell reselection (GPRS_PENALTY_TIME). Signless integer.

150) SI3LOC : sending position of SI3 on BCCH (0: BCCH Norm; 1: BCCH Ext). Signless integer.

151) RACOLOR: if a MS finds that the RACOLOR of the cell is different, then the reselection information of the cell is regarded as different route areas.. Signless integer.

152) MEAORDER: the measurement report command of the MS in the cell (MEASUREMENT_ORDER). Type Boolean. (0: MS controls cell reselection and no measurement report will be sent to the network; 1: MS must send the measurement report to the network for cell reselection).

153) CTRORDER: network control command used in the cell (NETWORK_CONTROL_ORDER). Signless integer.


Page 179 of 591

154) NCNODRXP: the minimum period when the MS should stay in the non-DRX mode after sending a NC measurement report (NC_NON_DRX_PERIOD). Signless integer.

155) NCREPPRI: measurement report period of cell reselection in the packet idle mode of the MS (NC_REPORTING_PERIOD_I). Signless integer.

156) NCREPPRT: measurement report period of cell reselection in the packet transmission mode of the MS (NC_REPORTING_PERIOD_T). Signless integer.

157) EXMEAODR: extended measurement order (EXT_MEASUREMENT_ORDE). Signless integer.

158) EXTREPTP: extended measurement reporting type of the MS (EXT_REPORTING_TYPE). Signless integer.

159) EXTREPPR: time interval of the extended measurement report (EXT_REPORTING_PERIOD). Signless integer.

160) SPGCSPRT: whether SPLIT_PG_CYCLE is supported on CCCH of the cell (SPGC_CCCH_SUP).Type Boolean.

161) PRIACTHR: priority level for allowing packet access (PRIORITY_ACCESS_THR). Signless integer.

162) PSI1RPPR: repetition period of PSI1 messages (PSI1_REPEAT_PERIO). Signless integer.

163) PSISTIND: indicating whether the network supports PACKET PSI STATUS messages. Signless integer.

164) CSCHSTHS : the threshold for the number of idle channels in the CS state when the PS+CS channel converts to the PS channel. Signless integer.


Page 180 of 591

165) SENDSPD: whether various types of system messages need to be sent at high rates (0: PSI2; 1: PSI3; 2: PSI3BIS; 3: PSI4; 4: PSI5; 5: PSI13).Type Boolean array, with 6 elements.

166) EPAGEMOD: whether the cell supports extended paging mode. Type Boolean.

167) LoadPer: load calculation period of PPCH channel (S). Signless integer.

168) OVLOADPR: PRACH overload report period (S). Signless integer.

169) PCCHIDTH: overload threshold. Signless integer array type, with 3 elements. (0: PRACH overload threshold proportion; 1: average queue length threshold in 64 multi-frame paging period; 2: threshold for the number of buffered paging channel messages) (%)

170) RLTIMOUT: initial value of the GPRS link failure counter. Signless integer.

171) PRCHBSYT: PRACH overload level threshold. Signless integer.

172) MEAAGSLT: average number of bursts for PRACH load measurement. Signless integer.

173) PSSUPPRT: whether GPRS is supported. Type Boolean.

174) ADDRSPI2: whether SYS16 and SYS17 are allowed to be sent over BCCH. Type Boolean.

175) EXC_ACC: whether the MS with SoLSA dedicated access right is allowed for access. Type Boolean.

176) LSA_OFFSET: the offset between the cells with the same LSA priority during LSA cell reselection. Signless integer.

177) PRIO_THR: the signal intensity threshold of MS when priority reason is used for cell reselection. Signless integer.


Page 181 of 591

178) LSA_ID: LSA identification (the lowest 24 bits are effective ). Signless integer.

1.5.1.15 RBTD

1. Command function

To delete a cell.

2. Syntax structure

RBTD: BSSID {, SITEID, SITENAME} {, BTSID, BTSNAME};


1) BSSID (Bss Function Identification): BSS identification number. Signless integer type, value range1~255.

2) SITEID (Site Identification): site identification number. Signless integer type, value range1~1024.

3) SITENAME (Site Name): site identification name. Character string type, the length is 40.

4) BTSID (BTS Identification): cell identification number. Signless integer type, value range1~3.

5) BTSNAME (BTS Name): cell identification name. Character string type, the length is 40.

1.5.1.16 RBTI

1. Command function

To view the status attribute of BVC.

2. Syntax structure


Page 182 of 591

RBTI: {BSSID, BSSNAME}, SITEID, BTSID: NSEI, BVCI;


1) BSSID (BSS Identification): BSS identification number. Signless integer, value range: 1~255.

2) BSSNAME (BSS Name): BSS name. Character string type, the maximum length of the character string is 40.

3) SITEID (SITE Identification): SITE identification number. Signless integer, value range: 1~1024.

4) BTSID (BTS Identification): BTS identification number. Signless integer, value range: 1~3.

5) NSEI ( NSE Identification): NSE identification number. Signless integer, value range: 0~65535.

6) BVCI (BVC Identification): BVC identification number. Signless integer, value range: 0~65535.

1.5.1.17 RBTM

1. Command function

To modify the status attribute of BVC.

2. Syntax structure

RBTM: {BSSID, BSSNAME}, SITEID, BTSID: BVCAD;




Page 183 of 591

2) BSSNAME (BSS Name): BSS name. Character string type, The maximum length of the character stri ng is 40.

3) SITEID ( SITE Identification): SITE identification number. Signless integer, the default value is 1.

4) BTSID ( BTS Identification): BTS identification number. Signless integer, value range: 2 to 127.

5) BVCAD ( BVCAD): Signless integer, value range: 0~1.

1.5.1.18 RBTQ

1. Command function

To view the parameters of a cell.

2. Syntax structure

RBTQ: BSSID {, SITEID, SITENAME}{, BTSID, BTSNAME}: PARAGRP;





4) BTSID (Bts Identification): cell number. Signless integer, value range: 1~3.

5) BTSNAME (Bts Name): cell identification name. Character string type, the maximum length is 40.


Page 184 of 591

6) PARAGRP (Parameter Group): radio parameter attribute package type. Enumerated type, value range: STATES, ALL, the default value is ALL. Among them, All refers to querying static attribute information, and STATES refers to querying dynamic attribute information.

1.5.1.19 RBTR

1. Command function

To reset BVC. (including signaling reset)

2. Syntax structure

RBTR: {BSSID, BSSNAME}, SITEID, BTSID : NSEI, BVCI;



2) BSSNAME (BSS Name): BSS name. Character string type, the maximum length of the character string is 40.

3) SITEID (SITE Identification): SITE identification number. Signless integer, the default value is 1.


5) NSEI ( NSEI): NSE number. Signless integer, value range: 0~20.

6) BVCI (BVCI): BVC number. Signless integer, value range: 1~4.

1.5.1.20 RCHA

1. Command function

To modify the administration state attribute of a radio channel object.


Page 185 of 591

2. Syntax structure

RCHA: BSSID {, SITEID, SITENAME} {, BTSID, BTSNAME}, tRXID, CHID: AD;







6) TRXID (Transceiver Identification): transceiver identification number. Signless integer, value range: 1~36.

7) CHID (Channel Identification): channel identification number. Signless integer, value range: 0~7.

8) AD (Administer State): administration state attribute .. Enumerated type, the enumerated items include: L, U, S. L: locking state; U: unlocking state; S: time delay blocking.

1.5.1.21 RCHC

1. Command function

To add a new radio channel object.


Page 186 of 591

2. Syntax structure

Format 1: control channel (without frequency hopping)

RCHC: BSSID {, SITEID, SITENAME} {, BTSID, BTSNAME}, tRXID: CHID: CHCOMB, ARFCN: TSC;

Format 2: non-BCCH control channel (with frequency hopping)

RCHC: BSSID {, SITEID, SITENAME} {, BTSID, BTSNAME}, tRXID: CHID: CHCOMB, FHSID, MAIO, tSC;

Format 3: traffic channel (without frequency hopping)

RCHC: BSSID {, SITEID, SITENAME} {, BTSID, BTSNAME}, tRXID: CHID: CHCOMB, ARFCN: PCMNO, PCMTS, PCMSUBTS: TSC: CHNGABLE;

Format 4: traffic channel (with frequency hopping)

RCHC: BSSID {, SITEID, SITENAME} {, BTSID, BTSNAME}, tRXID: CHID: CHCOMB, FHSID, MAIO, tSC: CHNGABLE;








Page 187 of 591



8) CHCOMB (Channel Combination): channel combination mode. Signless integer, value range: 3 to 8.

9) ARFCN: Absolute RF Channel No. Signless integer, value range: 0~124, 512 to 885, 975 to 1023.

10) TSC: Training Sequence Code. Signless integer, value range: 0~7.

11) MAIO: Mobile Allocation Index Offset. Signless integer, value range: 0~63.

12) FHSID: Frequency Hopping System Identification. Signless integer, value range: 1~255.

13) PCMNO: PCM Circuit No. Signless integer, value range: 1~360.

14) PCMTS (Pcm Circuit Time Slot): time slot number of PCM circuit. Signless integer, value range: 0~31.

15) PCMSUBTS (Pcm Circuit Sub Time Slot): sub-time-slot number of PCM circuit. Signless integer, value range: 0~3.

16) CHNGABLE: whether the time slot is adjustable between PS and CS. Type Boolean.

1.5.1.22 RCHD

1. Command function

To delete a radio channel object.


Page 188 of 591

2. Syntax structure

RCHD: BSSID {, SITEID, SITENAME} {, BTSID, BTSNAME}, tRXID, CHID;





4) BTSID (BTS Identification): BTS identification number. Signless integer, value range: 2 to 127.




1.5.1.23 RCHM

1. Command function

To modify a radio channel object.

2. Syntax structure

Format 1: control channel (without frequency hopping)


Page 189 of 591

RCHM: BSSID {, SITEID, SITENAME} {, BTSID, BTSNAME}, tRXID, CHID: CHCOMB, ARFCN, tSC;

Format 2: non-BCCH control channel (with frequency hopping)

RCHM: BSSID {, SITEID, SITENAME} {, BTSID, BTSNAME}, tRXID, CHID: CHCOMB, FHSID, MAIO, tSC;

Format 3: traffic channel (without frequency hopping)

RCHM: BSSID {, SITEID, SITENAME} {, BTSID, BTSNAME}, tRXID, CHID: CHCOMB, ARFCN: PCMNO, PCMTS, PCMSUBS, tSC: CHNGABLE;

Format 4: traffic channel (with frequency hopping)

RCHM: BSSID {, SITEID, SITENAME} {, BTSID, BTSNAME}, tRXID, CHID: CHCOMB, MAIO, FHSID, PCMNO, PCMTS, PCMSUBS, tSC: CHNGABLE;









Page 190 of 591


8) CHCOMB (Channel Combination): channel combination mode. Signless integer, value range: 3 to 8.

9) ARFCN: Absolute RF Channel No. Signless integer, value range: 0~124, 512 to 885, 975 to 1023.

10) TSC: Training Sequence Code. Signless integer, value range: 0~7.

11) MAIO: Mobile Allocation Index Offset. Signless integer, value range: 0~63.

12) FHSID: Frequency Hopping System Identification. Signless integer, value range: 1~255.

13) PCMNO: PCM Circuit No. Signless integer, value range: 1~360.

14) PCMTS (Pcm Circuit Time Slot): time slot number of PCM circuit. Signless integer, value range: 0~31.

15) PCMSUBTS (Pcm Circuit Sub Time Slot): sub-time-slot number of PCM circuit. Signless integer, value range: 0~3.

16) CHNGABLE: whether the time slot is adjustable between PS and CS. Type Boolean.

1.5.1.24 RCHQ

1. Command function

To query a radio channel object.

2. Syntax structure


Page 191 of 591

RCHQ: BSSID {, SITEID, SITENAME} {, BTSID, BTSNAME}, tRXID, CHID: PARAGRP;









8) PARAGRP (Parameter Group): radio parameter attribute package type. Enumerated type, value range: STATES, ALL, the default value is ALL. Among them, ALL is for querying static attribute information; STATES is for querying dynamic attribute information.

1.5.1.25 RECC

1. Command function

To add a new external cell.

2. Syntax structure


Page 192 of 591

RECC: BSSID: ECID: BARFCN, MCC, MNC, LAC, CI, NCC, BCC: HOMARGIN, HMRL, HMRQ, ALIS: PSSUPPORT, EXC_ACC, LSA_ID, RAC, CELBRAC2, RXLEVASN, MSTXMCCH, RESELOFF, tMPOFFS, PNLTIME, HCS_EXST, HCS_THR, PRIOCLS;



2) ECID (External Cell Identification): external cell identification number. Signless integer, value range: 1~65535.

3) BARFCN (Broadcast Absolute Radio Frequency Channel Number): absolute radio frequency channel number of BCCH. Signless integer, value range: 0~124, 512 to 885, 975 to 1023.

4) MCC (Mobile Country Code): Mobile country code. Signless integer, value range: 0~999, the default value is 460.

5) MNC (Mobile Network Code): mobile network code. Signless integer, value range: 0~99, the default value is 0.

6) LAC (Location): location area code. Signless integer, value range: 1~65535, excluding 65534.




10) HOMARGIN (Handover MARGIN): the minimum PBGT threshold required for MS to handover to this cell. Signless integer, value range: 0~48, the default is 30.


Page 193 of 591

11) HMRL (Handover Min Require Level): the minimum threshold required for MS to handover to this cell due to intensity. Signless integer, value range: 0~48, the default is 24.

12) HMRQ (Handover Min Require Quality): the minimum threshold required for MS to handover to this cell due to quality. Signless integer, value range: 0~48, the default is 22.


14) PSSUPPORT: whether GPRS is supported. Type Boolean.



17) RAC: RA_CODE. Signless integer.

18) CELBRAC2: cell reselection status CELL_BAR_ACCESS_2. Type Boolean.

19) RXLEVASN: the minimum receiving level for allowing MS to access the GPRS system. Signless integer.

20) MSTXMCCH: the maximum power used by MS before receiving the network power control information. Signless integer.

21) RESELOFF: cell reselection offset. Signless integer.

22) TMPOFFS: temporary offset for cell reselection . Signless integer.

23) PNLTIME: penalty time for cell reselection . Signless integer.


Page 194 of 591

24) HCS_EXIST: whether the HSC parameter exists in the cell. Type Boolean.

25) HCS_THR: HCS signal intensity threshold of the cell. Type Boolean.

26) PRIOCLS: HCS priority of the cell. Signless integer.

1.5.1.26 RECD

1. Command function

To delete an external cell.

2. Syntax structure

RECD: BSSID, ECID;



2) ECID (External Cell Identification): external cell identification number. Signless integer.

1.5.1.27 RECM

1. Command function

To modify the radio parameters of an external cell.

2. Syntax structure

RECM: BSSID, ECID: [BARFCN] [, MCC] [, MNC] [, LAC] [, CI] [, NCC] [, BCC] [, HOMARGIN] [, HMRL] [, HMRQ] [, ALIAS], [PSSUPPORT ] [, EXC_ACC ] [, LSA_ID ] [, RAC ] [, CELBRAC2 ] [, RXLEVASN ] [,


Page 195 of 591

MSTXMCCH ] [, RESELOFF] [, tMPOFFS ] [, PNLTIME ] [, HCS_EXST ] [, HCS_THR ] [, PRIOCLS];



2) ECID (External Cell Identification): external cell identification number. Signless integer, value range: 1~65535.

3) BARFCN (Broadcast Absolute Radio Frequency Channel Number): absolute radio frequency channel number of BCCH. Signless integer, value range: 0~124, 512 to 885, 975 to 1023.

4) MCC (Mobile Country Code): Mobile country code. Signless integer, value range: 0~999, the default value is 460.

5) MNC (Mobile Network Code): mobile network code. Signless integer, value range: 0~99, the default value is 0.

6) LAC (Location): location area code. Signless integer, value range: 1~65535, excluding 65534.




10) HOMARGIN (Handover MARGIN): the minimum PBGT threshold required for MS to handover to this cell. Signless integer, value range: 0~48, the default is 30.


Page 196 of 591

11) HMRL (Handover Min Require Level): the minimum threshold required for MS to handover to this cell due to intensity. Signless integer, value range: 0~48, the default is 24.

12) HMRQ (Handover Min Require Quality): the minimum threshold required for MS to handover to this cell due to quality. Signless integer, value range: 0~48, the default is 22.


14) PSSUPPORT: whether GPRS is supported. Type Boolean.





19) RXLEVASN: the minimum receiving level for allowing MS to access the GPRS system. Signless integer.

20) MSTXMCCH: the maximum power used by MS before receiving the network power control information. Signless integer.


22) TMPOFFS: temporary offset for cell reselection . Signless integer.



Page 197 of 591

24) HCS_EXIST: whether the HSC parameter exists in the cell. Type Boolean.



1.5.1.28 RECQ

1. Command function

To view the radio parameters of an external cell.

2. Syntax structure

RECQ: BSSID, ECID: PARAGRP;



2) ECID (External Cell Identification): external cell identification number. Signless integer.

3) PARAGRP (PARAGE Radio Parameter): radio parameter attribute package type. Enumerated type, value range: ALL, the default value is ALL.

1.5.1.29 RFHC

1. Command function

To add a new frequency hopping system object.

2. Syntax structure


Page 198 of 591

RFHC: BSSID {, SITEID, SITENAME} {, BTSID, BTSNAME}: FHSID: HSN, MA, FHMODE;







6) FHSID (Frequency Hopping System Identification): frequency hopping system identification number. Signless integer, value range: 1~255.

7) HSN (Hopping Sequence Number): frequency hopping sequence number. Signless integer, value range: 0~63.

8) MA (Mobile Allocation): frequency set used by the hopping system. Composite signless integer, value range: [1..124] [, 0] [, 512..885] [, 975..1023].

9) FHMODE (Frequency Hopping Mode): frequency hopping mode. Signless integer, value range: 1~2. Among them, 1 is for baseband frequency hopping, 1 is for radio frequency hopping.

1.5.1.30 RFHD

1. Command function


Page 199 of 591

To delete a frequency hopping system object.

2. Syntax structure

RFHD: BSSID {, SITEID, SITENAME} {, BTSID, BTSNAME}, FHSID;








1.5.1.31 RFHM

1. Command function

To modify a frequency hopping system object.

2. Syntax structure

RFHM: BSSID {, SITEID, SITENAME} {, BTSID, BTSNAME}, FHSID: HSN, MA, FHMODE;



Page 200 of 591







7) HSN (Hopping Sequence Number): frequency hopping sequence number. Signless integer, value range: 0~63.

8) MA (Mobile Allocation): frequency set used by the hopping system. Composite signless integer, value range: [1..124] [, 0] [, 512..885] [, 975..1023].

9) FHMODE (Frequency Hopping Mode): frequency hopping mode. Signless integer, value range: 1~2. Among them, 1 is for baseband frequency hopping, 1 is for radio frequency hopping.

1.5.1.32 RFHQ

1. Command function

To query a frequency hopping system object

2. Syntax structure

RFHQ: BSSID {, SITEID, S ITENAME} {, BTSID, BTSNAME}, FHSID;


Page 201 of 591





4) BTSID (BTS Identification): BTS identification number. Signless integer, value range: 2 to 127.



1.5.1.33 RHOC

1. Command function

To add a new handover control functive .

2. Syntax structure

RHOC: BSSID {, SITEID, SITENAME} {, BTSID, BTSNAME}: HOID: CELLWND, CELLW, CHREQT: DISTWND, DHREQT: PBGTDEF, tPMDEF, RLMDEF: HULWND, HULW, HULHREQT: HDLWND, HDLW, HDLHREQT: HUQWND, HUQW, HUQHREQT: HDQWND, HDQW, HDQHREQT: HMRXL, HMRXQ, ZAHO, HOMARGIN, HOPRI, MSPWRMAX, RXLEVMIN, HINMIN: HULTHS, HULN, HULP: HDLTHS, HDLN, HDLP: HUQTHS, HUQN, HUQP: HDQTHS, HDQN, HDQP: INHULTHS, INHULN, INHULP: INHDLTHS, INHDLN, INHDLP: HOCTRL1, HOCTRL2, HOCTRL3, HOCTRL4, HOCTRL5, HOCTRL6, HOCTRL7, HOCTRL9, HOCTRL10, HOCTRL11, HOCTRL13, HOCTRL14, HOCTRL15, HOPIND1, HOPIND2, HOPIND3, HOPIND4, LYRPRI,


Page 202 of 591

LYRPBGT: RPDHOTHS, RPDHON: MAMITHS, MAMIN: GCITHS, GCIN, GCIP: BADCITHS, BADCIN, BADCIP: TIMEADV, DISTN, DISTP: PBGTHON, PBGTHOP: HFPT, DPRIOFF, PBGTOFF, tHLC, tHFC, tTHS;





4) BTSID (Bts Identification): cell identification number. Signless integer type, value range: 1~3.


6) HOID (Handover Identification): handover control identification. Signless integer, value range: 1, the default value is 1.

7) CELLWND (Cell Window): the parameter for calculating the measured mean by the adjacent cell in handover control. Signless integer, value range: 1~31, the default value is 2.

8) CELLW (Cell Weight): the weight for calculating the weighted mean by the adjacent cell in handover control. Signless integer, value range: 1~3, the default value is 1.

9) CHREQT (Cell HREQT): the reserved number for calculating the measured mean by the adjacent cell in handover control. Signless integer, value range: 1, the default value is 1.

10) DISTWND (Distance Window): the parameter for calculating the measured mean of distance in handover control. Signless integer, value range: 1~31, the default value is 2.


Page 203 of 591

11) DHREQT (Distance HREQT): the reserved number for calculating the measured mean of distance in handover control. Signless integer, value range: 1, the default value is 1.

12) PBGTDEF (PBGT Default): the minimum default PBGT threshold required for handing over to a undefined adjacent cell. Signless integer, value range: 0~24, the default value is 15.

13) TPMDEF (Transmit Power Ms Default): the maximum default transmitting power that can be used by MS in a undefined adjacent cell. Signless integer, value range: 0~24, the default value is 15.

14) RLMDEF (Receive Level Ms Default): the minimum default receiving intensity threshold required for handing over to a undefined adjacent cell. Signless integer, value range: 0~63, the default value is 15.

15) HULWND (Handover UpLink Window): the parameter for calculating the measured mean of uplink intensity in handover control. Signless integer, value range: 1~31, the default value is 2.

16) HULW (Handover Uplink Weight): the weight for calculating the weighted mean of uplink intensity in handover control. Signless integer, value range: 1~3, the default value is 2.

17) HULHREQT (Handover UpLink HREQT): the reserved number for calculating the weighted mean of uplink intensity in handover control. Signless integer, value range: 1, the default value is 1.

18) HDLWND (Handover DownLink Window): the parameter for calculating the measured mean of downlink intensity in handover control. Signless integer, value range: 1~31, the default value is 2.

19) HDLW (Handover DownLink Weight): the weight for calculating the weighted mean of downlink intensity in handover control. Signless integer, value range: 1~3, the default value is 2.

20) HDLHREQT (Handover DownLink HREQT): the reserved number for calculating the weighted mean of downlink intensity in handover control. Signless integer, value range: 1, the default value is 1.


Page 204 of 591

21) HUQWND (Handover UpLink Quality Window): the parameter for calculating the measured mean of uplink quality in handover control. Signless integer, value range: 1~31, the default value is 2.

22) HUQW (Handover Uplink Quality Window): the weight for calculating the weighted mean of uplink quality in handover control. Signless integer, value range: 1~3, the default value is 2.

23) HUQHREQT (Handover Uplink Quality HREQT): the reserved number for calculating the weighted mean of uplink quality in handover control. Signless integer, value range: 1, the default value is 1.

24) HDQWND (Handover Downlink Window): the parameter for calculating the measured mean of downlink quality in handover control. Signless integer, value range: 1~31, the default value is 2.

25) HDQW (Handover Downlink Quality Weight): the weight for calculating the weighted mean of downlink quality in handover control. Signless integer, value range: 1~3, the default value is 2.

26) HDQHREQT (Handover Downlink Quality HREQT): the reserved number for calculating the weighted mean of downlink quality in handover control. Signless integer, value range: 1, the default value is 1.

27) HMRXL (Handover Min Receive Level): the minimum threshold required for MS to handover to this cell due to intensity. Signless integer, value range: 0~48, the default value is 30.

28) HMRXQ (Handover Min Receive Quality): the minimum threshold required for MS to handover to this cell due to quality. Signless integer, value range: 0~48, the default value is 30.

29) ZAHO (Zero Accept Handover): the number of 0s that are allowed in the measured value in handover control. Signless integer, value range: 0~31, the default value is 1.

30) HOMARGIN (Handover MARGIN): the minimum PBGT threshold required for MS to hand over to this cell. Signless integer, value range: 0~48, the default value is 30.


Page 205 of 591

31) HOPRI (Handover Priority): static priority for cell handover (8 levels). Signless integer, value range: 0~7, the default value is 3.

32) MSPWRMAX (Ms Power Max): the maximum transmitting power that can be used by MS in adjacent cells. Signless integer, value range: 0~31, the default value is 5.

33) RXLEMIN (Receive Level Min): the minimum receiving intensity level for allowing MS to hand over to the cell. Signless integer, value range: 0~63, the default value is 15

34) HINMIN (Handover Interval Min): the minimum interval for continuous handover of cells. Signless integer, value range: 0~31, the default value is 5.

35) HULTHS (Handover Uplink threshold): uplink receiving intensity threshold. Signless integer, value range: 0~63, the default value is 15.

36) HULN (Handover Uplink N): value N of uplink receiving intensity. Signless integer, value range: 1~31, the default value is 4.

37) HULP (Handover UpLink P): value P of uplink receiving intensity. Signless integer, value range: 1~31, the default value is 3.

38) HDLTHS (Handover DownLink threshold): downlink receiving intensity threshold. Signless integer, value range: 0~63, the default value is 15.

39) HDLN (Handover DownLink N): value N of downlink receiving intensity. Signless integer, value range: 1~31, the default value is 4.

40) HDLP (Handover DownLink P): value P of downlink receiving intensity. Signless integer, value range: 1~31, the default value is 3.

41) HUQTHS (Handover Uplink Quality threshold): uplink receiving quality threshold. Signless integer, value range: 0~7, the default value is 4.

42) HUQN (Handover Uplink Quality N): value N of uplink receiving quality. Signless integer, value range: 1~31, the default value is 4.


Page 206 of 591

43) HUQP (Handover Uplink Quality P): value P of uplink receiving quality. Signless integer, value range: 1~31, the default value is 3.

44) HDQTHS (Handover Download Quality threshold): downlink receiving quality threshold . Signless integer, value range: 0~7, the default value is 4.

45) HDQN (Handover Downlink Quality N): value N of downlink receiving quality. Signless integer, value range: 1~31, the default value is 4.

46) HDQP (Handover Downlink Quality P): value P of downlink receiving quality. Signless integer, value range: 1~31, the default value is 3.

47) INHULTHS (Internal Handover UpLink Threshold): uplink receiving intensity threshold for intra-cell handover. Signless integer, value range: 0~63, the default value is 35.

48) INHULN (Internal Handover UpLink N): value N of uplink receiving intensity for intra-cell handover. Signless integer, value range: 1~31, the default value is 4.

49) INHULP (Internal Handover UpLink P): value P of uplink receiving intensity for intra-cell handover. Signless integer, value range: 1~31, the default value is 3.

50) INHDLTHS (Internal Handover DownLink threshold): downlink receiving intensity threshold for intra-cell handover. Signless integer, value range: 0~63, the default value is 40.

51) INHDLN (Internal Handover DownLink N): value N of downlink receiving intensity for intra-cell handover. Signless integer, value range: 1~31, the default value is 4.

52) INHDLP (Internal Handover DownLink P): value P of downlink receiving intensity for intra-cell handover. Signless integer, value range: 1~31, the default value is 3.


Page 207 of 591

53) HOCTRL1 (Handover Control 1): whether SDCCH handover is allowed. Type Boolean, the default value is F.

54) HOCTRL2 (Handover Control 2): whether intra-cell handover due to uplink interference is allowed. Type Boolean, the default value is T.

55) HOCTRL3 (Handover Control 3): whether intra-cell handover due to downlink interference is allowed. Type Boolean, the default value is T.

56) HOCTRL4 (Handover Control 4): whether handover due to distance is allowed. Type Boolean, the default value is F.

57) HOCTRL5 (Handover Control 5): whether standard PBGT handover is allowed. Type Boolean, the default value is T.

58) HOCTRL6 (Handover Control 6): whether automatic handover based on traffic is allowed. Type Boolean, the default value is F.

59) HOCTRL7 (Handover Control 7): whether handover based on direction is allowed. Type Boolean, the default value is F.

60) HOCTRL9 (Handover Control 9): whether intra-cell handover due to downlink interference is allowed between channels of super TRX. Type Boolean, the default value is F.

61) HOCTRL10 (Handover Control 10): whether intra-cell handover due to uplink interference is allowed between channels of super TRX. Type Boolean, the default value is F.

62) HOCTRL11 (Handover Control 11): whether handover between adjacent sectors due to PBGT is allowed between channels of super TRX. Type Boolean, the default value is T.

63) HOCTRL13 (Handover Control 13): whether fast handover is allowed. Type Boolean, the default value is F.

64) HOCTRL14 (Handover Control 14): whether macro-micro delayed handover is allowed. Type Boolean, the default value is F.


Page 208 of 591

65) HOCTRL15 (Handover Control 15): whether micro-micro delayed handover is allowed. Type Boolean, the default value is F.

66) HOPIND1 (Handover Permission Indication 1): whether synchronous handover is allowed. Type Boolean, the default value is T.

67) HOPIND2 (Handover Permission Indication 2): whether asynchronous handover is allowed. Type Boolean, the default value is T.

68) HOPIND3 (Handover Permission Indication 3): whether quasi-synchronous handover is allowed. Type Boolean, the default value is F.

69) HOPIND4 (Handover Permission Indication 4): whether asynchronous handover is allowed. Type Boolean, the default value is F.

70) LYRPRI: layer priority selection parameter of level/quality handover. Signless integer, value range: 1~3, the default value is 2.

71) LYRPBGT: layer applicable to standard PBGT handover. Signless integer, value range: 0~15, the default value is 3.

72) RPDHOTHS: fast handover threshold. Signless integer, value range: 0~63, the default value is 10.

73) RPDHON: the minimum number of times that the measured values of the uplink signal intensity are lower than the threshold continuously. Signless integer, value range: 1~31, the default value is 4.

74) MAMITHS: macro-micro handover threshold. Signless integer, value range: 0~63, the default value is 20.

75) MAMIN: macro-micro handover threshold counter. Signless integer, value range: 1~255, the default value is 2.

76) GCITHS: threshold of the carrier/interference (C/I) ratio for allowing to access a special TRX. Signless integer, value range: 0~255, the default value is 133.


Page 209 of 591

77) GCIN: value N of the carrier/interference (C/I) ratio for allowing to access a special TRX. Signless integer, value range: 1~31, the default value is 4.

78) GCIP: value P of the carrier/interference (C/I) ratio for allowing to access a special TRX. Signless integer, value range: 1~31, the default value is 3.

79) BADCITHS: threshold of the carrier/interference (C/I) ratio for outgoing handover from a special TRX. Signless integer, value range: 0~255, the default value is 130.

80) BADCIN: value N of the carrier/interference (C/I) ratio for outgoing handover from a special TRX. Signless integer, value range: 1~31, the default value is 4.

81) BADCIP: value P of the carrier/interference (C/I) ratio for outgoing handover from a special TRX. Signless integer, value range: 1~31, the default value is 3.

82) TIMEADV: time advance. Signless integer, value range: 0~63, the default value is 63.

83) DISTN: value N of handover due to distance. Signless integer, value range: 1~31, the default value is 4.

84) DISTP: value P of handover due to distance. Signless integer, value range: 1~31, the default value is 3.

85) PBGTHON: value N of PGBT handover. Signless integer, value range: 1~31, the default value is 3.

86) PBGTHOP: value P of PGBT handover. Signless integer, value range: 1~31, the default value is 3.

87) HFPT: handover failure penalty period. Signless integer, value range: 1~255, the default value is 7.


Page 210 of 591

88) DPRIOFF: the difference value of the dynamic handover priority that can be tolerated when using the handover algorithm based on direction. Signless integer, value range: 1~7, the default value is 1.

89) PBGTOFF: the difference value of PBGT that can be tolerated when using the handover algorithm based on direction (dB). Signless integer, value range: 0~20, the default value is 3.

90) THLC: control value of traffic handover (layer). Signless integer, value range: 0~3, the default value is 1.

91) THFC: control value of traffic handover (frequency band). Signless integer, value range: 0~3, the default value is 0.

92) TTHS: traffic handover threshold (%). Signless integer, value range: 0~100, the default value is 70.

1.5.1.34 RHOD

1. Command function

To delete a handover control functive .

2. Syntax structure

RHOD: BSSID {, SITEID, SITENAME } {, BTSID, BTSNAME}, HOID;






Page 211 of 591



6) HOID (Handover Identification): handover control identification. Signless integer, value: 1.

1.5.1.35 RHOM

1. Command function

To modify a handover control functive.

2. Syntax structure

RHOM: BSSID {, SITEID, SITENAME} {, BTSID, BTSNAME}, HOID: [CELLWND] [, CELLW] [, CHREQT] [, DISTWND] [, DHREQT] [, PBGTDEF] [, tPMDEF] [, RLMDEF] [, HULWND] [, HULW] [, HULHREQT] [, HDLWND] [, HDLW] [, HDLHREQT] [, HUQWND] [, HUQW] [, HUQHREQT] [, HDQWND] [, HDQW] [, HDQHREQT] [, HMRXL] [, HMRXQ] [, ZAHO] [, HOMARGIN] [, HOPRI] [, MSPWRMAX] [, RXLEVMIN] [, HINMIN] [, HULTHS] [, HULN] [, HULP] [, HDLTHS] [, HDLN] [, HDLP] [, HUQTHS] [, HUQN] [, HUQP] [, HDQTHS] [, HDQN] [, HDQP] [, INHULTHS] [, INHULN] [, INHULP] [, INHDLTHS] [, INHDLN] [, INHDLP] [, HOCTRL1] [, HOCTRL2] [, HOCTRL3] [, HOCTRL4] [, HOCTRL5] [, HOCTRL6] [, HOCTRL7] [, HOCTRL9] [, HOCTRL10] [, HOCTRL11] [, HOCTRL13] [, HOCTRL14] [, HOCTRL15] [, HOPIND1] [, HOPIND2] [, HOPIND3] [, HOPIND4] [, LYRPRI] [, LYRPBGT] [, RPDHOTHS] [, RPDHON] [, MAMITHS] [, MAMIN] [, GCITHS] [, GCIN] [, GCIP] [, BADCITHS] [, BADCIN] [, BADCIP] [, tIMEADV] [, DISTN] [, DISTP] [, PBGTHON] [, PBGTHOP] [, HFPT] [, DPRIOFF] [, PBGTOFF] [, tHLC] [, tHFC] [, tTHS];




Page 212 of 591



4) BTSID (Bts Identification): cell identification number. Signless integer, value range: 1~3.


6) HOID (Handover Identification): handover control identification. Signless integer, value range: 1.

7) CELLWND (CELL Window): the parameter for calculating the measured mean by the adjacent cell in handover control. Signless integer, value range: 1~31.

8) CELLW (CELL Weight): the weight for calculating the measured weighted mean by the adjacent cell in handover control. Signless integer, value range: 1~3.

9) CHREQT (Cell HREQT): the reserved number for calculating the measured mean by the adjacent cell in handover control. Signless integer, value range: 1.

10) DISTWND (Distance Window): the parameter for calculating the measured mean of distance in handover control. Signless integer, value range: 1~31.

11) DHREQT (Distance HREQT): the reserved number for calculating the measured mean of distance in handover control. Signless integer, value range: 1.

12) PBGTDEF (PBGT Default): the minimum default PBGT threshold required for handing over to a undefined adjacent cell. Signless integer, value range: 0~24.


Page 213 of 591

13) TPMDEF (Transmit Power Ms Default): the maximum default transmitting power that can be used by MS in a undefined adjacent cell. Signless integer, value range: 0~24.

14) RLMDEF: (Receive Level Ms Default): the minimum default receiving intensity threshold required for handing over to a undefined adjacent cell. Signless integer, value range: 0~63.

15) HULWND (Handover UpLink Window): the parameter for calculating the measured mean of uplink intensity in handover control. Signless integer, value range: 1~31.

16) HULW (Handover UpLink Window): the weight for calculating the weighted mean of uplink intensity in handover control. Signless integer, value range: 1~3.

17) HULHREQT (Handover UpLink HREQT): the reserved number for calculating the weighted mean of uplink intensity in handover control. Signless integer, value range: 1.

18) HDLWND (Handover DownLink Window): the parameter for calculating the measured mean of downlink intensity in handover control. Signless integer, value range: 1~31.

19) HDLW (Handover DownLink Weight): the weight for calculating the weighted mean of downlink intensity in handover control. Signless integer, value range: 1~3.

20) HDLHREQT (Handover DownLink HREQT): the reserved number for calculating the weighted mean of downlink intensity in handover control. Signless integer, value range: 1.

21) HUQWND (Handover Uplink Quality Window): the parameter for calculating the measured mean of uplink quality in handover control. Signless integer, value range: 1~31.

22) HUQW (Handover Uplink Quality Weight): the weight for calculating the weighted mean of uplink quality in handover control. Signless integer, value range: 1~3.


Page 214 of 591

23) HUQHREQT (Handover Uplink Quality HREQT): the reserved number for calculating the weighted mean of uplink quality in handover control. Signless integer, value range: 1.

24) HDQWND (Handover Downlink Quality Window): the parameter for calculating the measured mean of downlink quality in handover control. Signless integer, value range: 1~31.

25) HDQW (Handover Downlink Quality Weight): the weight for calculating the weighted mean of downlink quality in handover control. Signless integer, value range: 1~3.

26) HDQHREQT (Handover Downlink HREQT): the reserved number for calculating the weighted mean of downlink quality in handover control. Signless integer, value range: 1.

27) HMRXL (Handover Min Receive Level): the minimum threshold required for MS to handover to this cell due to intensity. Signless integer, value range: 0~48.

28) HMRXQ (Handover Min Receive Quality): the minimum threshold required for MS to handover to this cell due to quality. Signless integer, value range: 0~48.

29) ZAHO (Zero Accept Handover): the number of 0s that are allowed in the measured value in handover control. Signless integer, value range: 0~31.

30) HOMARGIN (Handover MARGIN): the minimum PBGT threshold required for MS to hand over to this cell. Signless integer, value range: 0~48.

31) HOPRI (Handover Priority): static priority for cell handover (8 levels). Signless integer, value range: 0~3.

32) MSPWRMAX (Ms Power MAX): the maximum transmitting power that can be used by MS in adjacent cells. Signless integer, value range: 0~31.


Page 215 of 591

33) RXLEVMIN (Receive Level MIN): the minimum receiving intensity level for allowing MS to hand over to the cell. Signless integer, value range: 0~63.

34) HINMIN (Handover Internal MIN): the minimum interval for continuous handover of cells. Signless integer, value range: 0~31.

35) HULTHS (Handover UpLink Threshold): uplink receiving intensity threshold. Signless integer, value range: 0~63.

36) HULN (Handover UpLink N): value N of uplink receiving intensity. Signless integer, value range: 1~31.

37) HULP (Handover UpLink P): value P of uplink receiving intensity. Signless integer, value range: 1~31.

38) HDLTHS (Handover DownLink Threshold): downlink receiving intensity threshold. Signless integer, value range: 0~63.

39) HDLN (Handover DownLink N): value N of downlink receiving intensity. Signless integer, value range: 1~31.

40) HDLP (Handover DownLink P): value P of downlink receiving intensity. Signless integer, value range: 1~31.

41) HUQTHS (Handover Uplink Quality Threshold): uplink receiving quality threshold. Signless integer, value range: 0~7.

42) HUQN (Handover Uplink Quality N): value N of uplink receiving quality. Signless integer, value range: 1~31.

43) HUQP (Handover Uplink Quality P): value P of uplink receiving quality. Signless integer, value range: 1~31.

44) HDQTHS (Handover Downlink Threshold): downlink receiving quality threshold. Signless integer, value range: 0~7.

45) HDQN (Handover Downlink Quality N): value N of downlink receiving quality. Signless integer, value range: 1~31.


Page 216 of 591

46) HDQP (Handover Downlink Quality P): value P of downlink receiving quality. Signless integer, value range: 1~31.

47) INHULTHS (Internal Handover UpLink Threshold): uplink receiving intensity threshold for intra-cell handover. Signless integer, value range: 0~63.

48) INHULN (Internal Handover UpLink N): value N of uplink receiving intensity for intra-cell handover. Signless integer, value range: 1~31.

49) INHULP (Internal Handover UpLink P): value P of uplink receiving intensity for intra-cell handover. Signless integer, value range: 1~31.

50) NHDLTHS (Internal Handover DownLink Threshold): downlink receiving intensity threshold for intra-cell handover. Signless integer, value range: 0~63.

51) INHDLN (Internal Handover DownLink N): value N of downlink receiving intensity for intra-cell handover. Signless integer, value range: 1~31.

52) INHDLP (Internal Handover DownLink P): value P of downlink receiving intensity for intra-cell handover. Signless integer, value range: 1~31.

53) HOCTRL1 (Handover Control 1): whether SDCCH handover is allowed. Type Boolean.

54) HOCTRL2 (Handover Control 2): whether intra-cell handover due to uplink interference is allowed. Type Boolean.

55) HOCTRL3 (Handover Control 3): whether intra-cell handover due to downlink interference is allowed. Type Boolean.

56) HOCTRL4 (Handover Control 4): whether handover due to distance is allowed. Type Boolean.


Page 217 of 591

57) HOCTRL5 (Handover Control 5): whether standard PBGT handover is allowed. Type Boolean.

58) HOCTRL6 (Handover Control 6): whether automatic handover based on traffic is allowed. Type Boolean.

59) HOCTRL7 (Handover Control 7): whether handover based on direction is allowed. Type Boolean.

60) HOCTRL9 (Handover Control 9): whether intra-cell handover due to downlink interference is allowed between channels of super TRX. Type Boolean.

61) HOCTRL10 (Handover Control 10): whether intra-cell handover due to uplink interference is allowed between channels of super TRX. Type Boolean.

62) HOCTRL11 (Handover Control 11): whether handover between adjacent sectors due to PBGT is allowed between channels of super TRX. Type Boolean.

63) HOCTRL12 (Handover Control 12): whether it is allowed to use the dynamic adjustment process of the handover priority. Type Boolean.

64) HOCTRL13 (Handover Control 13): whether fast handover is allowed. Type Boolean.

65) HOCTRL14 (Handover Control 14): whether macro-micro delayed handover is allowed. Type Boolean.

66) HOCTRL15 (Handover Control 15): whether micro-micro delayed handover is allowed. Type Boolean

67) HOPIND1 (Handover Permission Indication 1): whether synchronous handover is allowed. Type Boolean.

68) HOPIND2 (Handover Permission Indication2): whether asynchronous handover is allowed. Type Boolean.


Page 218 of 591

69) HOPIND3 (Handover Permission Indication 3): whether quasi-synchronous handover is allowed. Type Boolean.

70) HOPIND4 (Handover Permission Indication 4): whether asynchronous handover is allowed. Type Boolean.

71) LYRPRI (Layer Priority): layer priority selection parameter of level/quality handover. Signless integer, value range: 1~3.

72) LYRPBGT (Layer PBGT): layer applicable to standard PBGT handover. Signless integer, value range: 0~15.

73) RPDHOTHS (Rapid Handover Threshold): fast handover threshold. Signless integer, value range: 0~63.

74) RPDHON (Rapid Handover Number): the minimum number of times that the measured values of the uplink signal intensity are lower than the threshold continuously. Signless integer, value range: 1~31.

75) MAMITHS (Macro Micro Threshold): macro-micro handover threshold. Signless integer, value range: 0~63.

76) MAMIN (Macro Micro Number): macro-micro handover threshold counter. Signless integer, value range: 1~255.

77) GCITHS (GCI Threshold): threshold of the carrier/interference (C/I) ratio for allowing to access a special TRX. Signless integer, value range: 0~255.

78) GCIN (GCI N): value N of the carrier/interference (C/I) ratio for allowing to access a special TRX. Signless integer, value range: 1~31.

79) GCIP (GCI P): value P of the carrier/interference (C/I) ratio for allowing to access a special TRX. Signless integer, value range: 1~31.

80) BADCITHS (BAD CI Threshold): threshold of the carrier/interference (C/I) ratio for outgoing handover from a special TRX. Signless integer, value range: 1~255.


Page 219 of 591

81) BADCIN (BAD CI N): value N of the carrier/interference (C/I) ratio for outgoing handover from a special TRX. Signless integer, value range: 1~31.

82) BADCIP (BAD CI P): value P of the carrier/interference (C/I) ratio for outgoing handover from a special TRX. Signless integer, value range: 1~31.

83) TIMEADV (Time Advance): time advance. Signless integer, value range: 0~63.

84) DISTN (Distance N): value N of handover due to distance. Signless integer, value range: 1~31.

85) DISTP (Distance P): value P of handover due to distance. Signless integer, value range: 1~31.

86) PBGTHON (PBGT Handover N): value N of PGBT handover. Signless integer, value range: 1~31.

87) PBGTHOP (PBGT Handover P): value P of PGBT handover. Signless integer, value range: 1~31.

88) HFPT (Handover Failure Penalty): handover failure penalty period. Signless integer, value range: 1~255.

89) DPRIOFF (DPRIOFF): the difference value of the dynamic handover priority that can be tolerated when using the handover algorithm based on direction. Signless integer, value range: 1~7.

90) PBGTOFF (PBGTOFF): the difference value of PBGT that can be tolerated when using the handover algorithm based on direction (dB). Signless integer, value range: 0~20.

91) THLC (Traffic Handover Level Control): control value of traffic handover (layer). Signless integer, value range: 0~3.

92) THFC (Traffic Handover Frequency Control): control value of traffic handover (frequency band). Signless integer, value range: 0~3.


Page 220 of 591

93) TTHS (Traffic Threshold): traffic handover threshold (%). Signless integer, value range: 0~100.

1.5.1.36 RHOQ

1. Command function

To query a handover control object.

2. Syntax structure

RHOQ: BSSID {, SITEID, SITENAME} {, BTSID, BTSNAME}, HOID: PARAGRP;







6) HOID (HandoverControl Identification): handover control identification number. Signless integer, value range: 1~1.

1.5.1.37 RHRC

1. Command function


Page 221 of 591

To add a functional adjacent cell handover and reselection object.

2. Syntax structure

RHRC: BSSID {, SITEID, SITENAME} {, BTSID, BTSNAME}: HRID: SYNC, PRI, MTPMAX, RLMIN: ISRCELL, NCLAYER: RHOECMO: PSSUPPORT, EXC_ACC, LSA_ID, RAC, CELBRAC2, RXLEVASN, MSTXMCCH, RESELOFF, tMPOFFST, PNLTIME, HCS_EXST, HCS_THR, PRIOCLS;





4) BTSID (Bts identification): cell number. Signless integer, value range: 13.


6) HRID (Handover Reselection Identification): identification number of adjacent cell handover object. Signless integer, value range: 65 to 96.

7) SYNC (Sync): indicating whether to synchronize the current cell with adjacent cells. Type Boolean, with a value of T or F, the default value is T.

8) PRI (Priority): priority level for cell handover. Signless integer, value range: 0~7, the default is 3.

9) MTPMAX (Ms Transmit Power Max): maximum transmitting power of MS in the adjacent cell. Signless integer, value range: 1~31, the default is 5.


Page 222 of 591

10) RLMIN (Receive Level Min): minimum signal level for MS to receive in the handover target cell. Signless integer, value range: 0~63, the default is 15.

11) SRCELL (Is Related Cell): indicating whether the current cell and adjacent cell are related cells. Type Boolean, with a value of T or F, the default value is F.

12) NCLAYER (Near Cell Layer): neighboring cell layer. Signless integer, value range: 0~3, the default is 0.

13) RHOECMO (Related Handover External Cell MO): DN of the handover cell (HOC): BssId -SiteId-BtsId-HoId or DN of an external cell: EcId. Composite signless integer.

14) PSSUPPORT : whether GPRS is supported. Type Boolean.


16) LSA_ID: LSA identification (the lowest 24 bits are effective). Signless integer.



19) RXLEVASN: the minimum receiving level for allowing MS to access the GPRS system GPRS_RXLEV_ACCESS_MIN. Signless integer.

20) MSTXMCCH: the maximum power used by the MS before the network power control information is received (GPRS_TXPWR_MAX_CCH). Signless integer.


22) TMPOFFST: temporary offset for cell reselection . Signless integer.


Page 223 of 591


24) HCS_EXIST: whether the HCS parameter exists in the cell. Type Boolean.



1.5.1.38 RHRD

1. Command function

To delete the adjacent cell handover and reselection object of a cell.

2. Syntax structure

RHRD: BSSID {, SITEID, SITENAME} {, BTSID, BTSNAME}, HRID;








Page 224 of 591


1.5.1.39 RHRM

1. Command function

To modify the radio parameters of an adjacent cell handover and reselection object.

2. Syntax structure

RHRM: BSSID {, SITEID, SITENAME} {, BTSID, BTSNAME}, HRID: [SYNC] [, PRI] [, MTPMAX] [, RLMIN] [, ISRCELL] [, NCLAYER] [PSSUPPORT ] [, EXC_ACC ] [, LSA_ID ] [, RAC ] [, CELBRAC2 ] [, RXLEVASN ] [, MSTXMCCH ] [, RESELOFF] [, tMPOFFST] [, PNLTIME ] [, HCS_EXST ] [, HCS_THR ] [, PRIOCLS];







6) HRID (Handover Reselection Identification): identification number of the adjacent cell handover and reselection object. Signless integer, value range: 65 to 96.


Page 225 of 591

7) SYNC (Sync): indicating whether to synchronize the current cell with adjacent cells. Type Boolean, with a value of T or F, the default value is T.

8) PRI (Priority): priority level for cell handover. Signless integer, value range: 0~7, the default is 3.

9) MTPMAX (Ms Transmit Power Max): maximum transmitting power of MS in the adjacent cell. Signless integer, value range: 1~31, the default is 5.

10) RLMIN (Receive Level Min): minimum signal level for MS to receive in the handover target cell. Signless integer, value range: 0~63, the default is 15.

11) ISRCEL (Is Related Cell): indicating whether the current cell and adjacent cell are related cells. Type Boolean, with a value of T or F, the default value is F.

12) NCLAYER (Near Cell Layer): neighboring cell layer. Signless integer, value range: 0~3, the default is 0.

13) PSSUPPORT : whether GPRS is supported. Type Boolean.





18) RXLEVASN: the minimum receiving level for allowing MS to access the GPRS system GPRS_RXLEV_ACCESS_MIN. Signless integer.


Page 226 of 591

19) MSTXMCCH: the maximum power used by MS before receiving the network power control information GPRS_TXPWR_MAX_CCH. Signless integer.


21) TMPOFFST: temporary offset for cell reselection . Signless integer.


23) HCS_EXIST: whether the HCS parameter exists in the cell. Type Boolean.



1.5.1.40 RHRQ

1. Command function

To view the parameters of an adjacent cell handover and reselection object.

2. Syntax structure

RHRQ: BSSID {, SITEID, SITENAME} {, BTSID, BTSNAME}, HRID: PARAGRP;





Page 227 of 591





7) PARAGRP (Parameter Group): radio parameter attribute package type. Enumerated type, value range: ALL, the default value is ALL.

1.5.1.41 RICC

1. Command function

To add an interference cell object of a cell.

2. Syntax structure

RICC: BSSID {, SITEID, SITENAME} {, BTSID, BTSNAME}: ICID: RBTSECMO;






Page 228 of 591



6) ICID (Interfere Cell Identification): identification number of the interference cell object. Signless integer, value range: 1~6.

7) RBTSECMO (Related BTS External Cell MO): DN of the related BTS: BssId-SiteId -BtsId or DN of an external cell under this BSS: EcId. Composite signless integer.

1.5.1.42 RICD

1. Command function

To delete the interference cell of a cell.

2. Syntax structure

RICD: BSSID {, SITEID, SITENAME} {, BTSID, BTSNAME}, ICID;







Page 229 of 591



1.5.1.43 RICQ

1. Command function

To view the radio parameters of the interference cell of a cell.

2. Syntax structure

RICQ: BSSID {, SITEID, SITENAME}{, BTSID, BTSNAME}, ICID: PARAGRP;









Page 230 of 591

7) PARAGRP (Parameter Group): radio parameter package attribute type. Enumerated type, value range: ALL, the default value is ALL.

1.5.1.44 RLLC

1. Command function

To add a new LAPD link object.

2. Syntax structure

RLLC: BSSID, LAPDID: PCMNO, PCMTS: LOCTEI;



2) LAPDID (LapdLink Identification): LAPD LINK IDENTIFICATION NUMBER. Signless integer, value range: 1~2304.

3) PCMNO (Pcm No): PcmCircuit number, the PCM line of the Abis interface. Signless integer, value range: 1~384.

4) PCMTS (Pcm Time Slot): PCM time slot. Signless integer, value range: 0~31.

5) LOCTEI (Local Terminal Endpoint Identifier): refers to the terminal identifier in a time slot. Signless integer, value range: 0~4.

1.5.1.45 RLLD

1. Command function

To delete a LAPD link object.

2. Syntax structure


Page 231 of 591

RLLD: BSSID, LAPDID;




1.5.1.46 RLLQ

1. Command function

To query a LAPD link object.

2. Syntax structure

RLLQ: BSSID, LAPDID;




1.5.1.47 RPCC

1. Command function

To add a new power control functive.

2. Syntax structure

RPCC: BSSID {, SITEID, SITENAME} {, BTSID, BTSNAME}: PCID: PINCSTEP, PREDSTEP, PCINTERV: PULWND, PULW, PULHREQT:


Page 232 of 591

PDLWND, PDLW, PDLHREQT: PUQWND, PUQW, PUQHREQT: PDQWND, PDQW, PDQHREQT: PCUL, PCDL: PLULTHS, PLULN, PLULP: PLDLTHS, PLDLN, PLDLP: PLUQTHS, PLUQN, PLUQP: PLDQTHS, PLDQN, PLDQP: PUULTHS, PUULN, PUULP: PUDLTHS, PUDLN, PUDLP: PUUQTHS, PUUQN, PUUQP: PUDQTHS, PUDQN, PUDQP: MTPMAX, MTPMIN, BTPMIN, RAPIDPI, PCRPTPRD: PRL0, PRL1, PRL2, PRL3, PRL4, PRL5, PRL6, PRL7: ULPWCTRL, DLPWCTRL, SS_BTS, PWCTRMOD, PWCTRLEV, P0;







6) PCID (Power Control Identification): power control identification. Signless integer, value range: 1, the default value is 1.

7) PINCSTEP (Power Increase Step): increasing step length of MS transmitting power. Signless integer, value range: 0~2, the default value is 0.

8) PREDSTEP (Power Reduce Step): reducing step length of MS transmitting power. Signless integer, value range: 0, 1. the default value is 0.


Page 233 of 591

9) PCINTERV (Power Change Interval): the minimum time interval for changing RF power level. Signless integer, value range: 0~32, the default value is 2.

10) PULWND (Power Uplink Window): the number of examples used for calculating the measured mean of uplink intensity in power control. Signless integer, value range: 1~31, the default value is 6.

11) PULW (Power Uplink Weight): the weight used for calculating the weighted mean of uplink intensity in power control. Signless integer, value range: 1~3, the default value is 2.

12) PULHREQT (Power Uplink HREQT): the reserved number used for calculating the weighted mean of uplink intensity in power control. Signless integer, value range: 1, the default value is 1.

13) PDLWND (Power Downlink Window): the number of examples used in calculating the measured mean of downlink intensity in power control. Signless integer, value range: 1~31, the default value is 6.

14) PDLW (Power Downlink Weight): the weight used for calculating the weighted mean of downlink intensity in power control. Signless integer, value range: 1~3, the default value is 2.

15) PDLHREQT (Power Downlink HREQT): the reserved number used for calculating the weighted mean of downlink intensity in power control. Signless integer, value range: 1, the default value is 1.

16) PUQWND (Power Uplink Quality Window): the number of examples used for calculating the measured mean of uplink quality in power control. Signless integer, value range: 1~31, the default value is 6.

17) PUQW (Power Uplink Quality Weight): the weight used for calculating the measured mean of uplink quality in power control. Signless integer, value range: 1~3, the default value is 2.

18) PUQHREQT (Power Uplink HREQT): the reserved number used for calculating the measured mean of uplink quality in power control. Signless integer, value range: 1, the default value is 1.


Page 234 of 591

19) PDQWND (Power Downlink Quality Window): the number of examples used for calculating the measured mean of downlink quality in power control. Signless integer, value range: 1~31, the default value is 6.

20) PDQW (Power Downlink Quality Weight): the weight used for calculating the measured mean of downlink quality in power control. Signless integer, value range: 1~3, the default value is 2.

21) PDQHREQT (Power Downlink Quality HREQT): the reserved number used for calculating the measured mean of downlink quality in power control. Signless integer, value range: 1, the default value is 1.

22) PCUL (Power Control Uplink): whether power control is allowed in the uplink direction. Type Boolean, the default value is True.

23) PCDL (Power Control Downlink): whether power control is allowed in the downlink direction. Type Boolean, the default value is False.

24) PLULTHS (Power Low Uplink Threshold): the lower threshold of uplink signal power. Signless integer, value range: 0~63, the default value is 22.

25) PLULN (Power Low Uplink N): value N in the lower limit parameter of uplink signal power. Signless integer, value range: 1~31, the default value is 4.

26) PLULP (Power Low Uplink P): value P in the lower limit parameter of uplink signal power. Signless integer, value range: 1~31, the default value is 3.

27) PLDLTHS (Power Low Downlink Threshold): the lower threshold of downlink signal power. Signless integer, value range: 0~63, the default value is 26.

28) PLDLN (Power Low Downlink N): value N in the lower limit parameter of downlink signal power. Signless integer, value range: 1~31, the default value is 4.


Page 235 of 591

29) PLDLP (Power Low Downlink P): value P in the lower limit parameter of downlink signal power. Signless integer, value range: 1~31, the default value is 3.

30) PLUQTHS (Power Low Uplink Quality Threshold): the lower threshold of uplink signal quality. Signless integer, value range: 0~7, the default value is 2.

31) PLUQN (Power Low Uplink Quality N): value N in the lower limit parameter of uplink signal quality. Signless integer, value range: 1~31, the default value is 4.

32) PLUQP (Power Low Uplink Quality P): value P in the lower limit parameter of uplink signal quality. Signless integer, value range: 1~31, the default value is 3.

33) PLDQTHS (Power Low Downlink Quality Threshold): the lower threshold of downlink signal quality. Signless integer, value range: 0~7, the default value is 2.

34) PLDQN (Power Low Downlink Quality N): value N in the lower limit parameter of downlink signal quality. Signless integer, value range: 1~31, the default value is 4.

35) PLDQP (Power Low Downlink Quality P): value P in the lower limit parameter of downlink signal quality. Signless integer, value range: 1~31, the default value is 3.

36) PUULTHS (Power Up Uplink Threshold): the upper threshold of uplink signal power. Signless integer, value range: 0~63, the default value is 30.

37) PUULN (Power Up Uplink N): value N in the upper limit parameter of uplink signal power. Signless integer, value range: 1~31, the default value is 4.

38) PUULP (Power Up Uplink P): value P in the upper limit parameter of uplink signal power. Signless integer, value range: 1~31, the default value is 3.


Page 236 of 591

39) PUDLTHS (Power Up Downlink Threshold): the upper threshold of downlink signal power. Signless integer, value range: 0~63, the default value is 34.

40) PUDLN (Power Up Downlink N): value N in the upper limit parameter of downlink signal power. Signless integer, value range: 1~31, the default value is 4.

41) PUDLP (Power Up Downlink P): value P in the upper limit parameter of downlink signal power. Signless integer, value range: 1~31, the default value is 3.

42) PUUQTHS (Power Up Uplink Quality Threshold): the upper threshold of uplink signal quality. Signless integer, value range: 0~7, the default value is 0.

43) PUUQN (Power Up Uplink Quality N): value N in the upper limit parameter of uplink signal quality. Signless integer, value range: 1~31, the default value is 4.

44) PUUQP (Power Up Uplink Quality P): value P in the upper limit parameter of uplink signal quality. Signless integer, value range: 1~31, the default value is 3.

45) PUDQTHS (Power Up Downlink Quality Threshold): the upper threshold of downlink signal quality. Signless integer, value range: 0~7, the default value is 0.

46) PUDQN (Power Up Downlink Quality N): value N in the upper limit parameter of downlink signal quality. Signless integer, value range: 1~31, the default value is 4.

47) PUDQP (Power Up Downlink Quality P): value P in the upper limit parameter of downlink signal quality. Signless integer, value range: 1~31, the default value is 3.

48) MTPMAX (Ms Transit Power Max): maximum power level of MS. Signless integer, value range: 0~31, the default value is 5.


Page 237 of 591

49) MTPMIN (Ms Transit Power Min): minimum power level of MS. Signless integer, value range: 0~31, the default value is 16.

50) BTPMIN (Bs Transmit Power Min): minimum power level of BS. Signless integer, value range: 0~15, the default value is 10.

51) RAPIDPI (Rapid Power Identification): whether the fast power control process can be used. Type Boolean, the default value is False.

52) PCRPTPRD (Power Control Report Period): power control performance measurement report period (51 multi-frames). Signless integer, value range: 1~255, the default value is 240.

53) PRL0 (Power Reduce Level 0): the maximum power decreasing value of the 0th quality level. Signless integer, value range: 0~38, the default value is 24.

54) PRL1 (Power Reduce Level 1): the maximum power decreasing value of the 1st quality level. Signless integer, value range: 0~38, the default value is 22.

55) PRL2 (Power Reduce Level 2): the maximum power decreasing value of the 2nd quality level. Signless integer, value range: 0~38, the default value is 20.

56) PRL3 (Power Reduce Level 3): the maximum power decreasing value of the 3rd quality level. Signless integer, value range: 0~38, the default value is 18.




Page 238 of 591



61) ULPWCTRL: uplink power control strategy. Signless integer.

62) DLPWCTRL: downlink power control strategy. Signless integer.

63) SS_BTS: signal intensity of the MS expected to be received. Signless integer.

64) PWCTRMOD: power control mode. Signless integer.

65) PWCTRLEV: power control level. Signless integer.

66) P0: P0. Signless integer.

1.5.1.48 RPCD

1. Command function

To delete a power control functive.

2. Syntax structure

RPCD: BSSID {, SITEID, SITENAME } {, BTSID, BTSNAME}, PCID;


1) BSSID (Bss Function Identification): BSS identification. Signless integer, value range: 1~255.



Page 239 of 591



5) BTSNAME (Bts Name): cell identification name. Character string type, the length is 40.

6) PCID (Power Control Identification): power control identification. Signless integer, value range: 1.

1.5.1.49 RPCM

1. Command function

To modify a power control functive.

2. Syntax structure

RPCM: BSSID {, SITEID, SITENAME} {, BTSID, BTSNAME}, PCID: [PINCSTEP] [, PREDSTEP] [, PCINTERV] [, PULWND] [, PULW] [, PULHREQT] [, PDLWND] [, PDLW] [, PDLHREQT] [, PUQWND] [, PUQW] [, PUQHREQT] [, PDQWND] [, PDQW] [, PDQHREQT] [, PCUL] [, PCDL] [, PLULTHS] [, PLULN] [, PLULP] [, PLDLTHS] [, PLDLN] [, PLDLP] [, PLUQTHS] [, PLUQN] [, PLUQP] [, PLDQTHS] [, PLDQN] [, PLDQP] [, PUULTHS] [, PUULN] [, PUULP] [, PUDLTHS] [, PUDLN] [, PUDLP] [, PUUQTHS] [, PUUQN] [, PUUQP] [, PUDQTHS] [, PUDQN] [, PUDQP] [, MTPMAX] [, MTPMIN] [, BTPMIN] [, RAPIDPI] [, PCRPTPRD] [, PRL0] [, PRL1] [, PRL2] [, PRL3] [, PRL4] [, PRL5] [, PRL6] [, PRL7] [ULPWCTRL ] [, DLPWCTRL ] [, SS_BTS ] [, PWCTRMOD ] [, PWCTRLEV ] [, P0];





Page 240 of 591




6) PCID (Power Control Identification): power control identification. Signless integer, value range: 1, the default value is 1.

7) PINCSTEP (Power Increase Step): increasing step length of MS transmitting power. Signless integer, value range: 0~2.

8) PREDSTEP (Power Reduce Step): reducing step length of MS transmitting power. Signless integer, value range: 0~1.

9) PCINTERV (Power Change Interval): the minimum time interval for RF power adjustment. Signless integer, value range: 0~32.

10) PULWND (Power Uplink Window): the number of examples used for calculating the measured mean of uplink intensity in power control. Signless integer, value range: 1~31.

11) PULW (Power Uplink Weight): the weight used for calculating the weighted mean of uplink intensity in power control. Signless integer, value range: 1~3.

12) PULHREQT (Power Uplink HREQT): the reserved number used for calculating the weighted mean of uplink intensity in power control. Signless integer, value range: 1, the default value is 1.

13) PDLWND (Power Downlink Window): the number of examples used in calculating the measured mean of downlink intensity in power control. Signless integer, value range: 1~31.


Page 241 of 591

14) PDLW (Power Downlink Weight): the weight used for calculating the weighted mean of downlink intensity in power control. Signless integer, value range: 1~3.

15) PDLHRQT (Power Downlink HREQT): the reserved number used for calculating the weighted mean of downlink intensity in power control. Signless integer, value range: 1, the default value is 1.

16) PUQWND (Power Uplink Quality Window): the number of examples used for calculating the measured mean of uplink quality in power control. Signless integer, value range: 1~31.

17) PUQW (Power Uplink Quality Weight): the weight used for calculating the measured mean of uplink quality in power control. Signless integer, value range: 1~3.

18) PUQHREQT (Power Uplink Quality HREQT): the reserved number used for calculating the measured mean of uplink quality in power control. Signless integer, value range: 1, the default value is 1.

19) PDQWND (Power Downlink Quality Window): the number of examples used for calculating the measured mean of downlink quality in power control. Signless integer, value range: 1~31.

20) PDQW (Power Downlink Quality Weight): the weight used for calculating the measured mean of downlink quality in power control. Signless integer, value range: 1~3.

21) PDQHREQT (Power Downlink Quality HREQT): the reserved number used for calculating the measured mean of downlink quality in power control. Signless integer, value range: 1.

22) PCUL (Power Control Uplink): whether power control is allowed in the uplink direction. Type Boolean.

23) PCDL (Power Control Downlink): whether power control is allowed in the downlink direction. Type Boolean.


Page 242 of 591

24) PLULTHS (Power Low Uplink Threshold): the lower threshold of uplink signal power. Signless integer, value range: 0~63.

25) PLULN (Power Low Uplink N): value N in the lower limit parameter of uplink signal power. Signless integer, value range: 1~31.

26) PLULP (Power Low Uplink P): value P in the lower limit parameter of uplink signal power. Signless integer, value range: 1~31.

27) PLDLTHS (Power Low Downlink Threshold): the lower threshold of downlink signal power. Signless integer, value range: 0~63.

28) PLDLN (Power Low Downlink N): value N in the lower limit parameter of downlink signal power. Signless integer, value range: 1~31.

29) PLDLP (Power Low Downlink P): value P in the lower limit parameter of downlink signal power. Signless integer, value range: 1~31.

30) PLUQTHS (Power Low Uplink Quality Threshold): the lower threshold of uplink signal quality. Signless integer, value range: 0~7.

31) PLUQN (Power Low Uplink Quality N): value N in the lower limit parameter of uplink signal quality. Signless integer, value range: 1~31.

32) PLUQP (Power Low Uplink Quality P): value P in the lower limit parameter of uplink signal quality. Signless integer, value range: 1~31.

33) PLDQTHS (Power Low Downlink Quality Threshold): the lower threshold of downlink signal quality. Signless integer, value range: 0~7.

34) PLDQN (Power Low Downlink Quality N): value N in the lower limit parameter of downlink signal quality. Signless integer, value range: 1~31.

35) PLDQP (Power Low Downlink Quality P): value P in the lower limit parameter of downlink signal quality. Signless integer, value range: 1~31.


Page 243 of 591

36) PUULTHS (Power Up Uplink Threshold): the upper threshold of uplink signal power. Signless integer, value range: 0~63.

37) PUULN (Power Up Uplink N): value N in the upper limit parameter of uplink signal power. Signless integer, value range: 1~31.

38) PUULP (Power Up Uplink P): value P in the upper limit parameter of uplink signal power. Signless integer, value range: 1~31.

39) PUDLTHS (Power Up Downlink Threshold): the upper threshold of downlink signal power. Signless integer, value range: 0~63.

40) PUDLN (Power Up Downlink N): value N in the upper limit parameter of downlink signal power. Signless integer, value range: 1~31.

41) PUDLP (Power Up Downlink P): value P in the upper limit parameter of downlink signal power. Signless integer, value range: 1~31.

42) PUUQTHS (Power Up Uplink Quality Threshold): the upper threshold of uplink signal quality. Signless integer, value range: 0~7.

43) PUUQN (Power Uplink Quality N): value N in the upper limit parameter of uplink signal quality. Signless integer, value range: 1~31.

44) PUUQP (Power Up Uplink Quality P): value P in the upper limit parameter of uplink signal quality. Signless integer, value range: 1~31.

45) PUDQTHS (Power Up Downlink Quality Threshold): the upper threshold of downlink signal quality. Signless integer, value range: 0~7.

46) PUDQN (Power Up Downlink Quality N): value N in the upper limit parameter of downlink signal quality. Signless integer, value range: 1~31.

47) PUDQP (Power Up Downlink Quality P): value P in the upper limit parameter of downlink signal quality. Signless integer, value range: 1~31.


Page 244 of 591

48) MTPMAX (Ms Transmit Power Max): maximum power level of MS. Signless integer, value range: 0~31.

49) MTPMIN (Ms Transmit Power Min): : minimum power level of MS. Signless integer, value range: 0~31.

50) BTPMIN (Bs Transmit Power Min): minimum power level of BS. Signless integer, value range: 0~15.

51) RAPIDPI (Rapid Power Identification): whether the fast power control process can be used. Type Boolean, the default value is False.

52) PCRPTPRD (Power Control Report Period): power control performance measurement report period (51 multi-frames). Signless integer, value range: 1~255.

53) PRL0 (Power Reduce Level 0): the maximum power decreasing value of the 0th quality level. Signless integer, value range: 0~38.

54) PRL1 (Power Reduce Level 1): the maximum power decreasing value of the 1st quality level. Signless integer, value range: 0~38.

55) PRL2 (Power Reduce Level 2): the maximum power decreasing value of the 2nd quality level. Signless integer, value range: 0~38.

56) PRL3 (Power Reduce Level 3): the maximum power decreasing value of the 3rd quality level. Signless integer, value range: 0~38.






Page 245 of 591

61) ULPWCTRL: uplink power control strategy. Signless integer.

62) DLPWCTRL: downlink power control strategy. Signless integer.

63) SS_BTS: signal intensity of the MS expected to be received. Signless integer.

64) PWCTRMOD: power control mode. Signless integer.

65) PWCTRLEV: power control level. Signless integer.

66) P0: P0. Signless integer.

1.5.1.50 RPCQ

1. Command function

To query a power control object.

2. Syntax structure

RPCQ: BSSID {, SITEID, SITENAME} {, BTSID, BTSNAME}, PCID: PARAGRP;


1) BSSID (Bss Function Identification): BSS identification. Signless integer, value range: 1~255.





Page 246 of 591

5) BTSNAME (Bts Name): cell identification name. Character string type, the length is 40.

6) PCID (Power Control Identification): power control identification. Signless integer, value range: 1.

1.5.1.51 RPMC

1. Command function

To add a new PCM line object.

2. Syntax structure

RPMC: BSSID, PCMID: RPCMMO;



2) PCMID (PcmCircuit Identification): PcmCircuit identification number. Signless integer, value range: 1~384.

3) RPCMNO (Related Pcm No): DN of the related PCM device MO (Munit-Unit-PcmNo).Composite signless integer.

1.5.1.52 RPMD

1. Command function

To delete a PCM line object.

2. Syntax structure

RPMD: BSSID, PCMID;



Page 247 of 591


2) PCMID (PcmCircuit Identification): PcmCircuit identification number. Signless integer, value range: 1~384.

1.5.1.53 RPMQ

1. Command function

To view a PCM line object.

2. Syntax structure

RPMQ: BSSID, PCMID;



2) PCMID (Pcm Circuit Identification): PCM circuit identification number. Signless integer, value range: 1~384.

1.5.1.54 RRCC

1. Command function

To add a new radio carrier object.

2. Syntax structure

RRCC: BSSID {, SITEID, SITENAME} {, BTSID, BTSNAME}: RCID: RCLIST, PWRCLASS, tXPWRRED;



Page 248 of 591





5) BTSNAME (Bts Name): cell identification name. Character string type, the default length is 40.

6) RCID (Radio Carrier Identification): radio carrier identification. Signless integer, value range: 1~36.

7) RCLIST (RadioCarrier Frequency List): radio carrier frequency list. Composite signless integer, value range: a subset of the BTS frequency set.

8) PWRCLASS (Power Class): maximum transmitting power of carrier frequency. Signless integer, value range: 1~8.

9) TXPWRRED (TX Power Max Reduction): transmitting power adjustment. Signless integer, value range: 0~6. The default value is 0.

1.5.1.55 RRCD

1. Command function

To delete a radio carrier object.

2. Syntax structure

RRCD: BSSID {, SITEID, SITENAME} {, BTSID, BTSNAME}, RCID;


Page 249 of 591








1.5.1.56 RRCM

1. Command function

To modify a radio carrier object.

2. Syntax structure

RRCM: BSSID {, SITEID, SITENAME}, { BTSID, BTSNAME}, RCID: RCLIST, MODIMODE, tXPWRRED;





Page 250 of 591





7) RCLIST (RadioCarrier Frequency List): radio carrier frequency list. Composite signless integer, value range: a subset of the BTS frequency set.

8) MODIMODE (Modification Mode): modification mode. Signless integer, value range: 0 to 2. Among them, : 0: re-set; 1: add frequency point; 2: delete frequency point.

9) TXPWRRED (TX Power Max Reduction): transmitting power adjustment. Signless integer, value range: 0~6. The default value is 0.

1.5.1.57 RRCQ

1. Command function

To query a radio carrier object.

2. Syntax structure

RRCQ: BSSID {, SITEID, SITENAME} {, BTSID, BTSNAME}, RCID;




Page 251 of 591






1.5.1.58 RSIC

1. Command function

To add a functional base station management entity.

2. Syntax structure

RSIC: BSSID: SITEID, ALIAS: LOCNAME: MODULENO: RESITEMO: ROAMLAPD;





4) LOCNAME (Location Name): resource location information. Character string type, the maximum length is 40. default value: China.


Page 252 of 591

5) MODULENO (Module No.): peripheral module number. Signless integer, value range: 2 to 64.

6) RESITEMO (Related Equipment Site MO): DN of the physical SITE related to the BSS (ESiteId).Composite signless integer, value range: 1~1024.

7) ROAMLAPD (Radio Operation And Maintenance LAPD): operation and maintenance channel LapdLink. Composite signless integer, set the parameter as LapdLinkId for BTSV1A, and set the parameter RackNo1-LapdLinkId1&RackNo2-LapdLinkId2&RackNo3-LapdLinkId3 for BTSV2.

1.5.1.59 RSID

1. Command function

To delete a radio base station management object.

2. Syntax structure

RSID: BSSID {, SITEID, SITENAME};





1.5.1.60 RSIM

1. Command function

To modify the radio parameters of a ZTEBTSSITEMANAGER object.


Page 253 of 591

2. Syntax structure

RSIM: BSSID {, SITEID, SITENAME}: [ALIAS ] [, LOCNAME] [, ROAMLAPD];






5) LOCNAME (LocName): resource location information. Character string type, the maximum length is 40.

6) ROAMLAPD (ROamLapd): LAPD link. Signless integer, the default value is 0.

1.5.1.61 RSIQ

1. Command function

The view the radio parameters of a ZTEBTSSITEMANAGER object.

2. Syntax structure

RSIQ: BSSID {, SITEID, SITENAME} : PARAGRP;




Page 254 of 591



4) PARAGRP (Parameter Group): parameter group to be queried. Enumerated type, value range: ALL, the default value is ALL.

1.5.1.62 RTXA

1. Command function

To modify the administration state attribute of a baseband transceiver object..

2. Syntax structure

RTXA: BSSID {, SITEID, SITENAME} {, BTSID, BTSNAME}, tRXID : AD;








Page 255 of 591


7) AD (Administer State): administration state attribute.. Enumerated type, the enumerated items include: L, U, S. L: locking state; U: unlocking state; S: time delay blocking.

1.5.1.63 RTXC

1. Command function

To add a new baseband transceiver object.

2. Syntax structure

RTXC: BSSID {, SITEID, SITENAME} {, BTSID, BTSNAME} : TRXID, tRXTYPE : RPANELMO : RTLAPD;









Page 256 of 591

7) TRXTYPE (Transceiver Type): transceiver type. Signless integer, value range: 0, 1. Among them, : 0: normal; 1: special. The default value is 0.

8) RPANELMO (Related Panel MO): related BTS physical panel, ESiteId-Rack-Shelf-Panel. Composite signless integer.

9) RTLAPD (Related Telecom Lapd): related LAPD link under this BSS. Signless integer, value range: 1~3840.

1.5.1.64 RTXD

1. Command function

To delete a baseband transceiver object.

2. Syntax structure

RTXD: BSSID {, SITEID, SITENAME} {, BTSID, BTSNAME}, tRXID;









Page 257 of 591

1.5.1.65 RTXM

1. Command function

To modify a baseband transceiver object.

2. Syntax structure

RTXM: BSSID {, SITEID, SITENAME} {, BTSID, BTSNAME} : TRXID, RRCID, RTLAPD;








7) RRCID (Related RadioCarrier Identification): whether it is related to RadioCarrier. Signless integer, relating stands for baseband frequency hopping. Value range: 0~36.

8) RTLAPD (Related Telecom Lapd): related LAPD link under this BSS. Signless integer, value range: 1~3840.


Page 258 of 591

1.5.1.66 RTXQ

1. Command function

To query a baseband transceiver object.

2. Syntax structure

RTXQ: BSSID {, SITEID, SITENAME} {, BTSID, BTSNAME}, tRXID : PARAGRP;








7) PATAGRP (Parameter Group): radio parameter attribute package type.

Enumerated type, value range: STATES, ALL, the default value is ALL. ?

? ALL is for querying static attribute information, STATES is for querying dynamic attribute information.


Page 259 of 591

1.5.2 Man-machine commands of software loading

1.5.2.1 ZBOC

1. Command function

To create a BtsGeOsu (GeOsu of BTS) software version.

2. Syntax structure

ZBOC: {EBSCID, EBSCNAME}, SITETYPE, BTYPE, MODULENO: FILEVER;


1) EBSCID (BSC Equipment Identification): BSC identification No. Signless integer, value range: 1~255.

2) EBSCNAME (BSC Equipment Name): BSC name. Character string type, the maximum length of the character string is 40.

3) SITETYPE (Site Type): BTS SITE type. Signless integer, value range: 1~7.

4) BTYPE (Board Type): BTS board type. enumerated type, the enumerated values are as follows: OMU, EOMU, FU, CHP, B2CMM, B2CMMLOG, B2FUC, B2FUCLOG, B2CHP, B2CIP, MBSCU, MBDSP0, MBDSP1, MBRFIU, ETDC.

5) MODULENO (Module No): BSC module number. Signless integer, value range: 0~255, 0 stands for all peripheral modules.

6) FILEVER (File Version): version number of software file. Character string type, the maximum length of the character string is 12.

1.5.2.2 ZBOD

1. Command function


Page 260 of 591

To delete BtsGeOsu (GeOsu of BTS) software version.

2. Syntax structure

ZBOD: {EBSCID, EBSCNAME}, SITETYPE, BTYPE, MODULENO;







1.5.2.3 ZBOM

1. Command function

To modify a BtsGeOsu (GeOsu of BTS) software version.

2. Syntax structure

ZBOM: {EBSCID, EBSCNAME}, SITETYPE, BTYPE, MODULENO: FILEVER;



Page 261 of 591







1.5.2.4 ZBOQ

1. Command function

To query a BtsGeOsu (GeOsu of BTS) software version.

2. Syntax structure

ZBOQ: {EBSCID, EBSCNAME}, SITETYPE, BTYPE, MODULENO;





Page 262 of 591




1.5.2.5 ZBOR

1. Command function

To load a BtsGeOsu (GeOsu of BTS) software version.

2. Syntax structure

ZBOR: {EBSCID, EBSCNAME}, SITETYPE, BTYPE, MODULENO;







Page 263 of 591


1.5.2.6 ZDPC

1. Command function

To create the BSCSpecOsu software version of a DSP chip.

2. Syntax structure

ZDPC: {EBSCID, EBSCNAME}, MODULENO, MUNIT, UNIT, DSPNO: SOSUID: FILEID, FILEVER;




3) MODULENO (Module No): BSC module number. Signless integer, value range: 0~255.

4) MUNIT (Multiple Unit): BSC multi-unit name. Signless integer, value range: 2 to 127.

5) UNIT (Unit): BSC unit name. Signless integer, value range: 0~20.

6) DSPNO (Dsp No): DSP number. Signless integer, value range: from 1 to 8.

7) SOSUID (ZteOsu Identification): ID of OSU. Signless integer, value range0.


Page 264 of 591

8) FILEID (File Identification): software file identification. enumerated type, the enumerated values are as follows: BSC_FR, BSC_EFRBSC_EFRENBSC_HRBSC_BRPDSP.


1.5.2.7 ZDPD

1. Command function

To delete the BSCSpecOsu software version of a DSP chip.

2. Syntax structure

ZDPD: {EBSCID, EBSCNAME}, MODULENO, MUNIT, UNIT, DSPNO, SOSUID;









Page 265 of 591


1.5.2.8 ZDPM

1. Command function

To modify the BSCSpecOsu software version of a DSP chip.

2. Syntax structure

ZDPM: {EBSCID, EBSCNAME}, MODULENO, MUNIT, UNIT, DSPNO, SOSUID: FILEVER;











Page 266 of 591

1.5.2.9 ZDPQ

1. Command function

To query the BSCSpecOsu software version of a DSP chip.

2. Syntax structure

ZDPQ: {EBSCID, EBSCNAME}, MODULENO, MUNIT, UNIT, DSPNO, SOSUID;









1.5.2.10 ZDPR

1. Command function

To load a DSP software version.


Page 267 of 591

2. Syntax structure

ZDPR: {EBSCID, EBSCNAME}, MODULENO, MUNIT, UNIT, DSPNO, SOSUID;









1.5.2.11 ZDSV

1. Command function

To query the software version running on the foreground of a DSP chip.

2. Syntax structure

ZDSV: {EBSCID, EBSCNAME}, MODULENO, MUNIT, UNIT, DSPNO, OSUID: OPTIONS;


Page 268 of 591









8) OPTIONS ( Options): options. Signless integer, value range is 2.

1.5.2.12 ZGOC

1. Command function

To create a GeOsu software version.

2. Syntax structure

ZGOC: {EBSCID, EBSCNAME}, BIGTYPE, BTYPE: FILEVER: OPTIONS, SENDMDLE;



Page 269 of 591



3) BIGTYPE (Site Type): big type. Signless integer, value range: 1~5.

4) BTYPE (Board Type): BSC board type. enumerated type, the enumerated values are as follows: MP, DSN2B, SMB, SMT1, SMT2, DRT20, EDRT20, DTI, FR, EFR, EFREN, HR, NSPP, FSPP, tCPP, AIPP, BIPP, GIPP, BRP, FRP, MPPP, MPMP, MTP, 2MMTP, LAPD, PUC, BRP, FRP, GIPP, BRPDSP.


6) OPTIONS (Options): options. Signless integer, value range: 0, 1. 2, 3, 4. This attribute is effective only for MP loading, and it is specified as 1 in other conditions.

7) SENDMDLE (Send Module No): sending BSC module number. Signless integer, value range: 0, 1. 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, in which 0 stands for all peripheral modules.

1.5.2.13 ZGOD

1. Command function

To delete a GeOsu software version.

2. Syntax structure

ZGOD: {EBSCID, EBSCNAME}, BIGTYPE, BTYPE;



Page 270 of 591





1.5.2.14 ZGOM

1. Command function

To modify a GeOsu software version.

2. Syntax structure

ZGOM: {EBSCID, EBSCNAME}, BIGTYPE, BTYPE: FILEVER: OPTIONS, SENDMDLE;





4) BTYPE (Board Type): BSC board type. enumerated type, the enumerated values are as follows: MP, DSN2B, SMB, SMT1, SMT2, DRT20, EDRT20, DTI, FR, EFR, EFREN, HR, NSPP, FSPP, tCPP, AIPP,


Page 271 of 591

BIPP, GIPP, BRP, FRP, MPPP, MPMP, MTP, 2MMTP, LAPD, PUC, BRP, FRP, GIPP, BRPDSP.

5) FILEVER (File Version): version number of software file . Character string type, the maximum length of the character string is 12.

6) OPTIONS (Options): options. Signless integer, value range: 0, 1. 2, 3, 4. This attribute is effective only for MP loading, and it is specified as 1 in other conditions.

7) SENDMDLE (Send Module No): sending BSC module number. Signless integer, value range: 0, 1. 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, in which 0 stands for all peripheral modules.

1.5.2.15 ZGOQ

1. Command function

To query a GeOsu software version.

2. Syntax structure

ZGOQ: {EBSCID, EBSCNAME}, BIGTYPE, BTYPE;





4) BTYPE (Board Type): BSC board type. enumerated type, the enumerated values are as follows: MP, DSN2B, SMB, SMT1, SMT2, DRT20, EDRT20, DTI, FR, EFR, EFREN, HR, NSPP, FSPP, tCPP, AIPP,


Page 272 of 591

BIPP, GIPP, BRP, FRP, MPPP, MPMP, MTP, 2MMTP, LAPD, PUC, BRP, FRP, GIPP, BRPDSP.

1.5.2.16 ZGOR

1. Command function

To load a GeOsu software version.

2. Syntax structure

ZGOR: {EBSCID, EBSCNAME}, BIGTYPE, BTYPE;






1.5.2.17 ZSBC

1. Command function

To create a BSCSpecOsu software version.

2. Syntax structure


Page 273 of 591

ZSBC: EBSCID {, EBSCNAME}, MODULENO, MUNIT, UNIT: SOSUID: FILEID, FILEVER;







6) SOSUID (ZteOsu Identification): ID of OSU. Signless integer, value range: 0~1. Generally, if two boards related to a unit are used as active/standby boards, then 0 stands for the left board, and 1 stands for the right board.

7) FILEID (File Identification): software file identification. Enumerated type, the enumerated values are as follows: BSC_BOSN, BSC_SMB, BSC_SMT1, BSC_SMT2, BSC_DRT, BSC_EDRT, BSC_DTI, BSC_MP, BSC_IPCBEN, BSC_MTPEN, BSC_LAPDEN, BSC_FR, BSC_EFR, BSC_EFRC6, BSC_HR, BSC_PUC, BSC_BRP, BSC_FRP, BSC_GIPP, BSC_BRPDSP.


1.5.2.18 ZSBD

1. Command function

To delete a BSCSpecOsu software version.


Page 274 of 591

2. Syntax structure

ZSBD: EBSCID {, EBSCNAME }, MODULENO, MUNIT, UNIT, SOSUID;








1.5.2.19 ZSBM

1. Command function

To modify a BSCSpecOsu software version.

2. Syntax structure

ZSBM: {EBSCID, EBSCNAME}, MODULENO, MUNIT, UNIT, SOSUID: FILEVER;



Page 275 of 591








1.5.2.20 ZSBQ

1. Command function

To query a BSCSpecOsu software version.

2. Syntax structure

ZSBQ: {EBSCID, EBSCNAME}, MODULENO, MUNIT, UNIT, SOSUID;




Page 276 of 591






1.5.2.21 ZSBR

1. Command function

To load a BSCSpecOsu software version.

2. Syntax structure

ZSBR: {EBSCID, EBSCNAME}, MODULENO, MUNIT, UNIT, SOSUID;






Page 277 of 591




1.5.2.22 ZSIC

1. Command function

To create the software version of a BTS board (BtsSiteSpecOsu).

2. Syntax structure

ZSIC: EBSSID {, EBSSNAME}, ESITEID, BTYPE: FILEVER;


1) EBSSID: BSS Equipment Identification. Signless integer, value range: 1~255.

2) EBSSNAME: BSS Equipment Name.. Character string type, the maximum length of the character string is 40.

3) ESITEID (Site Equipment Identification): site equipment identification of the BSS equipment. Signless integer, value range: 1~1024.




Page 278 of 591

1.5.2.23 ZSID

1. Command function

To delete the software version of a BTS board (BtsSiteSpecOsu)

2. Syntax structure

ZSID: EBSSID {, EBSSNAME}, ESITEID, BTYPE;






1.5.2.24 ZSIM

1. Command function

To modify the software version of a BTS board (BtsSiteSpecOsu)

2. Syntax structure

ZSIM: EBSSID {, EBSSNAME}, ESITEID, BTYPE: FILEVER;



Page 279 of 591






1.5.2.25 ZSIQ

1. Command function

To query the software version of a BTS board (BtsSiteSpecOsu).

2. Syntax structure

ZSIQ: EBSSID {, EBSSNAME}, ESITEID, BTYPE;






Page 280 of 591


1.5.2.26 ZSIR

1. Command function

To load the software version of a BTS board (BtsSiteSpecOsu) ;

2. Syntax structure

ZSIR: EBSSID {, EBSSNAME}, ESITEID, BTYPE;






1.5.2.27 ZSWC

1. Command function

To create a storage software version.

2. Syntax structure


Page 281 of 591

ZSWC: {EBSCID, EBSCNAME }, MODULENO, FILEID, FILEVER: SRCPATH;






5) FILEID (File Identification): software file identification. Enumerated type, the enumerated values are as follows: BSC_MP, BSC_BOSN, BSC_SMB, BSC_SMT1, BSC_SMT2, BSC_DRT, BSC_EDRT, BSC_DTI, BSC_FR, BSC_EFR, BSC_EFREN, BSC_HR, BSC_GPP, BSC_GIPP, BSC_BRP, BSC_FRP, BSC_IPCBEN, BSC_IPCBEN, BSC_MTPEN, BSC_2MMTPEN, BSC_LAPDEN, BTS_OMU, BTS_FUC, BTS_CHP, BTSV2_CMM, BTSV2_CLG, BTSV2_FUC, BTSV2_FLG, BTSV2_CHP, BTSV2_CIP, BTS_SCU, BTS_DSP0, BTS_DSP1, BTS_RCU, BTS_ETDC, BSC_PUC, BSC_BRP, BSC_FRP, BSC_GIPP, BSC_BRPDSP.


1.5.2.28 ZSWD

1. Command function

To delete a storage software version.

2. Syntax structure

ZSWD: {EBSCID, EBSCNAME}, MODULENO, FILEID, FILEVER;


Page 282 of 591




3) MODULENO (Module No): BSC module number. Signless integer, value range: 0~255, in which 0 stands for all peripheral modules.



1.5.2.29 ZSWM

1. Command function

To modify a storage software version.

2. Syntax structure

ZSWM: {EBSCID, EBSCNAME}, MODULENO, FILEID, FILEVER: SRCPATH;




Page 283 of 591





6) SRCPATH (Source Path): file path. Character string type, the maximum length is 80.

1.5.2.30 ZSWN

1. Command function

To send a storage software version to MP.

2. Syntax structure

ZSWN: {EBSCID, EBSCNAME}, MODULENO, FILEID, FILEVER;





Page 284 of 591




1.5.2.31 ZSWQ

1. Command function

To query a storage software version.

2. Syntax structure

ZSWQ: {EBSCID, EBSCNAME}, MODULENO, FILEID, FILEVER;





4) FILEID (File Identification): software file identification. Enumerated type, the enumerated values are as follows: BSC_MP, BSC_BOSN, BSC_SMB,


Page 285 of 591

BSC_SMT1, BSC_SMT2, BSC_DRT, BSC_EDRT, BSC_DTI, BSC_FR, BSC_EFR, BSC_EFREN, BSC_HR, BSC_GPP, BSC_GIPP, BSC_BRP, BSC_FRP, BSC_IPCBEN, BSC_IPCBEN, BSC_MTPEN, BSC_2MMTPEN, BSC_LAPDEN, BTS_OMU, BTS_FUC, BTS_CHP, BTSV2_CMM, BTSV2_CLG, BTSV2_FUC, BTSV2_FLG, BTSV2_CHP, BTSV2_CIP, BTS_SCU, BTS_DSP0, BTS_DSP1, BTS_RCU, BTS_ETDC, BSC_PUC, BSC_BRP, BSC_FRP, BSC_GIPP, BSC_BRPDSP.


1.5.2.32 ZSYV

1. Command function

To query the software version of a BSC board running on the foreground.

2. Syntax structure

ZSYV: {EBSCID, EBSCNAME}, RACKNO, SHELFNO, SLOTNO (Slot No): BTYPE, OPTIONS;




3) RACKNO (Rack No): BSC rack number. Signless integer, value range: 1~16.

4) SHELFNO (Shelf No): BSC shelf number. Signless integer, value range: 1~6.

5) SLOTNO (Slot No): BSC board slot number. Signless integer, value range: 1~27.


Page 286 of 591

6) BTYPE (Board Type): BSC board type. Enumerated type, the enumerated values are as follows: DTI, DSN, CKI, DSNI, SYCK, PWRB, SMB, SMT1, SMT2, DSN2B, AIPP, BIPP, tCPP, NSPP, FSPP, ATIC, BTIC, INTERNALTIC, COMI, DRT20, EDRT20, PWRP, GIPP, PUC, GTIC, BRP, FRP.

7) OPTIONS (Options): options. Signless integer, value range: 0~3. 0: querying BOOT version; 1: querying application program version; 2: querying DSP version; 3: querying MP version.

1.5.2.33 ZTPV

1. Command function

To query the software version of a board running on the foreground of BTS.

2. Syntax structure

ZTPV: EBSSID {, EBSSNAME}, ESITEID, RACKNO, SHELFNO, PANELNO: PTYPE, BTYPE;





4) RACKNO (RACK NUMBER): BTS rack number. Signless integer, value range: 1~4.

5) SHELFNO (SHELF NUMBER): BTS shelf number. Signless integer, value range: 1~5.


Page 287 of 591

6) PANELNO (PANEL NUMBER): BTS panel number. Signless integer, value range: 1~16.

7) PTYPE (PANEL TYPE): BTS panel type. Enumerated type, the enumerated values are as follows: OMU, EOMU, tRU, CMM, tRM, MBSCU, MBTRX, ETDC, STRU.

8) BTYPE (Board Type): board type. Enumerated type, the enumerated values are as follows: OMU, EOMU, FU, CHP, B2CMM, B2CMMLOG, B2FUC, B2FUCLOG, B2CHP, B2CIP, MBSCU, MBDSP0, MBDSP1, MBRFIU, ETDC.

1.5.3 Man-machine commands of integrated configuration management

1.5.3.1 EACC

1. Command function

To create the COM of A interface time slots.

2. Syntax structure

EACC: {EBSCID, EBSCNAME}, MODULENO, MUNIT, UNIT, HWNO: AIPPTS: TCPPMU, tCPPUNIT, tCPPHW, tCPPTS;




3) MODULENO (Module No.): BSC module No. Signless integer, the default value is 1.

4) MUNIT (Multiple Unit): AIPP multi-unit name. Signless integer, value range: 2 to 127.


Page 288 of 591

5) UNIT (Unit): AIPP unit name. Signless integer, value range: 0~20.

6) HWNO (Hw No.): HW number of AIPP. Signless integer, value range: 1~16.

7) AIPPTS (Aipp Ts): time slot number of AIPP. Signless integer, value range: 0~127.

8) TCPPMU (Tcpp Multiple Unit): multi-unit name of TCPP. Signless integer, value range: 2 to 127.

9) TCPPUNIT (Tcpp Unit): TCPP unit name. Signless integer, value range: 0~16.

10) TCPPHW (Tcpp Hw): TCPP HW number. Signless integer, value range: 1~16.

11) TCPPTS (Tcpp Ts): TCPP time slot number. Signless integer, value range: 0~127.

1.5.3.2 EACD

1. Command function

To delete the COM of A interface time slots.

2. Syntax structure

EACD: {EBSCID, EBSCNAME}, MODULENO, MUNIT, UNIT, HWNO, AIPPTS;





Page 289 of 591






1.5.3.3 EACQ

1. Command function

To view the COM attribute of A interface time slots.

2. Syntax structure

EACQ: {EBSCID, EBSCNAME}, MODULENO, MUNIT, UNIT, HWNO, AIPPTS: PARAGRP;







Page 290 of 591




8) PARAGRP (Parameter Group): attribute package type. Enumerated type, the enumerated items include ALL, the default value is ALL.

1.5.3.4 EATA

1. Command function

To modify the status attribute of A interface trunk circuits.

2. Syntax structure

EATA: {EBSCID, EBSCNAME}, MODULENO, MUNIT, UNIT, PCMNO, tS: AD, SPY;





4) MUNIT (Multiple Unit): multi-unit name. Signless integer, value range: 2 to 127.



Page 291 of 591

6) PCMNO (Pcm No.): PCM No. Signless integer, value range: 1~4.

7) TS (Time Slot): time slot number. Signless integer, value range: 0~31.

8) AD (Administer State): administration state attribute.. Enumerated type, the enumerated items include: L (locking state), U (unlocking state), S (time delay blocking).

9) SPY: Spy status attribute. Signless integer, value range: 0~1.

1.5.3.5 EATC

1. Command function

To create an A interface trunk circuit.

2. Syntax structure

EATC: {EBSCID, EBSCNAME}, MODULENO, MUNIT, UNIT, PCMNO: TS, tRKGRP, CICNO: AIPPHW, AIPPTS: TNETHW, tNETTS, tNETSTS: KIND;









Page 292 of 591


8) TRKGRP (Trunk Group): trunk circuit group . Signless integer, value range: 0~7.

9) CICNO (Circuit No.): circuit number. Signless integer, value range: 0~255.

10) AIPPHW (Aipp Hw): HW number of AIPP. Signless integer, value range: 1~16.

11) AIPPTS (Aipp Time Slot): time slot number of AIPP. Signless integer, value range: 0~127.

12) TNETHW (Tnet Hw): T net HW number. Signless integer, value range: 1~64.

13) TNETTS (Tnet Time Slot): T net time slot number. Signless integer, value range: 0~127.

14) TNETSTS (Tnet Time Slot): T net sub-time slot number. Signless integer, value range: 0~255.

15) KIND (Kind): trunk circuit type. Signless integer, value range: 0~5. 0: the trunk circuit is used for voice channel; 1: the trunk circuit is used for operation and maintenance; 2: the trunk circuit is used for CCS; 3: reserved; 4: the trunk circuit is used for EAM; 5: the trunk circuit is used for transparent channel.

1.5.3.6 EATD

1. Command function

To delete an A interface trunk relation.

2. Syntax structure

EATD: {EBSCID, EBSCNAME}, MODULENO, MUNIT, UNIT, PCMNO, tS;


Page 293 of 591






5) UNIT (Unit): unit name. Signless integer, value range: 0~20.



1.5.3.7 EATQ

1. Command function

To view the attribute of an A interface trunk circuit.

2. Syntax structure

EATQ: {EBSCID, EBSCNAME}, MODULENO, MUNIT, UNIT, PCMNO, tS: PARAGRP;





Page 294 of 591






8) PARAGRP (Parameter Group): attribute package type. Enumerated type, enumerated items: ALL, STATES, the default value is ALL.

1.5.3.8 EAUA

1. Command function

To modify the AUCTS status attribute of a Gb interface.

2. Syntax structure

EAUA: {EBSCID, EBSCNAME}, MODULENO, MUNIT, AUCCFG: AD;






Page 295 of 591

4) MUNIT (Multiple Unit): SPCU multi-unit name, it is unnecessary to specify the unit name because the master control unit is always the No.0 unit. Signless integer, value range: 0~127, the default value is 0.

5) AUCCFG (AucCfg): AucCfg. Signless integer, value range: 1, the default value is 1.

6) AD (Administer State): administration state attribute.. Enumerated type, the enumerated items include: L, U, S. L: locking state; U: unlocking state; S: time delay blocking.

1.5.3.9 EAUC

1. Command function

To create AUCTS of Gb interface.

2. Syntax structure

EAUC: {EBSCID, EBSCNAME}, MODULENO, MUNIT, AUCCFG: GIUMUNIT, GIPPHW, tNETHW, BRPGPRS, FRPGPRS;







Page 296 of 591


6) GIUMUNIT (GiuMunit): GIU multi-unit name. Signless integer, value range: 0~127.

7) GIPPHW (GippHw): the 8M HW line for connecting GIPP with AUC. Signless integer, value range: 9 to 16.

8) TNETHW (Tnet HW): the No. of the 8M HW line from AUC to BOSN. Signless integer, value range: 1~64.

9) BRPGPRS (Brpgprs): number of active BRP boards. Signless integer.

10) FRPGPRS (Frpgprs): number of active FRP boards. Signless integer.

1.5.3.10 EAUD

1. Command function

To delete AUCTS of Gb interface.

2. Syntax structure

EAUD: {EBSCID, EBSCNAME}, MODULENO, MUNIT, AUCCFG;






Page 297 of 591



1.5.3.11 EAUM

1. Command function

To modify AUCTS of Gb interface.

2. Syntax structure

EAUM: {EBSCID, EBSCNAME}, MODULENO, MUNIT, AUCCFG: GIUMUNIT, GIPPHW, tNETHW, BRPGPRS, FRPGPRS;







6) GIUMUNIT (GiuMunit): GIU multi-unit name. Signless integer, value range: 0~127.


Page 298 of 591

7) GIPPHW (GippHw): the 8M HW line for connecting GIPP with AUC. Signless integer, value range: 9 to 16.

8) TNETHW (Tnet HW): the No. of the 8M HW line from AUC to BOSN. Signless integer, value range: 1~64.

9) BRPGPRS (Brpgprs): number of active BRP boards. Signless integer.

10) FRPGPRS (Frpgprs): number of active FRP boards. Signless integer.

1.5.3.12 EAUQ

1. Command function

To view the AUCTS attribute of Gb interface.

2. Syntax structure

EAUQ: {EBSCID, EBSCNAME}, MODULENO, MUNIT, AUCCFG: PARAGRP;







Page 299 of 591


6) PARAGRP (Parameter Group): attribute package type.

1.5.3.13 EBCC

1. Command function

This command is used to create a BSC.

2. Syntax structure

EBCC: EBSCID (BSC Equipment Identification): ALIAS, VERSION: L, B: {MSCID, MSCNAME}: OPC, SPTYPE, tESTCODE, tESTID, AM: LECM;


1) EBSCID (BSC Equipment Identification): BSC identification. Signless integer, value range1~255.

2) ALIAS (Alias): BSC alias. Character string type, The maximum length of the character string is 40.

3) VERSION (Version): BSC version number. Enumerated type, enumerated items: 10, 20.

4) L (Latitude): latitude coordinates of BSC location. Floating-point type, value range: -180 to 180, the default value is 0.

5) B (Longitude): longitude coordinates of BSC location. Floating-point type, value range: -90 to 90, the default value is 0.

6) MSCID (MSC Identification): MSC identification number of the BSC. Signless integer, value range: 1~255.

7) MSCNAME (MSC Name): MSC identification name of the BSC. Character string type, The maximum length of the character string is 40.


Page 300 of 591

8) OPC (Ordinant Point Code): BSC signaling point code. Signless integer, value range: 1~16383.

9) SPTYPE (Signaling Point Type): signaling point type. Signless integer, value range: 1~3. the default value is 3. Among them, 1: signaling end point (SEP); 2: signaling transfer point (STP); 3: signaling end/transfer point (STEP).

10) TESTCODE (Test Code): test code. Character string type, The maximum length of the character string is 16. the default value is “0000000000000000”.

11) TESTID (Test Identification): whether test flag is required. Type Boolean, the default value is T.

12) AM (Associated Mode): the connecting relationship between MSC signaling point and BSC signaling point. Signless integer, value range: 1~2. the default value is 1. Among them, 1 : Associated Mode; 2: Quasi-associated Mode.

13) LECM (Link Error Correct Method): link error correction method; Signless integer, value range: 1~2. the default value is 1. Among them, 1: basic error correction method, with a transmission time delay less than or equal to 15ms.

1.5.3.14 EBCD

1. Command function

To delete a BSC (the radio BSC must be deleted first).

2. Syntax structure

EBCD: {EBSCID, EBSCNAME};


1) EBSCID (BSC Equipment Identification): BSC identification. Signless integer, value range: 1~255.


Page 301 of 591

2) EBSCNAME (BSC Equipment Name): BSC identification name.

1.5.3.15 EBCM

1. Command function

To modify the attribute value of an object BSC identification.

2. Syntax structure

EBCM: {EBSCID, EBSCNAME}: [ALIAS][, L][, B][, OPC][, tESTCODE][, tESTID][, AM][, LECM];



2) EBSCNAME (BSC Equipment Name): BSC identification name. Character string type, The maximum length of the character string is 40.

3) ALIAS (Alias): new BSC alias. Character string type, The maximum length of the character string is 40.

4) L (Latitude): latitude coordinates of BSC location. Floating-point type, value range: -180~180.

5) B (Longitude): longitude coordinates of BSC location. Floating-point type, value range: -90~90.

6) OPC (Ordinant Point Code): BSC signaling point code. Signless integer, value range: 1~16383.

7) TESTCODE (Test Code): test code. Character string type, The maximum length of the character string is 16.

8) TESTID (Test Identification): whether test flag is required. Type Boolean.


Page 302 of 591

9) AM (Associated Mode): the connecting relationship between MSC signaling point and BSC signaling point. Signless integer, value range: 1~2. Among them, 1: Associated Mode; 2: Quasi-associated Mode.

10) LECM (Link Error Correct Method): link error correction method. Signless integer, value range: 1~2. Among them, 1: basic error correction method, with a transmission time delay less than or equal to 15ms; 2: preventive cyclic resending (PCR) correction method, with a transmission time delay greater than or equal to 15ms.

1.5.3.16 EBCQ

1. Command function

To view the attribute of an object BSC.

2. Syntax structure

EBCQ: {EBSCID, EBSCNAME}: PARAGRP;



2) EBSCNAME (BSC Equipment Name): BSC identification name. Character string type, The maximum length of the character string is 40.

3) PARAGRP (Parameter Group): parameter attribute package type. Enumerated type, the enumerated items include ALL.

1.5.3.17 EBFA

1. Command function

To modify the configuration status attribute of a BRP board.

2. Syntax structure


Page 303 of 591

EBFA: {EBSCID, EBSCNAME}, MODULENO, MUNIT, UNIT, AUCHW: AD;





4) MUNIT (Multiple Unit): SPCU multi-unit name. Signless integer, value range: 2 to 127.

5) UNIT (Unit): BRP unit name. Signless integer, value range: 0~20.

6) AUCHW (Auc Hw.): HW number of the AUC. Signless integer, value range: 8 to 16.

7) AD (Administer State): administration state. Enumerated type, the enumerated items include: L, U, S. Among them, L: locking state; U: unlocking state; S: time delay blocking.

1.5.3.18 EBFC

1. Command function

To create BRPCFG.

2. Syntax structure

EBFC: {EBSCID, EBSCNAME}, MODULENO, MUNIT, UNIT: AUCHW;



Page 304 of 591






6) AUCHW (Auc Hw.): HW number of the AUC.

1.5.3.19 EBFD

1. Command function

To delete BRPCFG.

2. Syntax structure

EBFD: {EBSCID, EBSCNAME}, MODULENO, MUNIT, UNIT, AUCHW;






Page 305 of 591




1.5.3.20 EBFQ

1. Command function

To view BRPCFG attribute.

2. Syntax structure

EBFQ: {EBSCID, EBSCNAME}, MODULENO, MUNIT, UNIT, AUCHW: PARAGRP;









Page 306 of 591

7) PARAGRP (Parameter Group): attribute package type. Enumerated type, the enumerated items include: STATES, STATIC, the default value is ALL.

1.5.3.21 EBHA

1. Command function

To modify the status attribute of a physical bearer channel (BRCH) of Gb interface.

2. Syntax structure

EBHA: {EBSCID, EBSCNAME}, MODULENO, MUNIT, UNIT, PCMNO, SPCUMUNT: AD;





4) MUNIT (Multiple Unit): GIU multi-unit name. Signless integer, value range: 2 to 127.

5) UNIT (Unit): TIC unit. Signless integer, value range: 0~20.

6) PCMNO (Pcm No.): 2M PCM line of TIC . Signless integer, value range: 1~4.

7) SPCUMUNT (SPCU Munit): SPCU multi-unit name, 0 stands for Unconfigured. Signless integer.


Page 307 of 591

8) AD (Administer State): administration state attribute.. Enumerated type, the enumerated items include: L, U, S. Among them, L: locking state; U: unlocking state; S: time delay blocking.

1.5.3.22 EBHC

1. Command function

To create a physical bearer channel (BRCH) of Gb interface.

2. Syntax structure

EBHC: {EBSCID, EBSCNAME}, MODULENO, MUNIT, UNIT, PCMNO: SPCUMUNT, AUCFRPNO, N391, N392, N393, t391, AR;










Page 308 of 591

8) AUCFRPNO (AUC Frp No): the sequence number allocated in the 8M HW between GIPP and AUC of the bearer channel (1~4), 0 stands for Unconfigured, Signless integer.

9) N391 (N391): the polling counter of all PVC statuses. Signless integer.

10) N392 (N392): failure threshold. Signless integer.

11) N393 (N393): detection event counter. Signless integer.

12) T391 (T391): polling timer for link integrity confirmation (unit: 10ms). Signless integer.

13) AR (AR): access rate (number of effective 64kb/s time slots).

1.5.3.23 EBHD

1. Command function

To delete a physical bearer channel (BRCH) of Gb interface..

2. Syntax structure

EBHD: {EBSCID, EBSCNAME}, MODULENO, MUNIT, UNIT, PCMNO, SPCUMUNT;






Page 309 of 591





1.5.3.24 EBHM

1. Command function

To modify a physical bearer channel (BRCH) of Gb interface..

2. Syntax structure

EBHM: {EBSCID, EBSCNAME}, MODULENO, MUNIT, UNIT, PCMNO, SPCUMUNT: AUCFRPNO, N391, N392, N393, t391, AR;








Page 310 of 591



8) AUCFRPNO (AUC Frp No): the sequence number allocated in the 8M HW between GIPP and AUC of the bearer channel (1~4), 0 stands for Unconfigured. Signless integer.

9) N391 (N391): the polling counter of all PVC statuses. Signless integer.

10) N392 (N392): failure threshold. Signless integer.

11) N393 (N393): detection event counter. Signless integer.

12) T391 (T391): polling timer for link integrity confirmation (unit: 10ms). Signless integer.

13) AR (AR): access rate (number of effective 64kb/s time slots).

1.5.3.25 EBHQ

1. Command function

To view the attribute of a physical bearer channel (BRCH) of Gb interface..

2. Syntax structure

EBHQ: {EBSCID, EBSCNAME}, MODULENO, MUNIT, UNIT, PCMNO, SPCUMUNT: PARAGRP;




Page 311 of 591








1.5.3.26 EBNA

1. Command function

To modify the status attribute of BUS484 under a monitor board.

2. Syntax structure

EBNA: {EBSCID, EBSCNAME}, RACKNO, SHELFNO, SLOTNO, BUSNO, ADDR: AD;



2) EBSCNAME (BSC Equipment Name): BSC name. Character string type, The maximum length of the character string is 40.


Page 312 of 591

3) RACKNO (Rack No.): BSC rack No. Signless integer, value range: 1~16.

4) SHELFNO (Shelf No.): BSC shelf No. Signless integer, value range: 0~6.

5) SLOTNO (Slot No.): BSC slot No. Signless integer, value range: 0~27.

6) BUSNO (Bus No.): Bus number. Signless integer, value range: 1~8.

7) ADDR (Address): bus address. Signless integer, value range: 2 to 127.


1.5.3.27 EBNC

1. Command function

To create BUS485 under a monitor board.

2. Syntax structure

EBNC: {EBSCID, EBSCNAME}, RACKNO, SHELFNO, SLOTNO, BUSNO: ADDR, LINKPORT, MUNIT;






Page 313 of 591





8) LINKPORT (Link Port): port number. Signless integer, value range: 0~65535.

9) MUNIT (Multiple Unit): multi-unit name. Signless integer, the default value is 0, value range: 2 to 127.

1.5.3.28 EBND

1. Command function

To delete BUS485 under a monitor board.

2. Syntax structure

EBND: {EBSCID, EBSCNAME}, RACKNO, SHELFNO, SLOTNO, BUSNO, ADDR;






Page 314 of 591





1.5.3.29 EBNQ

1. Command function

To view the BUS485 attribute under a monitor board.

2. Syntax structure

EBNQ: {EBSCID, EBSCNAME}, RACKNO, SHELFNO, SLOTNO, BUSNO, ADDR: PARAGRP;









Page 315 of 591


8) PARAGRP (Parameter Group): attribute package type. Enumerated type, the enumerated items include: ALL, the default value is ALL.

1.5.3.30 EBTA

1. Command function

To modify the status attribute of Abis interface trunk circuit.

2. Syntax structure

EBTA: {EBSCID, EBSCNAME}, MODULENO, MUNIT, UNIT, PCMNO, tS, SUBTS: SPY;









8) SUBTS (Sub Time Slot): sub-time slot number. Signless integer, value range: 0~255.


Page 316 of 591

9) SPY: administration state attribute.. Signless integer, value range: 0~1.

1.5.3.31 EBTC

1. Command function

To create an Abis interface trunk circuit.

2. Syntax structure

EBTC: {EBSCID, EBSCNAME}, MODULENO, MUNIT, UNIT, PCMNO, tS: SUBTS: BIPPUNIT, BIPPHW, BIPPTS, BIPPTS: TNETHW, tNETTS, tNETSTS: KIND: SITEID, BTSID, tRXID, tN;











Page 317 of 591

9) BIPPUNIT (Bipp Unit): BIPP unit name. Signless integer, value range: 0~20.

10) BIPPHW (Bipp Hw): BIPP HW number. Signless integer, value range: 1~16.

11) BIPPTS (Bipp Time Slot): BIPP time slot number. Signless integer, value range: 0~127.

12) BIPPSTS (Bipp Sub Time Slot): BIPP sub-time slot number. Signless integer, value range: 0~255.



15) TNETSTS (Tnet Sub Time Slot): T net sub-time slot number. Signless integer, value range: 0~255.

16) KIND (Kind): trunk circuit type. Signless integer, value range: 1~5. Among them, 1: the trunk circuit is used for voice channel; 2: the trunk circuit is used for OMU operation and maintenance; 3: the trunk circuit is used for TRU operation and maintenance; 4: EAM transparent channel; 5: multi-TS transparent channel.

17) SITEID (Site Identification): logic site identification. Signless integer, value range: 0, this value needs to be filled automatically by the radio part.

18) BTSID (Bts Identification): logic cell identification. Signless integer, value range: 0, this value needs to be filled automatically by the radio part.

19) TRXID (Trx Identification): logic transceiver identification. Signless integer value, value range: 0, this value needs to be filled automatically by the radio part.


Page 318 of 591

20) TN (Trunk No.): connection time slot number. Signless integer, value range: 0, this value needs to be filled automatically by the radio part.

1.5.3.32 EBTD

1. Command function

To delete an Abis interface trunk circuit.

2. Syntax structure

EBTD: {EBSCID, EBSCNAME}, MODULENO, MUNIT, UUNIT, PCMNO, tS, SUBTS;




3) MODULENO (Module No.): BSC module number. Signless integer, the default value is 1.







Page 319 of 591

1.5.3.33 EBTQ

1. Command function

To view the attribute of an Abis interface trunk circuit.

2. Syntax structure

EBTQ: {EBSCID, EBSCNAME}, MODULENO, MUNIT, UNIT, PCMNO, tS, SUBTS: PARAGRP;




3) MODULENO: module number. Signless integer, the default value is 1.








Page 320 of 591

1.5.3.34 EBUA

1. Command function

To modify the status attribute of BUS485 under multi-unit.

2. Syntax structure

EBUA: {EBSCID, EBSCNAME}, MODULENO, MUNIT, BUSNO, ADDR: AD;









1.5.3.35 EBUC

1. Command function

To create a BUS485 under multi-unit.


Page 321 of 591

2. Syntax structure

EBUC: {EBSCID, EBSCNAME}, MODULENO, MUNIT, BUSNO: ADDR, LINKPORT, CSlOTNO;









8) CSLOTNO (Control Slot No.): control layer slot number. Signless integer, value range: 0, the default value is 0.

1.5.3.36 EBUD

1. Command function

To delete a BUS485 under multi-unit.

2. Syntax structure

EBUD: {EBSCID, EBSCNAME}, MODULENO, MUNIT, BUSNO, ADDR;


Page 322 of 591








1.5.3.37 EBUQ

1. Command function

To view the attribute of a BUS485 (under multi-unit).

2. Syntax structure

EBUQ: {EBSCID, EBSCNAME}, MODULENO, MUNIT, BUSNO, ADDR: PARAGRP;





Page 323 of 591





7) PARAGRP (Parameter Group): attribute package type. Enumerated type, the enumerated items include: ALL, the default value is ALL.

1.5.3.38 EDCC

1. Command function

To create DropCom.

2. Syntax structure

EDCC: EBSSID {, ESITEID, ESITENM}, RACKNO, BIEPCM, BIETS: BIESUBTS: PCMOUT, tSOUT, SUBTSOUT;


1) EBSSID (BSS Identification): connected BSS identification. Signless integer, value range: 1~255.

2) ESITEID: Site Equipment Identification. Signless integer, value range: 1~1024.

3) ESITENM: Site Equipment Name. Character string type, Character

string ? the maximum length is 40.

4) RACKNO (Rack No.): rack No. of the shelf. Signless integer, value range: 1~4.


Page 324 of 591

5) BIEPCM (BIE Pcm): No. of the PCM to BIE. Signless integer, value range: 1~6.

6) BIETS (Base station Interface Equipment TS): time slot number of the PCM to BIE. Signless integer, value range: 0~31.

7) BIESUBTS (BIE Sub Ts): sub-time-slot number of the PCM to BIE. Enumerated type, value range: 0, 1, 2, 3, 251, 252, 253, 254, 255.

8) PCMOUT (PCM Out): No. of the PCM from BIE. Signless integer, value range: 1~6.

9) TSOUT (Ts Out): time slot number of the PCM from BIE. Signless integer, value range: 0~31.

10) SUBTSOUT (Sub Ts Out): sub-time-slot number of the PCM from BIE. Signless integer, value range: 0, 1, 2, 3, 251, 252, 253, 254, 255.

1.5.3.39 EDCD

1. Command function

To delete DropCom.

2. Syntax structure

EDCD: EBSSID {, ESITEID, ESITENM}, RACKNO, BIEPCM, BIETS, BIESUBTS;





Page 325 of 591

3) ESITENM: Site Equipment Name. Character string type, the maximum length of the character string is 40.




7) BIESUBTS (BIE Sub Ts): sub-time-slot number of the PCM to BIE. Enumerated type, value range: 0, 1. 2, 3, 251, 252, 253, 254, 255.

1.5.3.40 EDCQ

1. Command function

To view the related attribute of the adjacent site of DropCom.

2. Syntax structure

EDCQ: EBSSID {, ESITEID, ESITENM}, RACKNO, BIEPCM, BIETS, BIESUBTS: PARAGRP;




3) ESITENM (Site Equipment Name): site equipment alias. Character string type, the maximum length of the character string is 40.


Page 326 of 591




7) BIESUBTS (BIE Sub Ts): sub-time-slot number of the PCM to BIE. Enumerated type, value range: 0, 1. 2, 3, 251, 252, 253, 254, 255.

8) PARAGRP (Parameter Group): parameter attribute package type. Enumerated type, value range: ALL.

1.5.3.41 EDPC

1. Command function

To create a DropBie PCM.

2. Syntax structure

EDPC: EBSSID, {ESITEID, ESITENM}, RACKNO (Rack No): BIEPCM: RELSITE, RELRACK, RELBPCM;


1) EBSSID: BSS Identification. Signless integer, value range: 1~255.





Page 327 of 591

5) BIEPCM (BIE Pcm): PCM No. of the BS E1 interface. Signless integer, value range: 1~6.

6) RELSITE (Related Site Equipment): equipment identification of adjacent site. Signless integer, value range: 1~1024.

7) RELRACK (Related Rack): adjacent rack number. Signless integer, value range: 1~4.

8) RELBPCM (Related aBis PCM): PCM No. of the adjacent BS E1 interface. Signless integer, value range: 1~4.

1.5.3.42 EDPD

1. Command function

To delete a DropBie PCM.

2. Syntax structure

EDPD: EBSSID, {ESITEID, ESITENM}, RACKNO, BIEPCM;








Page 328 of 591

1.5.3.43 EDPQ

1. Command function

To view the attribute of a DropBie PCM.

2. Syntax structure

EDPQ: EBSSID {, ESITEID, ESITENM}, RACKNO, BIEPCM: PARAGRP;








1.5.3.44 EDSA

1. Command function

To modify DSP status attribute.

2. Syntax structure

EDSA: {EBSCID, EBSCNAME}, MODULENO, MUNIT, UNIT, DSPNO: AD;


Page 329 of 591






5) UNIT (Unit): BSC unit name. Signless integer, value range0~20.

6) DSPNO (Dsp No.): DSP number. Signless integer, value range: 1~8.


1.5.3.45 EDSC

1. Command function

To create a DSP under a DRT unit.

2. Syntax structure

EDSC: {EBSCID, EBSCNAME}, MODULENO, MUNIT, UNIT: DSPNO, DSPTYPE;




Page 330 of 591






7) DSPTYPE (Dsp Type): DSP type. Signless integer, value range: 1~15.

1.5.3.46 EDSD

1. Command function

To delete a DSP under a DRT line.

2. Syntax structure

EDSD: {EBSCID, EBSCNAME}, MODULENO, MUNIT, UNIT, DSPNO;







Page 331 of 591



1.5.3.47 EDSQ

1. Command function

To view the attribute of a DSP.

2. Syntax structure

EDSQ: {EBSCID, EBSCNAME}, MODULENO, MUNIT, UNIT, DSPNO: PARAGRP;










Page 332 of 591

1.5.3.48 EFFA

1. Command function

To modify the configuration status attribute of a FRP board.

2. Syntax structure

EFFA: {EBSCID, EBSCNAME}, MODULENO, MUNIT, UNIT, AUCHW: AD;






5) UNIT (Unit): FRP unit name. Signless integer, value range: 0~20.



1.5.3.49 EFFC

1. Command function

To create a FRPCFG.


Page 333 of 591

2. Syntax structure

EFFC: {EBSCID, EBSCNAME}, MODULENO, MUNIT, UNIT: AUCHW;







6) AUCHW (Auc Hw.): HW number of the AUC. Signless integer, value range: 1~16.

1.5.3.50 EFFD

1. Command function

To delete a FRPCFG.

2. Syntax structure

EFFD: {EBSCID, EBSCNAME}, MODULENO, MUNIT, UNIT, AUCHW;




Page 334 of 591






1.5.3.51 EFFQ

1. Command function

To view the attribute of a FRPCFG.

2. Syntax structure

EFFQ: {EBSCID, EBSCNAME}, MODULENO, MUNIT, UNIT, AUCHW: PARAGRP;







Page 335 of 591


6) AUCHW (Auc Hw.): HW number of the AUC. Signless integer, value range: 1~16.


1.5.3.52 EFSA

1. Command function

To modify the administration state attribute of a remote SMPP board COM.

2. Syntax structure

EFSA: {EBSCID, EBSCNAME}, MODULENO, MUNIT, UNIT, PCMNO, FSMPPTS, FSMPPSTS: AD;





4) MUNIT (Multiple Unit): multi-unit name of the remote SMPP board. Signless integer, value range: 2 to 127.

5) UNIT (Unit): unit name of the remote SMPP board. Signless integer, value range: 0~20.


Page 336 of 591

6) PCMNO (Pcm No.): PCM No. of the remote SMPP board. Signless integer, value range: 1~4.

7) FSMPPTS (Far Smpp Time Slot): time slot number of the remote SMPP board. Signless integer, value range: 0~127.

8) FSMPPSTS (Far Smpp Sub Time Slot): sub-time slot number of the remote SMPP board. Signless integer, value range: 0~255.


1.5.3.53 EFSC

1. Command function

To create the COM of a remote SMPP board.

2. Syntax structure

EFSC: {EBSCID, EBSCNAME}, MODULENO, MUNIT, UNIT, PCMNO, FSMPPTS: FSMPPSTS: FSPPHW1, FSPPTS1: FSPPHW2, FSPPTS2: TNETHW, tNETTS, tNETSTS;







Page 337 of 591


6) PCMNO (Pcm No.): PCM No. of the remote SMPP board. Signless integer, value range: 1~4.

7) FSMPPTS (Far Smpp Time Slot): time slot number of the remote SMPP board. Signless integer, value range: 0~127.

8) FSMPPSTS (Far Smpp Sub Time Slot): sub-time slot number of the remote SMPP board. Signless integer, value range: 0~255.

9) FSPPHW1 (FSPP Hw No.1): FSPP HW number 1. Signless integer, value range: 0~16.

10) FSPPTS1 (FSPP Time Slot No.1): FSPP time slot number 1. Signless integer, value range: 0~127.

11) FSPPHW2 (FSPP Hw No.2): FSPP HW number 2. Signless integer, value range: 0~16.




1.5.3.54 EFSD

1. Command function

To delete the COM of a remote SMPP board.

2. Syntax structure


Page 338 of 591

EFSD: {EBSCID, EBSCNAME}, MODULENO, MUNIT, UNIT, PCMNO, FSMPPTS, FSMPPSTS;







6) PCMNO (Pcm No.): PCM number of the remote SMPP. Signless integer, value range: 1~4.

7) FSMPPTS (Far Smpp Time Slot): time slot number of the remote SMPP Signless integer, value range: 0~127.

8) FSMPPSTS (Far Smpp Sub Time Slot): sub-time-slot number of the remote SMPP. Signless integer, value range: 0~255.

1.5.3.55 EFSQ

1. Command function

To view the COM status attribute of a remote SMPP board.

2. Syntax structure


Page 339 of 591

EFSQ: {EBSCID, EBSCNAME}, MODULENO, MUNIT, UNIT, PCMNO, FSMPPTS, FSMPPSTS: PARAGRP;







6) PCMNO (Pcm No.): PCM number of the remote SMPP. Signless integer, value range: 1~4.

7) FSMPPTS (Far Smpp Time Slot): time slot number of the remote SMPP Signless integer, value range: 0~127.

8) FSMPPSTS (Far Smpp Sub Time Slot): sub-time-slot number of the remote SMPP. Signless integer, value range: 0~255.

9) PARAGRP (Parameter Group): parameter attribute package type. Enumerated type, enumerated items: ALL (including dynamic attribute and static attribute), the default value is ALL.

1.5.3.56 EGCA

1. Command function

To modify the status attribute of a Gb interface time slot.


Page 340 of 591

2. Syntax structure

EGCA: {EBSCID, EBSCNAME}, MODULENO, MUNIT, UNIT, PCMNO, tS: AD;








7) TS (Ts): time slot number. Signless integer, value range: 0~127.

8) AD (Administer State): administration state attribute.. Enumerated type, the enumerated items include: L, U, S. Among them, L: locking state; U: unlocking state.

1.5.3.57 EGCC

1. Command function

To create the COM of a Gb interface time slot.

2. Syntax structure


Page 341 of 591

EGCC: {EBSCID, EBSCNAME}, MODULENO, MUNIT, UNIT, PCMNO: TS, GIPPHW1, GIPPTS1, GIPPHW2, GIPPTS2;






5) UNIT (Unit): TIC unit name. Signless integer, value range: 0~20.

6) PCMNO (Pcm No.): PCM number of TIC. Signless integer, value range: 1~4.


8) GIPPHW1 (Gipp Hw1): GIPP HW1 number. Signless integer, value range: 1~16.

9) GIPPTS1 (Gipp Ts): GIPP time slot number 1. Signless integer, value range: 0~127.

10) GIPPHW2 (Gipp Hw): GIPP HW2 number. Signless integer, value range: 1~16.

11) GIPPTS2 (Gipp Ts): GIPP time slot number 2.

1.5.3.58 EGCD

1. Command function


Page 342 of 591

To delete the COM of a Gb interface time slot.

2. Syntax structure

EGCD: {EBSCID, EBSCNAME}, MODULENO, MUNIT, UNIT, PCMNO, tS;









1.5.3.59 EGCM

1. Command function

To modify the COM of a Gb interface time slot.

2. Syntax structure

EGCM: {EBSCID, EBSCNAME}, MODULENO, MUNIT, UNIT, PCMNO, tS: GIPPHW1, GIPPTS1, GIPPHW2, GIPPTS2;



Page 343 of 591





5) UNIT (Unit): TIC unit name. Signless integer, value range: 0~20.

6) PCMNO (Pcm No.): PCM number of TIC. Signless integer, value range: 1~4.


8) GIPPHW1 (Gipp Hw1): GIPP HW1 number. Signless integer, value range: 1~16.

9) GIPPTS1 (Gipp Ts): GIPP time slot number 1. Signless integer, value range: 0~127.

10) GIPPHW2 (Gipp Hw): GIPP HW2 number. Signless integer, value range: 1~16.

1.5.3.60 EGCQ

1. Command function

To view the COM attribute of a Gb interface time slot.

2. Syntax structure

EGCQ: {EBSCID, EBSCNAME}, MODULENO, MUNIT, UNIT, PCMNO, tS: PARAGRP;


Page 344 of 591










1.5.3.61 EGPC

1. Command function

To create a Gb interface PCM line of a BSC.

2. Syntax structure

EGPC : {EBSCID, EBSCNAME}, MODULENO, MUNIT, UNIT: PCMNO;




Page 345 of 591





6) PCMNO (Pcm No.): PCM No.

1.5.3.62 EGPD

1. Command function

To delete a Gb interface PCM line of a BSC.

2. Syntax structure

EGPD: {EBSCID, EBSCNAME}, MODULENO, MUNIT, UNIT, PCMNO;








Page 346 of 591


1.5.3.63 EGPQ

1. Command function

To view the attribute of a Gb interface PCM.

2. Syntax structure

EGPQ: {EBSCID, EBSCNAME}, MODULENO, MUNIT, UNIT, PCMNO: PARAGRP;









1.5.3.64 EGTA

1. Command function

To modify the GTRUNK status attribute of a Gb interface time slot.


Page 347 of 591

2. Syntax structure

EGTA: {EBSCID, EBSCNAME}, MODULENO, MUNIT, UNIT, tS: AD, SPY;







6) TS (Ts): BRP unit ? time slot number. Signless integer, value range: 0~127.


8) SPY ( Administer State): Spy status attribute.

1.5.3.65 EGTC

1. Command function

To create a GTRUNK of a Gb interface time slot.

2. Syntax structure

EGTC: {EBSCID, EBSCNAME}, MODULENO, MUNIT, UNIT: TS, DSPNO;


Page 348 of 591








7) DSPNO (Dsp No): the DSP number corresponding to the time slot. Signless integer, value range: 1~8.

1.5.3.66 EGTD

1. Command function

To delete a GTRUNK of a Gb interface time slot.

2. Syntax structure

EGTD: {EBSCID, EBSCNAME}, MODULENO, MUNIT, UNIT, PCMNO, tS;




Page 349 of 591






7) TS (Ts): time slot number.

1.5.3.67 EGTM

1. Command function

To modify a GTRUNK of a Gb interface time slot.

2. Syntax structure

EGTM: {EBSCID, EBSCNAME}, MODULENO, MUNIT, UNIT, tS: DSPNO;







Page 350 of 591



7) DSPNO (Dsp No): the DSP number corresponding to the time slot.

1.5.3.68 EGTQ

1. Command function

To view the GTRUNK attribute of a Gb interface time slot.

2. Syntax structure

EGTQ: {EBSCID, EBSCNAME}, MODULENO, MUNIT, UNIT, tS: PARAGRP;










Page 351 of 591

1.5.3.69 EHCA

1. Command function

To modify the status attribute of the HDLC channel coding under a MPPP board.

2. Syntax structure

EHCA: {EBSCID, EBSCNAME}, RACKNO, SHELFNO, SLOTNO, BCH: AD;







6) BCH (Base Channel): channel No. Signless integer, value range: 0~63.

7) AD (Administer State): administration state. Enumerated type, the enumerated items include: L, U, S. Among them, L: locking state; U: unlocking state.

1.5.3.70 EHCC

1. Command function


Page 352 of 591

To create the channel coding of HDLC under a MPPP board.

2. Syntax structure

EHCC: {EBSCID, EBSCNAME}, RACKNO, SHELFNO, SLOTNO (Slot No): BCH, LINKPORT, WIDTH, MUNIT;









8) WIDTH (Width): width of control channel. Signless integer, value range: 1~16.

9) MUNIT (Multiple Unit): invalid multi-unit name.

1.5.3.71 EHCD

1. Command function

To delete the channel coding of HDLC under a control-layer board.


Page 353 of 591

2. Syntax structure

EHCD: {EBSCID, EBSCNAME}, RACKNO, SHELFNO, SLOTNO, BCH;





4) SHELFNO (Shelf No): BSC shelf No. Signless integer, value range: 0~6.


6) BCH (Base Channel): channel No.

1.5.3.72 EHCQ

1. Command function

To view the attribute of a HDLC channel under a control-layer board.

2. Syntax structure

EHCQ: {EBSCID, EBSCNAME}, RACKNO, SHELFNO, SLOTNO, BCH: PARAGRP;




Page 354 of 591







1.5.3.73 EHDA

1. Command function

To modify the channel coding of HDLC under a multi-unit.

2. Syntax structure

EHDA: {EBSCID, EBSCNAME}, MODULENO, MUNIT, BCH: AD;







Page 355 of 591


6) AD (Administer State): administration state. Enumerated type, enumerated items: L, U, S. Among them, L: locking state; U: unlocking state.

1.5.3.74 EHDC

1. Command function

To create the channel coding of HDLC under a multi-unit.

2. Syntax structure

EHDC: {EBSCID, EBSCNAME}, MODULENO, MUNIT: BCH, LINKPORT, WIDTH, CSLOTNO;








7) WIDTH (Width): width of control channel. Signless integer, value range: 1~16.


Page 356 of 591

8) CSLOTNO (Control Slot No.): control layer slot number. Signless integer, the default value is 0. When Munit is the master control unit, CSlotNo=0.

1.5.3.75 EHDD

1. Command function

To delete the channel coding of HDLC under a multi-unit.

2. Syntax structure

EHDD: {EBSCID, EBSCNAME}, MODULENO, MUNIT, BCH;







1.5.3.76 EHDQ

1. Command function

To view the channel coding attribute of HDLC under a multi-unit.

2. Syntax structure


Page 357 of 591

EHDQ: {EBSCID, EBSCNAME}, MODULENO, MUNIT, BCH: PARAGRP;








1.5.3.77 EHWA

1. Command function

To modify the status attribute of a internal HW.


EHWA: {EBSCID, EBSCNAME}, MODULENO, MUNIT, UNIT, HWNO: AD;





Page 358 of 591




6) HWNO (Hw No.): HW No. Signless integer, value range: 1~16.


1.5.3.78 EHWC

1. Command function

To create an internal HW under a BSC unit.

2. Syntax structure

EHWC: {EBSCID, EBSCNAME}, MODULENO, MUNIT, UNIT: HWNO, HWSET, DELAY;







Page 359 of 591



7) HWSET (Hw Set): HW setting. Signless integer, value range: 0~65535.

8) DELAY (Delay): HW time delay.

1.5.3.79 EHWD

1. Command function

To delete an internal HW under a BSC unit.

2. Syntax structure

EHWD: {EBSCID, EBSCNAME}, MODULENO, MUNIT, UNIT, HWNO;







6) HWNO (Hw No.): HW No.


Page 360 of 591

1.5.3.80 EHWQ

1. Command function

To view the attribute of an internal HW.

2. Syntax structure

EHWQ: {EBSCID, EBSCNAME}, MODULENO, MUNIT, UNIT, HWNO: PARAGRP;







6) HWNO (Hw No.): HW No.


1.5.3.81 ELBA

1. Command function

To modify the status attribute of LAPD channel coding.

2. Syntax structure


Page 361 of 591

ELBA: {EBSCID, EBSCNAME}, RACKNO, SHELFNO, SLOTNO, BCH, tEI: AD;







6) BCH (Base Channel): channel number of the LAPD board. Signless integer, value range: 0~63.

7) TEI (Terminal Equipment Identification): terminal equipment identification. Signless integer, value range: 0~16.


1.5.3.82 ELBC

1. Command function

To create LAPD channel coding under a LAPD board.

2. Syntax structure


Page 362 of 591

ELBC: {EBSCID, EBSCNAME}, RACKNO, SHELFNO, SLOTNO, BCH: TEI, SMODULE: SITEID, BTSID, tRXID;








7) TEI (Terminal Equipment Identification): terminal equipment identification. Signless integer, value range: 0~16.

8) SMODULE: Stored Module. Signless integer, value range: 1~64.

9) SITEID (Site Identification): logic site identification. Signless integer, value range: 0, this value needs to be filled automatically by the radio part.

10) BTSID (Bts Identification): logic cell identification. Signless integer, value range: 0, this value needs to be filled automatically by the radio part.

11) TRXID (Trx Identification): logic transceiver identification.


Page 363 of 591

1.5.3.83 ELBD

1. Command function

To delete the LADP channel coding under a LAPD board.

2. Syntax structure

ELBD: {EBSCID, EBSCNAME}, RACKNO, SHELFNO, SLOTNO, BCH, tEI;








7) TEI (Terminal Equipment Identification): terminal equipment identification.

1.5.3.84 ELBQ

1. Command function

To view the attribute of LAPD channel coding .


Page 364 of 591

2. Syntax structure

ELBQ: {EBSCID, EBSCNAME}, RACKNO, SHELFNO, SLOTNO, BCH, tEI: PARAGRP;








7) TEI (Terminal Equipment Identification): terminal equipment identification.


1.5.3.85 ELTC

1. Command function

To create a time slot of a LAPD board.

2. Syntax structure


Page 365 of 591

ELTC: {EBSCID, EBSCNAME}, MODULENO, MUNIT, UNIT, HWNO: NEARTS: FARHW, FARTS: TICUNIT, tICPCM, tICTS: RACKNO, SHELFNO, SLOTNO, BCH;





4) MUNIT (Multiple Unit): BIPP multi-unit name. Signless integer, value range: 2 to 127.

5) UNIT (Unit): BIPP unit name. Signless integer, value range: 0~20.

6) HWNO (Hw No.): near-end HW No. Signless integer, value range: 1~16.

7) NEARTS (Near Time Slot): near-end time slot No. Signless integer, value range: 0~127.

8) FARHW (Far Hw): far-end HW number. Signless integer, value range: 1~16.

9) FARTS (Far Time Slot): far-end time slot number. Signless integer, value range: 0~127.

10) TICUNIT (Tic Unit): TIC unit name. Signless integer, value range: 0~20.

11) TICPCM (Tic Pcm): PCM number of TIC. Signless integer, value range: 1~4.


Page 366 of 591

12) TICTS (Tic Time Slot): TIC time slot number. Signless integer, value range: 0~31.



15) SLOTNO (Slot No.): slot number of the corresponding LAPD board. Signless integer, value range: 1~27.

16) BCH (Base Channel): channel number of the corresponding LAPD board.

1.5.3.86 ELTD

1. Command function

To delete a time slot of a LAPD.

2. Syntax structure

ELTD: {EBSCID, EBSCNAME}, MODULENO, MUNIT, UNIT, HWNO, NEARTS;






Page 367 of 591




7) NEARTS (Near Time Slot): near-end time slot No.

1.5.3.87 ELTQ

1. Command function

To view the time slot attribute of a LAPD board.

2. Syntax structure

ELTQ: {EBSCID, EBSCNAME}, MODULENO, MUNIT, UNIT, HWNO, NEARTS: PARAGRP;









Page 368 of 591



1.5.3.88 EMTC

1. Command function

To create a time slot of a MPMP board.

2. Syntax structure

EMTC: {EBSCID, EBSCNAME}, MODULENO, MUNIT, UNIT, HWNO: NEARTS: TNETHW, tNETTS;











Page 369 of 591

9) TNETTS (Tnet Time Slot): T net time slot number.

1.5.3.89 EMTD

1. Command function

To delete a time slot of a MPMP board.

2. Syntax structure

EMTD: {EBSCID, EBSCNAME}, MODULENO, MUNIT, UNIT, HWNO, NEARTS;









1.5.3.90 EMTQ

1. Command function

To view the time slot attribute of a MPMP board.


Page 370 of 591

2. Syntax structure

EMTQ: {EBSCID, EBSCNAME}, MODULENO, MUNIT, UNIT, HWNO, NEARTS: PARAGRP;










1.5.3.91 ENSC

1. Command function

To create the COM of a NSPP board.

2. Syntax structure

ENSC: {EBSCID, EBSCNAME}, MODULENO, MUNIT, UNIT, PCMNO: NSMPPTS: NSPPHW, NSPPTS: TNETHW, tNETTS;


Page 371 of 591





4) MUNIT (Multiple Unit): near-end SMPP multi-unit name. Signless integer, value range: 2 to 127.

5) UNIT (Unit): near-end SMPP unit name. Signless integer, value range: 0~20.

6) PCMNO (Pcm No.): PCM No. of the near-end SMPP. Signless integer, value range: 1~4.

7) NSMPPTS (Near Smpp Time Slot): time slot No. of the near-end SMPP.. Signless integer, value range: 0~127.

8) NSPPHW (Nspp Hw): NSPP HW number. Signless integer, value range: 0~16.

9) NSPPTS (Nspp Time Slot): NSPP time slot number. Signless integer, value range: 0~127.



1.5.3.92 ENSD

1. Command function


Page 372 of 591

To delete the COM of a NSPP board.

2. Syntax structure

ENSD: {EBSCID, EBSCNAME}, MODULENO, MUNIT, UNIT, PCMNO, NSMPPTS;









1.5.3.93 ENSQ

1. Command function

To view the COM attribute of a NSPP board.

2. Syntax structure


Page 373 of 591

ENSQ: {EBSCID, EBSCNAME}, MODULENO, MUNIT, UNIT, PCMNO, NSMPPTS: PARAGRP;










1.5.3.94 ENVA

1. Command function

To modify the status attribute of a NSVC of a Gb interface.

2. Syntax structure

ENVA: {EBSCID, EBSCNAME}, NSVCI: AD;


Page 374 of 591





4) NSVCI (NSVC Id): identification number of NS-VC. Signless integer.


1.5.3.95 ENVC

1. Command function

To create a NSVC of a Gb interface.

2. Syntax structure

ENVC: {EBSCID, EBSCNAME}: NSVCI, NSEI, DLCI, GIUMUNIT, tUNIT, tSUNIT, CIR, BC, BE, tC;






Page 375 of 591

4) NSEI (NSE Id .): identification number of NSE (for check). Signless integer.

5) DLCI (DLC Id): the corresponding DLCI value (10bit). Signless integer.

6) GIUMUNIT (GIU MUNIT): GIU multi-unit name. Signless integer, value range: 1~127.

7) TUNIT (TIC UNIT): TIC unit. Signless integer.

8) TSUNIT (TS UNIT): 2M PCM line of TIC. Signless integer.

9) CIR (CIR): committed rate (k/s). Signless integer.

10) BC (BC): committed burst packet size (k). Signless integer.

11) BE (BE): burst packet beyond size. Signless integer.

12) TC (TC): agreed network detection time (Bc/ CIR). Signless integer.

1.5.3.96 ENVD

1. Command function

To delete a NSVC of a Gb interface.

2. Syntax structure

ENVD: {EBSCID, EBSCNAME}, NSVCI;





Page 376 of 591


1.5.3.97 ENVM

1. Command function

To modify a NSVC of a Gb interface.

2. Syntax structure

ENVM: {EBSCID, EBSCNAME}, NSEI, NSVCI: DLCI, GIUMUNIT, tUNIT, tSUNIT, CIR, BC, BE, tC;




3) NSEI (NSE Id .): identification number of NSE (for check). Signless integer.


5) DLCI (DLC Id): the corresponding DLCI value (10bit). Signless integer.

6) GIUMUNIT (GIU MUNIT): GIU multi-unit name. Signless integer, value range: 1~127.

7) TUNIT (TIC UNIT): TIC unit. Signless integer.

8) TSUNIT (TS UNIT): 2M PCM line of TIC. Signless integer.

9) CIR (CIR): committed rate (k/s). Signless integer.

10) BC (BC): committed burst packet size (k). Signless integer.


Page 377 of 591

11) BE (BE): burst packet beyond size. Signless integer.

12) TC (TC): agreed network detection time (Bc/ CIR).

1.5.3.98 ENVQ

1. Command function

To view the NSVC attribute of a Gb interface.

2. Syntax structure

ENVQ: {EBSCID, EBSCNAME}, NSVCI: PARAGRP;






1.5.3.99 ENWA

1. Command function

To modify the status attribute of an internal HW.

2. Syntax structure

ENWA: {EBSCID, EBSCNAME}, MODULENO, MUNIT, UNIT, HWNO: AD;



Page 378 of 591




4) MUNIT (Multiple Unit): BSC multi-unit name. Signless integer, the default value is 2.


6) HWNO (Hw No.): HW No. Signless integer, value range1~64.

7) AD (Administer State): administration state. Enumerated type, enumerated items: L, U, S. Among them, L: locking state; U: unlocking state; S: time delay blocking.

1.5.3.100 ENWC

1. Command function

To create a T net HW under a BSC unit.

2. Syntax structure

ENWC: {EBSCID, EBSCNAME}, MODULENO, MUNIT, UNIT: HWNO, HWSET, DELAY;





Page 379 of 591


4) MUNIT (Multiple Unit): multi-unit name of the T net. Signless integer, the default value is 2.




8) DELAY (Delay): HW time delay. Signless integer, value range: 0~255.

1.5.3.101 ENWD

1. Command function

To delete a T net HW under a BSC unit.

2. Syntax structure

NWD: {EBSCID, EBSCNAME}, MODULENO, MUNIT, UNIT, HWNO;







Page 380 of 591



1.5.3.102 ENWQ

1. Command function

To view the HW attribute of a T net.

2. Syntax structure

ENWQ: {EBSCID, EBSCNAME}, MODULENO, MUNIT, UNIT, HWNO: PARAGRP;








7) PARAGRP (Parameter Group): attribute package type. Enumerated type, enumerated items: ALL, STATES, STATIC, the default value is ALL.


Page 381 of 591

1.5.3.103 EPAA

1. Command function

To modify the status attribute of an A interface PCM.

2. Syntax structure

EPAA: {EBSCID, EBSCNAME}, MODULENO, MUNIT, UNIT, PCMNO: AD;









1.5.3.104 EPAC

1. Command function

To create an A interface PCM line of a BSC.


Page 382 of 591

2. Syntax structure

EPAC: {EBSCID, EBSCNAME, MODULENO}, MUNIT, UNIT: PCMNO;








1.5.3.105 EPAD

1. Command function

To delete an A interface PCM line of a BSC.

2. Syntax structure

EPAD: {EBSCID, EBSCNAME}, MODULENO, MUNIT, UNIT, PCMNO;




Page 383 of 591






1.5.3.106 EPAQ

1. Command function

To view the attribute of an A interface PCM.

2. Syntax structure

EPAQ: {EBSCID, EBSCNAME}, MODULENO, MUNIT, UNIT, PCMNO: PARAGRP;







Page 384 of 591




1.5.3.107 EPBA

1. Command function

To modify the status attribute of an ABIS interface PCM.

2. Syntax structure

EPBA: {EBSCID, EBSCNAME}, MODULENO, MUNIT, UNIT, PCMNO: AD;










Page 385 of 591

1.5.3.108 EPBC

1. Command function

To create a PCM connection relation between both ends of an ABIS interface of a BSC.

2. Syntax structure

EPBC: {EBSCID, EBSCNAME}, MODULENO, MUNIT, UNIT: PCMNO, ESITEID, RACKNO, BIEPCM: RMODULE;








7) ESITEID (Physical Site Identification): identification number of the connected physical site. Signless integer, value range: 1~1024.

8) RACKNO (Rack No.): rack number of the connected site. Signless integer, value range: 1~4.

9) BIEPCM (Base Station Interface Equipment Pcm): connected PCM number. Signless integer, value range: 1~4.


Page 386 of 591

10) RMODULE (Radio Module): connected radio module number. Signless integer, value range: 1~64.

1.5.3.109 EPBD

1. Command function

To delete the BPCM under an ABIS interface PCM.

2. Syntax structure

EPBD: {EBSCID, EBSCNAME}, MODULENO, MUNIT, UNIT, PCMNO;








1.5.3.110 EPBQ

1. Command function

To view the attribute of an ABIS interface PCM.

2. Syntax structure


Page 387 of 591

EPBQ: {EBSCID, EBSCNAME}, MODULENO, MUNIT, UNIT, PCMNO: PARAGRP;








7) PARAGRP (Parameter Group): attribute package type. Enumerated type, the enumerated items include: ALL, STATES, STATIC, the default value is ALL.

1.5.3.111 EPCC

1. Command function

To create a PC2M link.

2. Syntax structure

EPCC: {EBSCID, EBSCNAME}: LINK: CSLOTNO, BCH: TRKMUNIT, tRKUNIT, tRKPCM, tRKTS;



Page 388 of 591



3) LINK (Link): link number. Signless integer, value range: 0~63.

4) CSLOTNO (Slot No.): slot number. Signless integer, value range: 1~27.

5) BCH (Base Channel): channel identification number. Signless integer, value range: 0~63.

6) TRKMUNIT (Trunk Multiple Unit): multi-unit name of the circuit. Signless integer, value range: 2 to 127.

7) TRKUNIT (Trunk Unit): unit name of the circuit. Signless integer, value range: 0~20.

8) TRKPCM (Trunk Pcm): PCM number of the circuit. Signless integer, value range: 1~4.

9) TRKTS (Trunk Time Slot): time slot number of the circuit. Signless integer, value range: 0~31.

1.5.3.112 EPCD

1. Command function

To delete a PC2M link.

2. Syntax structure

EPCD: {EBSCID, EBSCNAME}: LINK;



Page 389 of 591




1.5.3.113 EPCQ

1. Command function

To view the attribute of a PC2M link.

2. Syntax structure

EPCQ: {EBSCID, EBSCNAME}: LINK: PARAGRP;






1.5.3.114 EPEC

1. Command function

To create a PECM environment monitoring time slot.

2. Syntax structure


Page 390 of 591

EPEC: {EBSCID, EBSCNAME}, MODULENO, MUNIT, UNIT, PCMNO: PECMTS: TNETHW, tNETTS, tNETSTS: ESITEID;





4) MUNIT (Multiple Unit): PECM multi-unit name. Signless integer, value range: 2 to 127.

5) UNIT (Unit): PECM unit name. Signless integer, value range: 0~20.

6) PCMNO (Pcm No.): PECM ? PCM No. Signless integer, value range: 1~4.

7) PECMTS (Pecm Time Slot): PECM time slot number. Signless integer, value range: 0~127.




11) ESITEID (Physical Site Identification): physical site identification. Signless integer, value range: 0~1024.


Page 391 of 591

1.5.3.115 EPED

1. Command function

To delete a PECM environment monitoring time slot.

2. Syntax structure

EPED: {EBSCID, EBSCNAME}, MODULENO, MUNIT, UNIT, PCMNO, PECMTS;








7) PECMTS (Pecm Time Slot): PECM time slot number.

1.5.3.116 EPEQ

1. Command function

To view the attribute of a PECM environment monitoring time slot.


Page 392 of 591

2. Syntax structure

EPEQ: {EBSCID, EBSCNAME}, MODULENO, MUNIT, UNIT, PCMNO, PECMTS: PARAGRP;








7) PECMTS (Pecm Time Slot): PECM time slot number.

1.5.3.117 EPIA

1. Command function

To modify the status attribute of an ABIS interface PCM.

2. Syntax structure

EPIA: {EBSCID, EBSCNAME}, MODULENO, MUNIT, UNIT, PCMNO: AD;



Page 393 of 591








1.5.3.118 EPIC

1. Command function

To create an ABIS interface PCM line of a BSC.

2. Syntax structure

EPIC: {EBSCID, EBSCNAME}, MODULENO, MUNIT, UNIT: PCMNO;





Page 394 of 591





1.5.3.119 EPID

1. Command function

To delete an ABIS interface PCM line of a BSC.

2. Syntax structure

EPID: {EBSCID, EBSCNAME}, MODULENO, MUNIT, UNIT, PCMNO;









Page 395 of 591

1.5.3.120 EPIQ

1. Command function

To view the attribute of an ABIS interface PCM.

2. Syntax structure

EPIQ: {EBSCID, EBSCNAME}, MODULENO, MUNIT, UNIT, PCMNO: PARAGRP;









1.5.3.121 EPOC

1. Command function

To create a circuit pool.


Page 396 of 591

2. Syntax structure

EPOC: {EBSCID, EBSCNAME}, MODULENO, MUNIT, UNIT, HWNO: TCPPTS: DRTUNIT, DSPNO: TNNETHW, tNETTS, tNETSTS;





4) MUNIT (Multiple Unit): TCPP multi-unit name. Signless integer, value range: 2 to 127.

5) UNIT (Unit): TCPP unit name. Signless integer, value range: 0~20.

6) HWNO (Hw No.): TCPP HW No. Signless integer, value range: 1~9.

7) TCPPTS (Tcpp Time Slot): TCPP time slot number. Signless integer, value range: 0~127.

8) DRTUNIT (DRT Unit): DRT unit name. Signless integer, value range: 0~20.





Page 397 of 591


1.5.3.122 EPOD

1. Command function

To delete a circuit pool.

2. Syntax structure

EPOD: {EBSCID, EBSCNAME}, MODULENO, MUNIT, UNIT, HWNO, tCPPTS;









1.5.3.123 EPOQ

1. Command function


Page 398 of 591

To view the attribute of a circuit pool.

2. Syntax structure

EPOQ: {EBSCID, EBSCNAME}, MODULENO, MUNIT, UNIT, HWNO, tCPPTS: PARAGRP;










1.5.3.124 EPRC

1. Command function

To create an inter-module communication.

2. Syntax structure


Page 399 of 591

EPRC: {EBSCID, EBSCNAME}, MODULENO: CMODULE, CSLOTNO, BCH, WIDTH;





4) CMODULE (Comm Module No.): communication module number. Signless integer, value range: 1~64.

5) CSLOTNO (Comm Slot No.): MP slot number. Signless integer, value range: 1~27.

6) BCH (Base Channel): communication channel number. Signless integer, value range: 0~63.

7) WIDTH (Width): width of the communication channel. Signless integer, value range: 0~31.

1.5.3.125 EPRD

1. Command function

To delete an inter-module communication.

2. Syntax structure

EPRD: {EBSCID, EBSCNAME}, MODULENO, CMODULE;



Page 400 of 591





1.5.3.126 EPRQ

1. Command function

To view the attribute of an inter-module communication.

2. Syntax structure

EPRQ: {EBSCID, EBSCNAME}, MODULENO, CMODULE: PARAGRP;








Page 401 of 591

1.5.3.127 EPSA

1. Command function

To modify the PCM attribute of a SMPP board.

2. Syntax structure

EPSA: {EBSCID, EBSCNAME}, MODULENO, MUNIT, UNIT, PCMNO: AD;






5) UNIT (Unit): BSC unit name. Signless integer, value range: 0 to 20.



1.5.3.128 EPSC

1. Command function

To create a PCM inside BSC (PCM of ABIS interface).


Page 402 of 591

2. Syntax structure

EPSC: {EBSCID, EBSCNAME}, MODULENO, MUNIT, UNIT: PCMNO;








1.5.3.129 EPSD

1. Command function

To delete a PCM inside BSC.

2. Syntax structure

EPSD: {EBSCID, EBSCNAME}, MODULENO, MUNIT, UNIT, PCMNO;




Page 403 of 591






1.5.3.130 EPSQ

1. Command function

To view the PCM attribute of a SMPP board.

2. Syntax structure

EPSQ: {EBSCID, EBSCNAME}, MODULENO, MUNIT, UNIT, PCMNO: PARAGRP;







Page 404 of 591



7) PARAGRP (Parameter Group): attribute package type. Enumerated type, enumerated items: ALL, the default value is ALL.

1.5.3.131 ESBA

1. Command function

To modify the attribute of a BSC board.

2. Syntax structure

ESBA: {EBSCID, EBSCNAME}, RACKNO, SHELFNO, SLOTNO (Slot No): BTYPE: AD;






5) SLOTNO (Slot No.): BSC board slot number. Signless integer, value range: 0~27.

6) BTYPE (Board Type): BSC board type. Enumerated type, enumerated items: DTI, DSN, CKI, DSNI, SYCK, PWRB, SMB, SMT1, SMT2, DSN2B,


Page 405 of 591

AIPP, BIPP, tCPP, NSPP, FSPP, ATIC, BTIC, INTERNALTIC, PWRP, COMI, DRT20, EDRT20, PUC, GTIC, GIPP, BRP, FRP, HMS.

7) AD (Administer State): administration state attribute.. Enumerated type, enumerated items: L, U, S. Among them, L: locking state; U: unlocking state; S: time delay blocking.

1.5.3.132 ESBC

1. Command function

To create a board under an object (EBSCID, RACKNO, SHELFNO).

2. Syntax structure

Mode 1: general boards.

ESBC: {EBSCID, EBSCNAME}, RACKNO, SHELFNO (Shelf No): SLOTNO, BTYPE: MUNIT, UNIT;

Mode 2: control layer boards.

ESBC: {EBSCID, EBSCNAME}, RACKNO, SHELFNO (Shelf No): SLOTNO, BTYPE: SMODULE, COMMTYPE;




3) RACKNO (Rack No.): BSC rack No. Signless integer value, value range: from 1 to 16.

4) SHELFNO (Shelf No.): BSC shelf No. Signless integer value, value range: from 0 to 6.


Page 406 of 591

5) SLOTNO (Slot No.): BSC slot No. Signless integer value, when SHELFNO=0, value range is 0~27, when SHELFNO is greater than or equal to 1, value range is 1~27.

6) BTYPE (Board Type): BSC non-control layer and control layer board type. Mode 1, non-control layer boards, enumerated type, enumerated items: DTI, DSN, CKI, DSNI, SYCK, PWRB, SMB, SMT1, SMT2, DSN2B, AIPP, BIPP, tCPP, NSPP, FSPP, ATIC, BTIC, INTERNALTIC, COM1, DRT20, EDRT20, PWRP, PUC, GTIC, BRP, FRP, GIPP, HMS. Mode 2, control layer boards, enumerated type, enumerated items: MP, SMEM, MONI, PEPD, MPPP, MTP, LAPD, MPMP.

7) MUNIT (Multiple Unit): BSC multi-unit name. Signless integer value, value range: from 2 to 127.

8) UNIT (Unit): BSC unit name. Signless integer value, value range: from 0 to 16.

9) SMODULE (Stored Module): module number. Signless integer value, value range: from 1 to 64.

10) COMMTYPE ( Communication Type): board type. Enumerated type, the enumerated items include: MONI, PEPD, MPPP_26, MPPP_58, MPPP_32, MPPP_64, MTP, MTP16, LAPD, LAPD64, MPMP, MPMP64, NONE.

1.5.3.133 ESBD

1. Command function

To delete a BSC board.

2. Syntax structure

ESBD: {EBSCID, EBSCNAME}, RACKNO, SHELFNO, SLOTNO (Slot No): BTYPE;



Page 407 of 591





5) SLOTNO (Slot No.): BSC slot No. Signless integer value, when SHELFNO=0, value range is 0~27; when SHELFNO is greater than or equal to 1, value range is 1~27.

6) BTYPE (Board Type): BSC board type. Enumerated type, enumerated items: DTI, DSN, CKI, DSNI, SYCK, PWRB, SMB, SMT1, SMT2, DSN2B, AIPP, BIPP, tCPP, NSPP, FSPP, ATIC, BTIC, INTERNALTIC, COM1, DRT20, EDRT20, MP, SMEM, LAPD, MPMP, PEPD, MTP, PWRP, PUC, GIPP, BRP, FRP, GTIC, HMS.

1.5.3.134 ESBQ

1. Command function

To view the attribute of a BSC board.

2. Syntax structure

ESBQ: {EBSCID, EBSCNAME}, RACKNO, SHELFNO, SLOTNO (Slot No): BTYPE: PARAGRP;




Page 408 of 591




5) SLOTNO (Slot No.): BSC slot No. Signless integer value, when SHELFNO=0, value range is 0~27, when SHELFNO is greater than or equal to 1, value range is 1~27.

6) BTYPE (Board Type): BSC board type. Enumerated type, enumerated items: DTI, DSN, CKI, DSNI, SYCK, PWRB, SMB, SMT1, SMT2, DSN2B, AIPP, BIPP, tCPP, NSPP, FSPP, ATIC, BTIC, INTERNALTIC, COM1, DRT20, EDRT20, MP, SMEM, LAPD, MPMP, PEPD, MTP, PWRP, PUC, GIPP, BRP, FRP, GTIC, HMS.

1.5.3.135 ESEC

1. Command function

To create an NSE entity of Gb interface.

2. Syntax structure

ESEC: {EBSCID, EBSCNAME}, NSEI;




3) NSEI (NSE Id.): NSE entity number. Signless integer.


Page 409 of 591

1.5.3.136 ESED

1. Command function

To delete an NSE entity of Gb interface.

2. Syntax structure

ESED: {EBSCID, EBSCNAME}, NSEI;





1.5.3.137 ESEQ

1. Command function

To view an NSE entity of Gb interface.

2. Syntax structure

ESEQ: {EBSCID, EBSCNAME}, NSEI: PARAGRP;





Page 410 of 591



1.5.3.138 ESIC

1. Command function

To create a set of site equipment.

2. Syntax structure

ESIC: EBSSID: ESITEID, SITETYPE, ALIAS: L, B: OAMID, SYNSRC: MODULENO;




3) SITETYPE (Site Equipment Type): site equipment type. Signless integer, value range: 1~7. Among them, 1: v1.0 indoor; 2: v1.2 indoor; 3: v1.0 micro-cell; 4: v1.2 outdoor; 5: v2.0 indoor; 6: v2.0 outdoor; 7: v2.1outdoor (B2 miniaturized base station).

4) ALIAS: Site Equipment Name. Character string type, the maximum length of the character string is 40.

5) L (Longitude): longitude coordinate of site equipment location. Floating-point type, value range: -180 to 180, to the accuracy of 2 digits after the decimal point, the default value is 0.

6) B (Latitude): latitude coordinate of site equipment location. Real number type, value range: -90 to 90, to the accuracy of 2 digits after the decimal point, the default value is 0.


Page 411 of 591

7) OAMID (OAM Identification): OAM identification (OMU identification). Signless integer, value range: 0~4, the default value is 1.

8) SYNSRC (SynSource): synchronization mode with BSC. Signless integer, value range: 0~2, the default value is 0. Among them, 0: internal clock; 1: PCM clock of the Abis interface (network clock); 2. other clock sources.

9) MODULENO (Module No.): peripheral module number of the site. Signless integer, value range: 2 to 8.

1.5.3.139 ESID

1. Command function

To delete a set of site equipment.

2. Syntax structure

ESID: EBSSID, { ESITEID, ESITENM };





1.5.3.140 ESIM

1. Command function

To modify the attribute of site equipment.

2. Syntax structure


Page 412 of 591

ESIM: EBSSID {, ESITEID, ESITENM }: ALIAS, L, B, OAMID, SYNSRC;





4) ALIAS: Site Equipment Name. Character string type, the maximum length of the character string is 40.

5) L (Longitude): longitude coordinate of site equipment location. Floating-point type, value range: -180 to 180, to the accuracy of 2 digits after the decimal point.

6) B (Latitude): latitude coordinate of site equipment location. Floating-point type, value range: -90 to 90, to the accuracy of 2 digits after the decimal point.

7) OAMID (OAM Identification): OAM identification (OMU identification). Signless integer value, value range: 0~4.

8) SYNSRC (SynSource): synchronization mode with BSC. Signless integer value, value range: 0~2. Among them, 0: internal clock; 1: PCM clock of the Abis interface (network clock); 2. other clock sources.

1.5.3.141 ESIQ

1. Command function

To view the attribute of site equipment.

2. Syntax structure


Page 413 of 591

ESIQ: EBSSID, {ESITEID, ESITENM }: PARAGRP;





4) PARAGRP (Parameter Group): parameter attribute package type. Enumerated type, value range: ALL, the default value is ALL.

1.5.3.142 ESMA

1. Command function

To modify the status attribute of a BSC multi-unit.

2. Syntax structure

ESMA: {EBSCID, EBSCNAME}, MODULENO, MUNIT: AD;







Page 414 of 591

5) AD (Administer State): state administration. Enumerated type, enumerated items: L, U, S. Among them, L: locking state; U: unlocking state; S: time delay blocking.

1.5.3.143 ESMC

1. Command function

To create a multi-unit under MODULE (MODULENO = 1).

2. Syntax structure

ESMC: {EBSCID, EBSCNAME}, MODULENO: MUNIT, MUTYPE, SMODULE;






5) MUTYPE (Multiple Unit Type): BSC multi-unit type. Enumerated type, enumerated items: TC1, tC2, AIE2, BIE1, BIE2, SM, NSB, NSM, FSB, FSM, DSN, DSNI, PWR, SYCK.

6) SMODULE (Stored Module): stored module. Signless integer, value range: 1~64.


Page 415 of 591

1.5.3.144 ESMD

1. Command function

To delete a multi-unit under MODULE (MODULENO = 1).

2. Syntax structure

ESMD: {EBSCID, EBSCNAME}, MODULENO, MUNIT;






1.5.3.145 ESMQ

1. Command function

To view the attribute of a multi-unit under MODULE (MODULENO = 1).

2. Syntax structure

ESMQ: {EBSCID, EBSCNAME}, MODULENO, MUNIT: PARAGRP;




Page 416 of 591





1.5.3.146 ESOC

1. Command function

To create a module.

2. Syntax structure

ESOC: {EBSCID, EBSCNAME}: MODULENO, MTYPE: FILEID, FILEVER;





4) MTYPE (Module Type): BSC module type. Signless integer, value range: 1 or 2, among them MType=1 represents central module; MType=2 represents peripheral module .


Page 417 of 591

5) FILEID (File Identification): MP software identification. Enumerated type, enumerated items: BSC_MP.

6) FILEVER (File Version): MP software version. Character string type, the maximum length of the character string is 12.

1.5.3.147 ESOD

1. Command function

To delete a module.

2. Syntax structure

ESOD: {EBSCID, EBSCNAME}, MODULENO;





1.5.3.148 ESOF

1. Command function

To acquire the foreground MP clock.

2. Syntax structure

ESOF: {EBSCID, EBSCNAME}, ModuleNo;



Page 418 of 591




1.5.3.149 ESOQ

1. Command function

To view the attribute of a BSC module.

2. Syntax structure

ESOQ: {EBSCID, EBSCNAME}, MODULENO: PARAGRP;






1.5.3.150 ESOS

1. Command function

To set the foreground MP clock with the OMCR clock as the reference.


Page 419 of 591

2. Syntax structure

ESOS: {EBSCID, EBSCNAME}, ModuleNo: OmcrDate, OmcrTime;





4) OmcrDate (Omcr Date.): OMCR date (YYYY-MM-DD). Date integer type.

5) OmcrTime (Omcr Time.): second-order time of OMCR (HH-MM-SS). Type integer type.

1.5.3.151 ESOY

1. Command function

To synchronize state after recovery from link disconnection of a BSC module.

2. Syntax structure

ESOY: {EBSCID, EBSCNAME}, ModuleNo;




Page 420 of 591



1.5.3.152 ESRC

1. Command function

This command is used to create a rack under object EBSCID.

2. Syntax structure

ESRC: {EBSCID, EBSCNAME}: RACKNO, RACKTYPE;





4) RACKTYPE (Rack Type): BSC rack type. Signless integer, the default value of the parameter is 1. The value range is only 1.

1.5.3.153 ESRD

1. Command function

To delete a rack of a BSC.

2. Syntax structure


Page 421 of 591

ESRD: {EBSCID, EBSCNAME}, RACKNO;





1.5.3.154 ESRQ

1. Command function

To view the configuration of shelves and boards in object (EBSCID, RACKNO).

2. Syntax structure

ESRQ: {EBSCID, EBSCNAME}, RACKNO (Rack No): PARAGRP;





4) PARAGRP (Parameter Group): parameter attribute package type. Enumerated type, the enumerated items include ALL, the default value is ALL.


Page 422 of 591

1.5.3.155 ESSC

1. Command function

To create a shelf under object (EBSCID, RACKNO).

2. Syntax structure

ESSC: {EBSCID, EBSCNAME}, RACKNO (Rack No): SHELFNO, STYPE;






5) STYPE (Shelf Type.): BSC shelf type. Signless integer, value range: enumerated type. Among them, : 0: NULL (used for the creation of PWRP) ; 1: BNET; 2: BCTL; 3: BIE; 4: SM; 5: TC; 6: BSM; 7: BATC; 8: BIF; 9: SPCU; 10: GIU.

1.5.3.156 ESSD

1. Command function

To delete a shelf under object (EBSCID, RACKNO).

2. Syntax structure

ESSD: {EBSCID, EBSCNAME}, RACKNO, SHELFNO;


Page 423 of 591






1.5.3.157 ESSQ

1. Command function

To view the shelf type and board configuration in object (EBSCID, RACKNO, SHELFNO).

2. Syntax structure

ESSQ: {EBSCID, EBSCNAME}, RACKNO, SHELFNO (Shelf No): PARAGRP;






Page 424 of 591


5) PARAGRP (Parameter Group): parameter attribute package type. Enumerated type, the enumerated items include ALL, the default value is ALL.

1.5.3.158 ESUA

1. Command function

To modify BSC unit ? status attribute.

2. Syntax structure

ESUA: {EBSCID, EBSCNAME}, MODULENO, MUNIT, UNIT: UTYPE: AD;







6) UTYPE (Unit Type): BSC unit type. Enumerated type, enumerated items: DRT, DTI, SMT1, SMT2, BIE, DSN, DSNI, PWRB, CKI, SYCK, PECM, tCPP, AIPP, BIPP, NSPP, FS, PP, EDRT, BOSN, COMI, INTERNALTIC, EXTERNALTIC, PWRP, PUC, GTIC, GIPP, BRP, FRP, HMS, L239FRP.


Page 425 of 591


1.5.3.159 ESUC

1. Command function

To create a unit under a multi-unit.

2. Syntax structure

Mode 1:

ESUC: {EBSCID, EBSCNAME}, MODULENO, MUNIT: UNIT, UTYPE: HWSET, CONTYPE, CONSYCK;

Mode 2:

ESUC: {EBSCID, EBSCNAME}, MODULENO, MUNIT: UNIT, UTYPE: HWSET, CONTYPE, CONSYCK: CONMUNIT, CONUNIT;








Page 426 of 591

6) UTYPE (Unit Type): BSC unit type. Mode 1, enumerated type, enumerated items: DRT, DTI, SMT1, EXTERNALTIC, BIE, DSN, DSNI, PWRB, CKI, SYCK, PECM, tCPP, AIPP, BIPP, NSPP, FSPP, EDRT, BOSN, COMI, PWRP, PUC, GTIC, GIPP, BRP, FRP, HMS, L200FRP. Mode 2, enumerated type, enumerated items: SMT2, INTERNALTIC.


8) CONTYPE (Connect Type): interconnection type (PCM, HW). Signless integer, the default value is 1. 0 represents HW, 1 represents PCM.

9) CONSYCK (Connect Syck): whether to connect the clock. Signless integer, the default value is 1. 0 represents not to connect the clock, 1 represents to connect the clock.

10) CONMUNIT (Connect Multiple Unit): name of the connected multi-unit. Signless integer, value range: 1~127.

11) CONUNIT (Connect Unit): name of the connected unit. Signless integer, value range: 0~16.

1.5.3.160 ESUD

1. Command function

To delete a unit under a BSC multi-unit.


ESUD: {EBSCID, EBSCNAME}, MODULENO, MUNIT, UNIT: UTYPE;





Page 427 of 591




6) UTYPE (Unit Type): BSC unit type. Enumerated type, enumerated items: DRT, DTI, SMT1, SMT2, BIE, DSN, DSNI, PWRB, CKI, SYCK, PECM, tCPP, AIPP, BIPP, NSPP, FSPP, EDRT, BOSN, COMI, INTERNALTIC, EXTERNALTIC, PWRP, PUC, GTIC, GIPP, BRP, FRP, HMS, L239FRP.

1.5.3.161 ESUQ

1. Command function

To view the attribute of a BSC unit.

2. Syntax structure

ESUQ: {EBSCID, EBSCNAME}, MODULENO, MUNIT, UNIT: UTYPE: PARAGRP;







Page 428 of 591


6) UTYPE (Unit Type): BSC unit type. Enumerated type, enumerated items: DRT, DTI, SMT1, SMT2, BIE, DSN, DSNI, PWRB, CKI, SYCK, PECM, tCPP, AIPP, BIPP, NSPP, FSPP, EDRT, BOSN, COMI, INTERNALTIC, EXTERNALTIC, PWRP, PUC, GTIC, GIPP, BRP, FRP, HMS, L239FRP.


1.5.3.162 ETCC

1. Command function

To create a time slot COM.

2. Syntax structure

ETCC: {EBSCID, EBSCNAME}, MODULENO, MUNIT, UNIT, HWNO: TNETTS: COMMHW, COMMTS: CSLOTNO, BCH;








Page 429 of 591

6) HWNO (Hw No.): T net HW number of the connected single network. Signless integer, value range: 1~64.

7) TNETTS (T net Time Slot): T net time slot number. Signless integer, value range: 0~127.

8) COMMHW (Comm Hw): HW of the connected communication board. Signless integer, value range: 1~64.

9) COMMTS (Comm Time Slot): time slot number of the connected communication board. Signless integer, value range: 0~127.

10) CSLOTNO (Comm Slot No.): slot number of the control layer board. Signless integer, value range: 0~27.

11) BCH (Base Channel): channel of the control board. Signless integer, value range: 0~63.

1.5.3.163 ETCD

1. Command function

To delete a time slot COM.

2. Syntax structure

ETCD: {EBSCID, EBSCNAME}, MODULENO, MUNIT, UNIT, HWNO, tNETTS;





Page 430 of 591




6) HWNO (Hw No.): T net HW number of the connected single network Signless integer, value range: 1~64.

7) TNETTS (T net Time Slot): T net time slot number. Signless integer, value range: 0~127.

1.5.3.164 ETCQ

1. Command function

To view the attribute of a time slot COM.

2. Syntax structure

ETCQ: {EBSCID, EBSCNAME}, MODULENO, MUNIT, UNIT, HWNO, tNETTS: PARAGRP;







Page 431 of 591


6) HWNO (Hw No.): T net HW number of the connected single network. Signless integer, value range: 1~64.



1.5.3.165 ETPC

1. Command function

To create a panel under site equipment.

2. Syntax structure

ETPC: EBSSID, {ESITEID, ESITENM}, RACKNO, SHELFNO (Shelf No): PANELNO, PTYPE;






5) SHELFNO (Shelf No.): Shelf number. Signless integer, value range: 1~5.


Page 432 of 591

6) PANELNO (Panel No.): panel number. Signless integer, value range: 1~16.

7) PTYPE (Panel Type): panel type. Enumerated type, value range: OMU, BIE, CKU, CKD, PSA, PSB, PA, tRU, MUL, HYCOM, EBIE, EOMU, SDU, MBPWR, MBTRX, EAM, MBSCU, ETDC, PSU1, PSU2, ACCU, PILE, tM, PDM, CMM, tRM, CDU, CEU, RDU, STRU, SPAU.

1.5.3.166 ETPD

1. Command function

To delete a panel under site equipment.

2. Syntax structure

ETPD: EBSSID {, ESITEID, ESITENM}, RACKNO, SHELFNO, PANELNO: PTYPE;









Page 433 of 591

7) PTYPE (Panel Type): panel type. Enumerated type, value range: OMU, BIE, CKU, CKD, PSA, PSB, PA, tRU, MUL, HYCOM, EBIE, EOMU, SDU, MBPWR, MBTRX, EAM, MBSCU, ETDC, PSU1, PSU2, ACCU, PILE, tM, PDM, CMM, tRM, CDU, CEU, RDU, STRU, SPAU.

1.5.3.167 ETPQ

1. Command function

To view the attribute of a panel under site equipment: static attribute or dynamic attribute.

2. Syntax structure

ETPQ: EBSSID, {ESITEID, ESITENM}, RACKNO, SHELFNO, PANELNO: PTYPE, PARAGRP;








7) PTYPE (Panel Type): panel type. Enumerated type, value range: OMU, BIE, CKU, CKD, PSA, PSB, PA, tRU, MUL, HYCOM, EBIE, EOMU, SDU,


Page 434 of 591

MBPWR, MBTRX, EAM, MBSCU, ETDC, PSU1, PSU2, ACCU, PILE, tM, PDM, CMM, tRM, CDU, CEU, RDU.

8) PARAGRP (Parameter Group): parameter attribute package type. Enumerated type, value range: ALL, STATES. Among them, ALL: viewing static attribute; STATES: viewing dynamic attribute.

1.5.3.168 ETRC

1. Command function

To create a rack under site equipment.

2. Syntax structure

ETRC: EBSSID {, ESITEID, ESITENM}: RACKNO, RACKTYPE: CMMNO, CKUDELAY;






5) RACKTYPE (Rack Type): rack type. Signless integer, value range: 1~7. Among them, 1: v1.0 indoor; 2: v1.2 indoor; 3: v1.0 micro-cell; 4: v1.2 outdoor; 5: v2.0 indoor; 6: v2.0 outdoor; 7: v2.1 indoor;

6) CMMNO (CMM No): public layer number (an attribute added for BTS 2.0). Signless integer, value range: 0~4, the default value is 0 (representing insignificance).


Page 435 of 591

7) CKUDELAY (CKU Delay): time delay parameter. Signless integer, value range: 0~7, the default value is 0.

1.5.3.169 ETRD

1. Command function

To delete a rack under site equipment.

2. Syntax structure

ETRD: EBSSID {, ESITEID, ESITENM}, RACKNO;






1.5.3.170 ETRM

1. Command function

To modify the attribute of a rack under site equipment.

2. Syntax structure

ETRM: EBSSID {, ESITEID, ESITENM}, RACKNO (Rack No): CMMNO, CKUDELAY;



Page 436 of 591





5) CMMNO (CMM No): public layer number (an attribute added for BTS 2.0). Signless integer, value range: 0~4.

6) CKUDELAY (CKU Delay): time delay parameter. Signless integer, value range: 0~7.

1.5.3.171 ETRQ

1. Command function

To view the attribute of a rack under site equipment.

2. Syntax structure

ETRQ: EBSSID, { ESITEID, ESITENM}, RACKNO (Rack No): PARAGRP;






Page 437 of 591



1.5.3.172 ETSC

1. Command function

To create a shelf under site equipment.

2. Syntax structure

ETSC: EBSSID, {ESITEID, ESITENM}, RACKNO (Rack No): SHELFNO, STYPE;







6) STYPE (Shelf Type): shelf type. Signless integer, value range: 1~7. Among them, 1: v1.X public shelf; 2: v1.X transceiver shelf; 3: v1.0 micro-cell shelf; 4: v2.0 public shelf; 5: v2.0 transceiver shelf; 6: v2.0 outdoor shelf; 7: v2.1 indoor shelf (B2 miniaturized base station).


Page 438 of 591

1.5.3.173 ETSD

1. Command function

To delete a shelf under site equipment.

2. Syntax structure

ETSD: EBSSID {, ESITEID, ESITENM}, RACKNO, SHELFNO;







1.5.3.174 ETSQ

1. Command function

To view the type of a shelf under site equipment.

2. Syntax structure

ETSQ: EBSSID {, ESITEID, ESITENM}, RACKNO, SHELFNO;



Page 439 of 591






1.5.3.175 ETXC

1. Command function

To create a connecting relation between TRU panel and HYCOM/MUL panel: TRUMulHyc MO.

2. Syntax structure

ETXC: EBSSID {, ESITEID, ESITENM}, RACKNO, SHELFNO, PANELNO: PORTTYPE, LEVELNUM: L1RACK, L1SHELF, L1PANEL: L2RACK, L2SHELF, L2PANEL;






Page 440 of 591



6) PANELNO (Panel No.): panel number of the TRU. Signless integer, value range: 1~16.

7) PORTTYPE (Port Type): type of the port for connecting the transceiver module and AEM (TX, RX, RXD), i.e., connecting mode. Enumerated type, value range: 1, 2, 4. Among them, 1: TX (HYCOM) ; 2: RX (MUL) ; 4: RXD.

8) LEVELNUM (Level Number): level number for connecting with AEM. Signless integer, value range: 1~2. the default value is 1. Note: for BTS1.X, LEVELNUM=1.

9) L1RACK (L1 Rack No.): rack number for the level 1 HYCOM/MUL corresponding to the TRU. Signless integer, value range: 1~4.

10) L1SHELF (L1 Shelf No.): shelf number for the level 1 HYCOM/MUL corresponding to the TRU. Signless integer, value range: 1~4.

11) L1PANEL (L1 Panel No.): panel number for the level 1 HYCOM/MUL corresponding to the TRU. Signless integer, value range: 1~16.

12) L2RACK (L2 Rack No.): rack number for the level 2 HYCOM/MUL corresponding to the TRU. Signless integer, value range: 0~4, the default value is 0.

13) L2SHELF (L2 Shelf No.): shelf number for the level 2 HYCOM/MUL corresponding to the TRU. Signless integer, value range: 0~4, the default value is 0.

14) L2PANEL (L2 Panel No.): panel number for the level 2 HYCOM/MUL corresponding to the TRU. Signless integer, value range: 0~16, the default value is 0.


Page 441 of 591

1.5.3.176 ETXD

1. Command function

To delete a connecting relation between TRU panel and HYCOM/MUL panel: TRUMulHyc MO.

2. Syntax structure

ETXD: EBSSID {, ESITEID, ESITENM}, RACKNO, SHELFNO, PANELNO, PORTTYPE;









1.5.3.177 ETXQ

1. Command function


Page 442 of 591

To view the attribute of the connecting relation between TRU panel and HYCOM/MUL panel: TRUMulHyc MO.

2. Syntax structure

ETXQ: EBSSID {, ESITEID, ESITENM}, RACKNO, SHELFNO, PANELNO, PORTTYPE: PARAGRP;










1.5.3.178 EUCC

1. Command function


Page 443 of 591

To create a BieCom.

2. Syntax structure

EUCC: EBSSID {, ESITEID, ESITENM}, RACKNO, BIEPCM, BIETS: BIESUBTS: KIND: DSTSITE, DSTRACK, DSTSHELF, DSTPANEL, CHANNEL;







6) BIETS (BIE Time Slot): BIE time slot number. Signless integer, value range: 0~31.

7) BIESUBTS (BIE Sub Time Slot): BIE sub-time slot number. Enumerated type, value range: 0, 1. 2, 3, 251, 252, 253, 254, 255.

8) KIND (Kind): type. Enumerated type, value range: 1~4. Among them, 1: ABIS_TSTYPE_IN; 2: ABIS_TSTYPE_OMU_LAPD; 3: ABIS_TSTYPE_TRX_LAPD; 4: ABIS_TSTYPE_EAM.

9) DSTSITE (DST Site No.): adjacent site number. Signless integer, value range: 1~1024.


Page 444 of 591

10) DSTRACK (DST Rack No.): adjacent BTS rack number. Signless integer, value range: 0~4.

11) DSTSHELF (DST Shelf No.): adjacent BTS shelf number. Signless integer, value range: 0~4.

12) DSTPANEL (DST Panel No.): adjacent BTS panel number. Signless integer, value range: 0~16.

13) CHANNEL (Channel No.): channel No. Signless integer, value range: when KIND = 1, i.e., ABIS_TSTYPE_IN, value range is 0~7; for other kinds, the value range is 1~255.

1.5.3.179 EUCD

1. Command function

To delete a BieCom.

2. Syntax structure

EUCD: EBSSID {, ESITEID, ESITENM}, RACKNO, BIEPCM, BIETS, BIESUBTS;







Page 445 of 591




1.5.3.180 EUCQ

1. Command function

To view the related attribute of a BieCom’s adjacent site.

2. Syntax structure

EUCQ: EBSSID {, ESITEID, ESITENM}, RACKNO, BIEPCM, BIETS, BIESUBTS: PARAGRP;









Page 446 of 591


8) PARAGRP (Parameter Group): attribute package type. Enumerated type, value range: ALL.

1.5.3.181 EUPC

1. Command function

To create an BS E1 interface PCM (BiePcm).

2. Syntax structure

EUPC: EBSSID {, ESITEID, ESITENM}, RACKNO (Rack No): BIEPCM;







1.5.3.182 EUPD

1. Command function

To delete an BS E1 interface PCM (BiePcm).


Page 447 of 591

2. Syntax structure

EUPD: EBSSID {, ESITEID, ESITENM}, RACKNO (Rack No): BIEPCM;







1.5.3.183 EUPQ

1. Command function

To view the attribute of an BS E1 interface PCM (BiePcm).

2. Syntax structure

EUPQ: EBSSID {, ESITEID, ESITENM}, RACKNO, BIEPCM: PARAGRP;





Page 448 of 591





1.5.3.184 CMCC

1. Command function

To create a MSC.

2. Syntax structure

CMCC: {MSCID, MSCNAME}: ALIAS: [L, B]: DPC [, SPTYPE ];


1) MSCID: MSC identification. Signless integer, value range: 1~255.

2) MSCNAME: MSC name. Character string type, the maximum length of the character string is 40.

3) L (Longitude): longitude coordinate of MSC location. Floating-point type, value range: -180~180, to the accuracy of 2 digits after the decimal point, the default value is 0.

4) B (Latitude): latitude coordinate of MSC location. Floating-point type, value range: -90~90, to the accuracy of 2 digits after the decimal point, the default value is 0.


Page 449 of 591

5) DPC (Destination Point Code): MSC signaling point code. Signless integer, value range: 0~16383.

6) SPTYPE (Signaling Point Type): MSC signaling point type. Signless integer, value range: 1~3, the default value is 3. Among them, 1: SPT_SEP signaling end point (SEP); 2: SPT_STP signaling transfer point (STP); 3: SPT_STEP signaling transfer/end point STEP.

1.5.3.185 CMCD

1. Command function

To delete a MSC.

2. Syntax structure

CMCD: {MSCID, MSCNAME};



2) MSCNAME: MSC name. Character string type, Character string ? the maximum length is 40.

1.5.3.186 CMCM

1. Command function

To modify the attribute of a MSC.

2. Syntax structure

CMCM: {MSCID, MSCNAME}: [ALIAS] [, L] [, B] [, DPC, SPTYPE];




Page 450 of 591

2) MSCNAME: MSC name. Character string type, the maximum length of the character string is 40.

3) L (Longitude): Longitude coordinate of MSC location. Floating-point type, value range: -180~180, to the accuracy of 2 digits after the decimal point, the default value is 0.

4) B (Latitude): latitude coordinate of MSC location. Floating-point type, value range: -90~90, to the accuracy of 2 digits after the decimal point, the default value is 0.

5) DPC (Destination Point Code): MSC signaling point code. Signless integer, value range: 0~16383.

6) SPTYPE (Signaling Point Type): MSC signaling point type. Signless integer, value range: 1~3, the default value is 3. Among them, 1: SPT_SEP signaling end point (SEP); 2: SPT_STP signaling transfer point (STP); 3: SPT_STEP signaling transfer/end point STEP.

1.5.3.187 CMCQ

1. Command function

To query the attribute of a MSC.

2. Syntax structure

CMCQ: {MSCID, MSCNAME}: PARAGRP;



2) MSCNAME: MSC name. Character string type, Character string ? the maximum length is 40.



Page 451 of 591

1.5.3.188 NLKC

1. Command function

To create a SS7 link.

2. Syntax structure

NLKC: { EBSCID, EBSCNAME}: LINKID: SLC: CSLOTNO, BCH, LINKSET: TMODULE, tMUNIT, tUNIT, tPCM, tINDEX;


1) EBSCID (BSC Identification): BSC identification of the SS7 link. Signless integer, value range: 1~255.

2) EBSCNAME ( BSC Name): BSC alias. Character string type, the maximum length of the character string is 40.

3) LINKID (Link Identification): SS7 link identification. Signless integer, value range: 1~16.

4) SLC (Signaling Link Code): SS7 link number. Signless integer, value range: 0~15.

5) CSLOTNO (Comm Slot No.): slot number of the MTP board. Signless integer, value range: 0~27.

6) BCH (Base Channel): sequence number of the SS7 link on the MTP board slot. Signless integer, value range: 0~7.

7) LINKSET (Link Set): signaling link set number of the signaling link. Signless integer, with a value of 1. The default value is 1.

8) TMODULE (Trunk Module): module number of the signaling link trunk. Signless integer, value range: 1~64.


Page 452 of 591

9) TMUNIT (Trunk Multiple Unit): multi-unit name of the signaling link trunk. Signless integer, value range: 2 to 127.

10) TUNIT (Trunk Unit): unit name of the signaling link trunk. Signless integer, value range: 0~16.

11) TPCM (Trunk PCM): sub-unit name of the signaling link trunk (PCM line number). Signless integer, value range: 1~4.

12) TINDEX (Trunk Index): sequence number of the time slot in the sub-unit of the signaling link trunk. Signless integer, value range: 0~31.

1.5.3.189 NLKD

1. Command function

To delete a SS7 link.

2. Syntax structure

NLKD: {EBSCID, EBSCNAME}, LINKID;





1.5.3.190 NLKM

1. Command function

To modify a SS7 link parameter: signaling link code (SLC).


Page 453 of 591

2. Syntax structure

NLKM: {EBSCID, EBSCNAME}, LINKID: SLC;





4) SLC (Signaling Link Code): SS7 link number. Signless integer, value range: 0~15.

1.5.3.191 NLKQ

1. Command function

To view the attribute of a SS7 link: static attribute or dynamic attribute ( SpyStatus, Ad).

2. Syntax structure

NLKQ: {EBSCID, EBSCNAME}, LINKID: PARAGRP;





Page 454 of 591



1.5.3.192 NPMC

1. Command function

To create a N7PCM (A interface PCM code).

2. Syntax structure

NPMC: { EBSCID, EBSCNAME }: N7PCM: MODULENO, MUNIT, UNIT, PCMNO;




3) N7PCM (N7 PCM): signaling No.7 PCM code. Signless integer, value range: 0~127.

4) MODULENO (Module No.): module number of the A interface PCM. Signless integer, value range: 1, the default value is 1.

5) MUNIT (Multiple Unit): multi-unit name of the A interface PCM. Signless integer, value range: 2 to 127.

6) UNIT (Unit): unit name of the A interface PCM. Signless integer, value range: 0~16.


Page 455 of 591

7) PCMNO (PCM No.): PCM line number of the A interface PCM. Signless integer, value range: 1~4.

1.5.3.193 NPMD

1. Command function

To delete a N7PCM.

2. Syntax structure

NPMD: { EBSCID, EBSCNAME }, N7PCM;





1.5.3.194 NPMM

1. Command function

To modify the attribute of a N7PCM.

2. Syntax structure

NPMM: { EBSCID, EBSCNAME }, N7PCM: MUNIT, UNIT, PCMNO;




Page 456 of 591



4) MUNIT (Multiple Unit): multi-unit name of the A interface PCM. Signless integer, value range: 2 to 127.

5) UNIT (Unit): unit name of the A interface PCM. Signless integer, value range: 0~16.

6) PCMNO (PCM No.): PCM line number of the A interface PCM. Signless integer, value range: 1~4.

1.5.3.195 NPMQ

1. Command function

To view the attribute of a N7PCM.

2. Syntax structure

NPMQ: { EBSCID, EBSCNAME }, N7PCM: PARAGRP;





4) PARAGRP (Parameter Group): attribute package type. Enumerated type, value range: ALL, the default value is ALL.


Page 457 of 591

1.5.3.196 NRTC

1. Command function

To create a No.7 route (N7Route).

2. Syntax structure

NRTC: {EBSCID, EBSCNAME}: ROUTEID: LINKSET1, LINKSET2, LPM;


1) EBSCID (BSC Identification): BSC identification of the signaling No.7 route. Signless integer, value range: 1~255.


3) ROUTEID (Route Identification): signaling No.7 route number. Signless integer, with a value of 1, the default value is 1.

4) LINKSET1 (Link Set 1): signaling link set number 1. Signless integer, with a value of 1, the default value is 1.

5) LINKSET2 (Link Set 2): signaling link set number 2. Signless integer, with a value of 0, the default value is 0.

6) LPM (Link Permutation Method): signaling link permutation mode. Signless integer, value range: 0~4, the default value is 4. Among them, 0: random permutation; 1: select link set by SLS_bit0, and linkset_1/linkset_2 is selected when SLS_bit0=0/1; 2: select link set by SLS_bit1, and linkset_1/linkset_2 is selected when SLS_bit1=0/1; 3: select link set by SLS_bit2, and linkset_1/linkset_2 is selected when SLS_bit2=0/1; 4: select link set by SLS_bit3, and linkset_1/linkset_2 is selected when SLS_bit3=0/1.


Page 458 of 591

1.5.3.197 NRTD

1. Command function

To delete a No.7 route (N7Route).

2. Syntax structure

NRTD: {EBSCID, EBSCNAME}, ROUTEID;





1.5.3.198 NRTM

1. Command function

To modify the LPM attribute of a No.7 route (N7Route).

2. Syntax structure

NRTM: {EBSCID, EBSCNAME}, ROUTEID: LPM;





Page 459 of 591


4) LPM (Link Permutation Method): signaling link permutation mode. Signless integer, value range: 0~4. Among them, 0: random permutation; 1: select link set by SLS_bit0, and linkset_1/linkset_2 is selected when SLS_bit0=0/1; 2: select link set by SLS_bit1, and linkset_1/linkset_2 is selected when SLS_bit1=0/1; 3: select link set by SLS_bit2, and linkset_1/linkset_2 is selected when SLS_bit2=0/1; 4: select link set by SLS_bit3, and linkset_1/linkset_2 is selected when SLS_bit3=0/1.

1.5.3.199 NRTQ

1. Command function

To view the attribute of a No.7 route (N7Route).

2. Syntax structure

NRTQ: {EBSCID, EBSCNAME}, ROUTEID: PARAGRP;






1.5.3.200 NSNC

1. Command function


Page 460 of 591

To create CSS7 subsystem.

2. Syntax structure

NSNC: {EBSCID, EBSCNAME}, OFFICEID: SSN, OFFFICE1, SSN1;


1) EBSCID (BSC Identification): BSC identification. Signless integer, value range: 1~255.


3) OFFICEID (Office Identification): office identification corresponding to the signaling point. Signless integer, with a value of 0~1. Among them, 0: BSC_OFFICE refers to BSC signaling point; 1: MSC_OFFICE refers to MSC signaling point

4) SSN (Sub System No.): sub-system number. Enumerated type, with a value of 1, 252, 253, 254. Among them, 1: SCCP management (SCMG); 0xFC (252): MSC simulation (self-defined subsystem); 0xFD (253): BSSOMAP; 0xFE (254): BSSAP

5) OFFFICE1 (Office 1): the office identification of the standby subsystem (OFFFICE1, SSN1) corresponding to the subsystem (OFFICEID, SSN). Signless integer, with a value of 0, the default value is 0.

6) SSN1 (Sub System No.1): the subsystem number of the standby subsystem (OFFFICE1, SSN1) corresponding to the subsystem (OFFICEID, SSN).. Signless integer, with a value of 0, the default value is 0.

1.5.3.201 NSND

1. Command function

To delete a CSS7 subsystem.


Page 461 of 591

2. Syntax structure

NSND: {EBSCID, EBSCNAME}, OFFICEID, SSN;




3) OFFICEID (Office Identification): office identification corresponding to the signaling point. Signless integer, with a value of 0~1. Among them, 0: BSC_OFFICE refers to BSC signaling point; 1: MSC_OFFICE refers to MSC signaling point.

4) SSN (Sub System No.): sub-system number. Enumerated type, with a value of 1, 252, 253, 254. Among them, 1: SCCP management (SCMG) ; 0xFC (252): MSC simulation (self-defined subsystem); 0xFD (253): BSSOMAP; 0xFE (254): BSSAP.

1.5.3.202 NSNQ

1. Command function

To query the attribute of a CSS7 subsystem: static attribute or dynamic attribute ( SpyStatus, Op, Av).

2. Syntax structure

NSNQ: {EBSCID, EBSCNAME}, OFFICEID, SSN: PARAGRP;




Page 462 of 591


3) OFFICEID (Office Identification): office identification corresponding to the signaling point. Signless integer, with a value of 0~1. Among them, 0: BSC_OFFICE refers to BSC signaling point; 1: MSC_OFFICE refers to MSC signaling point.

4) SSN (Sub System No.): sub-system number. Enumerated type, with a value of 1, 252, 253, 254. Among them, 1: SCCP management (SCMG) ; 0xFC (252): MSC simulation (self-defined subsystem); 0xFD (253): BSSOMAP; 0xFE (254): BSSAP.


1.5.3.203 NSTC

1. Command function

To create a SCCP timer.

2. Syntax structure

NSTC: { EBSCID, EBSCNAME }: TMCONN, tMIAS, tMIAR, tMRELAY, tMGUARD, tMIGNORE, tMINTERV, tMFREEZE: LENT3, LENT4: L3TIMER1, L3TIMER2, L3TIMER3, L3TIMER4, L3TIMER5: TFPT, SRST: OWST18, OWST19, OWST20, ADRSTT21;





Page 463 of 591

3) TMCONN: the maximum time delay from sending CR to receiving CC (100ms). Signless integer, value range: 0~4294967295, the default value is 600.

4) TMIAS: timer for inactive sending (100ms). Signless integer, value range: 0~4294967295, the default value is 900.

5) TMIAR: timer for inactive receiving. Signless integer, value range: 0~4294967295, the default value is 2400.

6) TMRELAY: from sending RLSD to receiving RLC. Signless integer, value range: 0~4294967295, the default value is 150.

7) TMGUARD: time taken from restarting to sending the first connection-oriented message. Signless integer, value range: 0~4294967295, the default value is 4800.

8) TMIGNORE (Ignore Time): time for ignoring SST. Signless integer, value range: 0~4294967295, the default value is 1200.

9) TMINTERV (Interval Time): release protection time. Signless integer, value range: 0~4294967295, the default value is 600.

10) TMFREEZE (Freeze Time): section freezing time. Signless integer, value range: 0~4294967295, the default value is 300.

11) LENT3: time for waiting for SLTA after sending SLTM. Signless integer, value range: 0~4294967295, the default value is 80.

12) LENT4: period for sending SLTM. Signless integer, value range: 0~4294967295, the default value is 600.

13) L3TIMER1: time delay for avoiding wrong message sequence during changeover. Signless integer, value range: 0~4294967295, the default value is 8.

14) L3TIMER2: waiting for changeover acknowledgement. Signless integer, value range: 0~4294967295, the default value is 10.


Page 464 of 591

15) L3TIMER3: time delay for avoiding wrong message sequence during changeback. Signless integer, value range: 0~4294967295, the default value is 8.

16) L3TIMER4: waiting for changeback acknowledgement (the first attempt). Signless integer, value range: 0~4294967295, the default value is 10.

17) L3TIMER5: waiting for changeback acknowledgement (the second attempt). Signless integer, value range: 0~4294967295, the default value is 10.

18) TFPT: timer for forbidding transfer inhibition. Signless integer, value range: 0~4294967295, the default value is 10.

19) SRST: waiting for repeating signaling route set test messages. Signless integer, value range: 0~4294967295, the default value is 450.

20) OWST18: timer for restarting STP and waiting for the signaling link to be available. Signless integer, value range: 0~4294967295, the default value is 100.

21) OWST19: starting after T18, and waiting for receiving all TRA messages. Signless integer, value range: 0~4294967295, the default value is 680.

22) OWST20: starting after T19, and waiting for broadcasting TRA and restarting other services. Signless integer, value range: 0~4294967295, the default value is 600.

23) ADRSTT21: waiting for the restarting services of adjacent signaling point routes. Signless integer, value range: 0~4294967295, the default value is 640.

1.5.3.204 NSTD

1. Command function

To delete a SCCP timer.


Page 465 of 591

2. Syntax structure

NSTD: {EBSCID, EBSCNAME};




1.5.3.205 NSTM

1. Command function

To modify the parameter value of each timer among SCCP timers.

2. Syntax structure

NSTM: { EBSCID, EBSCNAME}: TMCONN, tMIAS, tMIAR, tMRELAY, tMGUARD, tMIGNORE, tMINTERV, tMFREEZE: LENT3, LENT4: L3TIMER1, L3TIMER2, L3TIMER3, L3TIMER4, L3TIMER5: TFPT, SRST: OWST18, OWST19, OWST20, ADRSTT21;




3) TMCONN: the maximum time delay from sending CR to receiving CC (100ms). Signless integer, value range: 0~4294967295, the default value is 600.


Page 466 of 591

4) TMIAS: timer for inactive sending (100ms). Signless integer, value range: 0~4294967295, the default value is 900.

5) TMIAR: timer for inactive receiving. Signless integer, value range: 0~4294967295, the default value is 2400.

6) TMRELAY: from sending RLSD to receiving RLC. Signless integer, value range: 0~4294967295, the default value is 150.

7) TMGUARD: time taken from restarting to sending the first connection-oriented message. Signless integer, value range: 0~4294967295, the default value is 4800.

8) TMIGNORE (Ignore Time): time for ignoring SST. Signless integer, value range: 0~4294967295, the default value is 1200.

9) TMINTERV (Interval Time): release protection time. Signless integer, value range: 0~4294967295, the default value is 600.

10) TMFREEZE (Freeze Time): section freezing time. Signless integer, value range: 0~4294967295, the default value is 300.

11) LENT3: time for waiting for SLTA after sending SLTM. Signless integer, value range: 0~4294967295, the default value is 80.

12) LENT4: period for sending SLTM. Signless integer, value range: 0~4294967295, the default value is 600.

13) L3TIMER1: time delay for avoiding wrong message sequence during changeover. Signless integer, value range: 0~4294967295, the default value is 8.

14) L3TIMER2: waiting for changeover acknowledgement. Signless integer, value range: 0~4294967295, the default value is 10.

15) L3TIMER3: time delay for avoiding wrong message sequence during changeback. Signless integer, value range: 0~4294967295, the default value is 8.


Page 467 of 591

16) L3TIMER4: waiting for changeback acknowledgement (the first attempt). Signless integer, value range: 0~4294967295, the default value is 10.

17) L3TIMER5: waiting for changeback acknowledgement (the second attempt). Signless integer, value range: 0~4294967295, the default value is 10.

18) TFPT: timer for forbidding transfer inhibition. Signless integer, value range: 0~4294967295, the default value is 10.

19) SRST: waiting for repeating signaling route set test messages. Signless integer, value range: 0~4294967295, the default value is 450.

20) OWST18: timer for restarting STP and waiting for the signaling link to be available. Signless integer, value range: 0~4294967295, the default value is 100.

21) OWST19: starting after T18, and waiting for receiving all TRA messages. Signless integer, value range: 0~4294967295, the default value is 680.

22) OWST20: starting after T19, and waiting for broadcasting TRA and restarting other services. Signless integer, value range: 0~4294967295, the default value is 600.

23) ADRSTT21: waiting for the restarting services of adjacent signaling point routes. Signless integer, value range: 0~4294967295, the default value is 640.

1.5.3.206 NSTQ

1. Command function

To view the parameter value of each timer among SCCP timers.

2. Syntax structure

NSTQ: { EBSCID, EBSCNAME }: PARAGRP;


Page 468 of 591





1.5.3.207 NTSM

1. Command function

To modify the circuit code of a SS7 time slot (an ATRUNK object is created automatically when ATIC is created in the physical configuration, and the default initial value of parameter CicNo in ATRUNK is set to the same value as the TS: 0~31).

2. Syntax structure

NTSM: {EBSCID, EBSCNAME}, MODULENO, MUNIT, UNIT, PCM, tSID: CICNO;




3) MODULENO (Module No.): module number of the ATRUNK. Signless integer, value range: 1~64.

4) MUNIT (Multiple Unit): multi-unit name of the ATRUNK. Signless integer, value range: 2 to 127.


Page 469 of 591

5) UNIT (Unit): unit name of the ATRUNK. Signless integer, value range: 0~16.

6) PCM (PCM No.): PCM line number of the ATRUNK. Signless integer, value range: 1~4.

7) TSID (Time Slot Identification): time slot number of the ATRUNK. Signless integer, value range: 0~31.

8) CICNO (Circuit No.): TS circuit number. Signless integer, value range: 0~31.

1.5.3.208 NTSQ

1. Command function

To view an SS7 TS circuit number.

2. Syntax structure

NTSQ: {EBSCID, EBSCNAME}, MODULENO, MUNIT, UNIT, PCM, tSID: PARAGRP;




3) MODULENO (Module No.): module number of the ATRUNK. Signless integer, value range: 1~64.

4) MUNIT (Multiple Unit): multi-unit name of the ATRUNK. Signless integer, value range: 2 to 127.


Page 470 of 591

5) UNIT (Unit): unit name of the ATRUNK. Signless integer, value range: 0~16.

6) PCM (PCM No.): PCM line number of the ATRUNK. Signless integer, value range: 1~4.

7) TSID (Time Slot Identification): time slot number of the ATRUNK. Signless integer, value range: 0~31.



Page 471 of 591

2 Operation

2.1 Overview

In volume one, we have described in detail the operation of each module and menu in the OMCR (V2) system. On this basis, this chapter will describe the commonly used operation for each module, including the following contents:

1. Security management

1) User management

2) Operation log

2. Configuration management

1) Radio resources management

2) Software loading

3) Dynamic data management

4) Integrated configuration management

3. Fault management

1) Alarm management

2) Test management

4. Performance management

1) Performance management

2) Performance analyzer

3) Invoke tracing


Page 472 of 591

4) Signaling tracing

2.2 Security management

2.2.1 User management

In the main interface of OMCR (V2) (please refer to Fig.2-10 in volume 1),

select “security management ? user management” to enter the user management interface, as shown in Fig. 2-1.

Fig. 2-1 User management

2.2.1.1 Role setting

Click the “Role” tool button in the left tree to enter the role management interface, as shown in Fig. 2-2.


Page 473 of 591

Fig. 2-2 Role management

Select “Operation? Create role”. The dialog box for creating a role will pop up, as shown in Fig. 2-3.

Fig. 2-3 Create a role

2.2.1.2 User group setting

Click the “Group” tool button in the left tree to enter the user group management interface, as shown in Fig. 2-4.


Page 474 of 591

Fig. 2-4 User group management

Select “Operation? Create group”. The dialog box for creating a user group will pop up, as shown in Fig. 2-5.

Fig. 2-5 Create a new user group

2.2.1.3 User setting

By clicking “User” in the left tree, you can view a list of users, as shown in Fig. 2-6.


Page 475 of 591

Fig. 2-6 User management

Select “Operation? Create user”, as shown in Fig. 2-7.

Fig. 2-7 Create a new user

2.2.2 Operation log

In the main interface of OMCR (V2) (refer to Fig. 2-10 in volume 1), select

“Security management? Operation log” to enter the operation log interface. During starting up, the user is allowed to make preliminary filtering, so as to locate to the desired logs. You can directly click the OK button to view the latest 1000 logs in the last week, as shown in Fig. 2-8.


Page 476 of 591

Fig. 2-8 Main interface of operation log--preliminary filtering

After licking “OK”, the main interface of operation log appears, as shown in Fig. 2-9.

Fig. 2-9 Main interface of operation log


Page 477 of 591

Select a log item for viewing detailed information from the operation log

interface shown in Fig. 2-9, and double -click it or select the “View? Detail Information” menu, the “Detail Information” dialog box will pop up, as shown in Fig. 2-10.

Fig. 2-10 Detailed information

Select the “Log? Save as…” menu. The “Save As” dialog box will pop up, as shown in Fig. 2-11.

Fig. 2-11 Saving log


Page 478 of 591

2.3 Configuration management

2.3.1 Radio resource management


“Configuration Management? Radio Resource Management” to enter the “ZXG10 Radio Resource Management” interface, as shown in Fig. 2-12.

Fig. 2-12 Main interface

2.3.1.1 Configuring sites

In Fig. 2-12, right-click a BSS, and in the pop-up menu, select “Create a logic site”. Then a dialog box as shown in Fig. 2-13 will pop up.


Page 479 of 591

Fig. 2-13 Configuring a site

2.3.1.2 Configuring BSC

In Fig. 2-12, right-click a BSS, and in the pop-up menu, select “Create a BSC”. Then an interface for configuring BSC will pop up, and you can respectively configure the basic property and timer of the BSC in the interface.

The basic property setting of the BSC in a GSM environment is as shown in Fig. 2-14, and that in a GPRS environment is as shown in Fig. 2-15.


Page 480 of 591

Fig. 2-14 Configuring BSC 1)——GSM

Fig. 2-15 Configuring BSC 1)——GPRS

The timer setting of the BSC in a GSM environment is as shown in Fig. 2-16, and that in a GPRS environment is as shown in Fig. 2-17.


Page 481 of 591

Fig. 2-16 Configuring BSC 2)——GSM

Fig. 2-17 Configuring BSC 2)——GPRS

The maximum number of GPRS retry times for the BSC is shown in Fig. 2-18.


Page 482 of 591

Fig. 2-18 Configuring BSC 3)

The GPRS timer setting of the BSC is shown in Fig. 2-19.


The other GPRS property setting of the BSC is shown in Fig. 2-20.


Page 483 of 591


2.3.2 Software loading


“Configuration management ? Software loading” to enter the main interface of software loading (as shown in Fig. 2-21).


Page 484 of 591

Fig. 2-21 Main interface of software loading

2.3.2.1 Logic view

Select menu “View? Logic view” to enter the logic view interface of software loading, as shown in Fig. 2-22.

Fig. 2-22 Logic view

In Fig. 2-22, right-click “Stored software”, and select “Store Software” from the pop-up menu. Then the “Store Software” interface will pop up, which is as shown in Fig. 2-23 for the GSM environment, and as shown in Fig. 2-24 for the GPRS environment.


Page 485 of 591

Fig. 2-23 Store software——GSM

Fig. 2-24 Store software——GPRS


Page 486 of 591

2.3.2.2 Physical view

Select menu “View? physical view” to enter the physical view interface of software loading, as shown in Fig. 2-25.

Fig. 2-25 BSC loading—rack diagram display

In Fig. 2-25, right-click a board on the rack diagram, and select “Create version” from the pop-up menu to create board software, as shown in Fig. 2-26.


Page 487 of 591

Fig. 2-26 Create BOSN board software

The software loading for sites (including micro-cell sites) is different from that of BSC. From the browse tree in the physical view interface of software loading, select the site under the BSC for software loading. The interface is as shown in Fig. 2-27.


Page 488 of 591

Fig. 2-27 Software loading for a site

2.3.3 Dynamic data management


“Configuration management? Dynamic data management” to enter the “Dynamic data management” main interface, as shown in Fig.2-28.


Page 489 of 591

Fig. 2-28 Main interface of dynamic data management

2.3.3.1 Query/refresh

You can view the status of land resources with dynamic property, as shown in Fig.2-29. From the list on the right, select the channel to be queried and right-click it. Then select “Watch” from the pop-up menu to get the queried result of the channel status.


Page 490 of 591

Fig. 2-29 Status query

Refreshing is used to query the statuses of all channels or time slots. As shown in Fig.2-30, right-click the lower-right list in the main interface, and select “Refresh” from the pop-up menu to get the statuses of all channels


Page 491 of 591

Fig. 2-30 Status refreshing

2.3.3.2 Blocking/unblocking

Blocking/unblocking is used to modify the status bit of such land resources as BSC, BTS and TRX with dynamic property. To illustrate with the channel, select channel 2 to be queried from the list on the right, and right-click it. Then select “Block” or “Unblock” from the pop-up menu to initiate the operation for modifying the management status of channel 2, as shown in Fig.2-31.

Fig. 2-31 Blocking/unblocking

2.3.3.3 Activation/deactivation

Activation/deactivation refers to activating/deactivating N7LINK. From the list on the right, select the N7LINK1 to be activated/deactivated, and right-click it. Then select “Activate” or “Unactivate” from the pop-up menu to initiate the operation for activating/deactivating N7LINK1, as shown in Fig.2-32.


Page 492 of 591

Fig. 2-32 Activating/deactivating

2.3.3.4 Setting/unsetting PCM circuits

Setting/unsetting refers to setting/unsetting PCM circuits. From the list on the right, select the PCM circuit to be set/unset, and right-click it. Then select “Set” or “Unset” from the pop-up menu to initiate the operation for setting/unsetting the PCM circuit, as shown in Fig.2-33.


Page 493 of 591

Fig. 2-33 setting/unsetting a PCM circuit

2.3.3.5 Global reset

From the tree list on the left of the main interface, right-click “GSM equipment” or “BSC equipment”, and select “Global reset” from the pop-up menu to initiate the operation for global reset, as shown in Fig.2-34.


Page 494 of 591

Fig. 2-34 Global reset

2.3.4 Integrated configuration management


the “Configuration management? Integrated configuration management” menu item. First, you need to select the configuration mode, as shown in Fig.2-35. You can select “Initial Configuration (Create a BSC)” and click “OK” to enter the initial configuration wizard; or select “Modify Configuration (Edit Data)” and click “OK” to enter the wizard for modifying configuration. If you click “Cancel”, you can enter the status only for editing script. After the settings in the wizard are completed, the main interface of integrated configuration management appears, as shown in Fig.2-36.


Page 495 of 591

Fig. 2-35 Selecting configuration mode

Fig. 2-36 Main interface of integrated configuration management

2.3.4.1 Initial configuration

In Fig. 2-35, select “Initial Configuration (Create a BSC)” and click “OK” to enter the interface as shown in Fig.2-37.


Page 496 of 591

Fig. 2-37 The second step of the wizard

Click “Next” to enter the wizard for creating MSC, as shown in Fig.2-38.

Fig. 2-38 Editing MSC

Click “Next” to enter the wizard for editing BSC, as shown in Fig.2-39.


Page 497 of 591

Fig. 2-39 Configuring BSC

2.3.4.2 Modifying configuration

In Fig. 2-35, select “Modify Configuration (Edit Data)”, and the system will get data script from the database first, as shown in Fig.2-40.


Page 498 of 591

Fig. 2-40 Increment configuration 1)

Enter the BSCID for modifying configuration. Note that this BSCID must exist in the system. Then the system begins to get data, as shown in Fig.2-41.


After the data are acquired successfully from the database, the step 2 dialog box of the wizard pops up automatically, as shown in Fig.2-42.


Click “Next” to enter the step for editing script. The following operations are the same as those of the initial configuration.


Page 499 of 591

2.4 Fault management

2.4.1 Alarm management

2.4.1.1 Viewing alarms

After the user logs in successfully, in the main interface of OMCR (V2)

(refer to Fig. 2-10 in volume 1), select “Fault management ? Alarm management” to enter the main interface of alarm management (as shown in Fig.2-43).

Fig. 2-43 Main interface of alarm management

Select an alarm item or notification item from the alarm list or notification list, then click the “Detailed information” tool button on the toolbar or double-click the selected alarm item or notification item. A dialog box will pop up (as shown in Fig.2-44), which displays the detailed information of the selected alarm item or notification item.


Page 500 of 591

Fig. 2-44 Detailed information

Select a rack to be viewed from the browse tree, or click the “Physical view” tool button on the toolbar provided that a BSC or BTS has been selected in the browse tree to enter the interface for displaying alarm management rack diagram (as shown in Fig.2-45).

Fig. 2-45 BSC alarm management rack diagram

Right-click a board on the BSC rack diagram, and select “Query board status” from the shortcut menu. Then a dialog box for displaying the board status will pop up, as shown in Fig.2-46.


Page 501 of 591

Fig. 2-46 Displaying board status

2.4.1.2 Alarm rule setting

In Fig. 2-43, select “Setting? Alarm rule? Alarm filter rule” to enter the dialog box of alarm filter rule editor (as shown in Fig.2-47).

Fig. 2-47 Alarm filter rule editor

In Fig. 2-43, select “Setting? Alarm rule? Alarm reclassification rule” to enter the dialog box of alarm reclassification rule editor (as shown in Fig.2-

48).


Page 502 of 591

Fig. 2-48 Alarm reclassification rule editor

In Fig. 2-43, select “Setting? Alarm rule? Alarm correlation rule” to enter the dialog box of alarm correlation rule editor (as shown in Fig.2-49).

Fig. 2-49 Alarm correlation rule editor

2.4.1.3 Trunk node alarm

In Fig. 2-43, select “Setting? Trunk node alarm? Set trunk node alarm” to enter the dialog box for setting trunk node alarm, as shown in Fig.2-50.


Page 503 of 591

Fig. 2-50 Setting trunk node alarm 1)

First, select the BSS, site and rack for setting trunk node alarm, then select the template to be set from the pull-down list of template numbers. Then the dialog box will list the alarm class and content for each node under the template, as shown in Fig.2-51.

Fig. 2-51 Setting trunk node alarm 2)

In the dialog box for setting trunk node alarm, click the “New Template” button to enter the dialog box for creating a new trunk node alarm template, as shown in Fig.2-52.


Page 504 of 591

Fig. 2-52 Creating a new trunk node alarm template

2.4.2 Test management

After logging in successfully, in the main interface of OMCR (V2) (refer to

Fig. 2-10 in volume 1), select “Fault management? Test management” to enter the main interface of test management (as shown in Fig.2-53).

Fig. 2-53 Test management main interface

2.4.2.1 Instant test

Expand the browse tree, and select the BSC to be tested. Then select

“Test mode? Instant test” to enter the instant test interface, as shown in Fig.2-54.


Page 505 of 591

Fig. 2-54 Instant test

Select “Instant test? Create test items”. The dialog box for creating instant test items will pop up, as shown in Fig.2-55.

Fig. 2-55 Creating instant test items

2.4.2.2 Scheduled test

Select the BSC to be tested, and then select “Test mode? Scheduled test” to enter the scheduled test interface, as shown in Fig.2-56.


Page 506 of 591

Fig. 2-56 Scheduled test

After new scheduled test items are created, the original scheduled test items will be automatically deleted. The test results generated in executing new scheduled test items will be saved in the test database together with

the original test results. Select “Scheduled test? Set scheduled test” to enter the dialog box for setting scheduled test, which is as shown in Fig.2-57 in the GSM environment, and is as shown in Fig.2-58 in the GPRS environment.

Fig. 2-57 Setting scheduled test——GSM


Page 507 of 591

Fig. 2-58 Setting scheduled test——GPRS

2.5 Performance management

2.5.1 Performance management

After logging in successfully, in the main interface of OMCR (V2) (refer to

Fig. 2-10 in volume 1), select “Performance management? Performance management” to enter the main interface of performance management (as shown in Fig.2-59).

Fig. 2-59 Main interface of performance management


Page 508 of 591

2.5.1.1 Measurement job

Select a specific measurement job from the browse tree. Then the right part of the interface will be divided into three blocks, which respectively display the list, schedule and measurement object of the job, as shown in Fig.2-60.

Fig. 2-60 Display of a single measurement job

In Fig. 2-59, select “Measurement jobs” from the left browse tree, and then

click menu “Performance management? Create” to enter wizard 1 for creating a measurement job (as shown in Fig.2-61).

Fig. 2-61 Wizard 1 for creating a measurement job 1)


Page 509 of 591

After the settings are completed, click “Next” to enter wizard 2 for creating a measurement job (as shown in Fig.2-62).

Fig. 2-62 Wizard 2 for creating a measurement job

Click “Next” to enter wizard 3 for creating a measurement job (as shown in Fig.2-63).


Click “Next” to enter wizard 4 for creating a measurement job (as shown in Fig.2-64).


Page 510 of 591


2.5.1.2 Observation job

From the browse tree, select the observation job node of a BSS. Then the right part of the interface will display a list of all current observation jobs of the BSS (as shown in Fig.2-65).

Fig. 2-65 Display of observation jobs


Page 511 of 591

In Fig. 2-65, select “Observation jobs” from the left browse tree, and then

click menu “Performance management? Create” to enter the dialog box for creating an observation job (as shown in Fig.2-66).

Fig. 2-66 Create observation job

Click the “OK” button to complete the creation of the new observation job. If the job is created successfully, the system will give a prompt, and the newly created job will be added in the browse tree and observation job list.

2.5.2 Performance analyzer


“Performance management? Performance analyzer” to enter the main interface of performance analyzer (as shown in Fig.2-67).


Page 512 of 591

Fig. 2-67 Main interface of performance analyzer

Select menu “Report ? Create performance report” to enter the performance report wizard (as shown in Fig.2-68).

Fig. 2-68 Performance report wizard 1)

Select the report type in this dialog box, and then click “Next” to enter the next wizard interface (as shown in Fig.2-69).


Page 513 of 591


Select the analysis object of the report, and then click “Next” to enter the next wizard interface (as shown in Fig.2-70).


Click “Finish” to complete the parameter input.

2.5.3 Invoke tracing


“Performance management? Invoke trace” to enter the main interface of invoke trace (as shown in Fig.2-71).


Page 514 of 591

Fig. 2-71 Main interface of invoke trace

Select menu “Trace? Start tracing”. Then the workstation will initiate a handshake (communication) for invoke tracing with the BSC. If the MSC has already activated the BSC for invoke tracing via a message, then the BSC will also initiate a handshake to the workstation. If the handshake is

successful, the tracing program will decode, classify and display the received tracing information. If the handshake is still unsuccessful after 1

minute, then it is regarded as a failure, and the system will instruct the user to end the tracing and re-initiate the tracing.

After successful handshake, once there is any tracing message, the program will decode and display the message in real time (as shown in Fig.2-72).


Page 515 of 591

Fig. 2-72 Display of invoke tracing messages

By double-clicking a tracing message, a dialog box will pop up to display the detailed information of the tracing message, as shown in Fig.2-73.

Fig. 2-73 Detailed information of invoke tracing


Page 516 of 591

2.5.4 Signaling tracing


“System tools? Signal trace” to enter the main interface of signaling tracing, as shown in Fig.2-74.

Fig. 2-74 Main interface of signaling tracing

Select menu “Signal trace? Start” to start a trace and enter the tracing configuration dialog box, which is as shown in Fig.2-75 in the GSM

environment, and is as shown in Fig.2-76 in the GPRS environment.


Page 517 of 591

Fig. 2-75 Tracing configuration——GSM

Fig. 2-76 Tracing configuration——GPRS

First, select the BSC for signaling tracing from the pull-down list of BSCs, and then select the message type. Click the “Confirm” button to start signaling tracing, and the interface will display the traced messages in real time, as shown in Fig.2-77.


Page 518 of 591

Fig. 2-77 Display of traced messages

The message contents are displayed in the form of codes. You can double-click a traced message to view the detailed information of the message, as shown in Fig.2-78. Then a small window will appear at the lower part of the interface to display the detailed content of the selected tracing message.


Page 519 of 591

Fig. 2-78 Display of detailed information


Page 520 of 591

Appendix A Performance measurement counter

A.1 BTS performance measurement counter

A.1.1 Power control counter

The power control counters are listed in table A-1.

Table A-1 Power control counter

Counter No. Counter description Explanations Source Unit

C00001 The Number times for smooth Increase of MS Power due to Uplink Signal Level

FUC TRX

C00002 The Number of times for fast Increase of MS Power due to Uplink Signal Level

FUC TRX

C00003 The Number times for smooth Decrease of MS Power due to Uplink Signal Level

FUC TRX

C00004 The Number of times for fast Decrease of MS Power due to Uplink Signal Level

FUC TRX

C00005 The Number of times for smooth Increase of BS Power due to Downlink Signal

Level

FUC TRX

C00006 The Number of times for fast Increase of BS Power due to Downlink Signal Level

FUC TRX

C00007 The Number of times for smooth Decrease of BS Power due to Downlink Signal

Level

FUC TRX

C00008 The Number of times for fast Decrease of BS Power due to Downlink Signal Level

FUC TRX

C00009 The Number of times for smooth Increase of MS Power due to Uplink Signal Quality

FUC TRX

C00010 The Number of times for fast Increase of MS Power due to Uplink Signal Quality

FUC TRX

C00011 The Number of times for smooth Decrease of MS Power due to Uplink Signal Quality

FUC TRX

C00012 The Number of times for fast Decrease of MS Power due to Uplink Signal Quality

FUC TRX

C00013 The Number of times for smooth Increase of BS Power due to Downlink Signal Quality

FUC TRX


Page 521 of 591


C00014 The Number of times for fast Increase of BS Power due to Downlink Signal Quality

FUC TRX

C00015 The Number of times for smooth Decrease of BS Power due to Downlink Signal Quality

FUC TRX

C00016 The Number of times for fast Decrease of BS Power due to Downlink Signal Quality

FUC TRX

C00017 The total value of the regular scanned results of MS service power

FUC TRX

C00018 Number of sampling times for regular scanning of MS service power

FUC TRX

C00019 The total value of the regular scanned results of BS service power

FUC TRX

C00020 Number of sampling times for regular scanning of BS service power

FUC TRX

C00021 The total value of the regular scanned results of Downlink Signal Level

FUC TRX

C00022 Number of sampling times for regular scanning of Downlink Signal Level

FUC TRX

C00023 The total value of the regular scanned results of Uplink Signal Level

FUC TRX

C00024 Number of sampling times for regular scanning of Uplink Signal Level

FUC TRX

C00025 The total value of the regular scanned results of Downlink Signal Quality

FUC TRX

C00026 Number of sampling times for regular scanning of Downlink Signal Quality

FUC TRX

C00027 The total value of the regular scanned results of Uplink Signal Quality

FUC TRX

C00028 Number of sampling times for regular scanning of Uplink Signal Quality

FUC TRX

A.1.2 Paging counter

The paging counters are listed in Table A-2.

Table A-2 Paging counters


Page 522 of 591

Counter No. Counter description Source Unit

C01001 Counting the PS paging messages discarded due to queue being full

FUC TRX

C01002 Counting the CS paging messages discarded due to queue being full

FUC TRX

C01003 Average length of CH queue:9*9 FUC TRX

C01004 Average length of PCH:9*64 FUC TRX

A.2 RMM performance measurement counter

A.2.1 Radio access counter

This type of counters are mainly used to observe the wireless random access process of mobile stations, and used as the basis of radio access parameter adjustment and signaling channel allocation policy. Among them, several possible radio access reasons are listed in Table A-3.

Table A-3 Radio access counter


C10001 Number of invalid access requests

Access delay is beyond the range of the cell, etc.

RMS Cell

C10002 Number of MOC access requests

The channel requirement of MOC is received

RMS Cell

C10003 Number of successfully processed MOC access

requests

Counted when immediate assignments are sent

RMS Cell

C10004 Number of successful MOC access times

Counted when link setup instructions are received for

immediate assignments

RMS Cell

C10005 Number of MTC access requests

The channel requirement of MTC is received

RMS Cell

C10006 Number of successfully processed MTC access

requests


RMS Cell


Page 523 of 591


C10007 Number of successful MTC access times



RMS Cell

C10008 Number of Call Reestablishment access

requests

The channel requirement of Call reestablishment is

received

RMS Cell

C10009 Number of successfully processed Call

Reestablishment access requests


RMS Cell

C10010 Number of successful Call Reestablishment access times



RMS Cell

C10011 Number of emergency call access requests

The channel requirement of emergency call is received

RMS Cell

C10012 Number of successfully processed emergency call

access requests


RMS Cell

C10013 Number of successful emergency call access times



RMS Cell

C10014 Number of LOC access requests

The channel requirement of LOC is received

RMS Cell

C10015 Number of successfully processed LOC access requests


RMS Cell

C10016 Number of successful LOC access times



RMS Cell

C10017 Number of other access requests

Other channel requirements are received

RMS Cell

C10018 Number of successfully processed other access requests


RMS Cell

C10019 Number of successful other access times



RMS Cell

Note: the number of access requests refers to the number of channel request messages received; and the number of successfully processed access requests refers to number of immediate assignments transmitted. Since in the SLOT-ALOHA protocols used by radio access, one access operation may include multiple access requests, the access success rate can be calculated and described by using the percentage of successfully


Page 524 of 591

processed access requests to the total access requests, and this value reflects the blocking decree of the signaling channel; while the percentage of successful access times to the total access requests reflects the collision condition of radio access requests. If this value is relatively low, then such factors as whether the time interval of access requests is reasonable need to be taken into account.

A.2.2 SDCCH counter

This type of counters are mainly used to describe the allocation, seizure, assignment and using of resources related to SDCCH, and serve as the basis for the configuration of SDCCH and the adjustment of related parameters, as listed in Table A-4.

Table A-4 SDCCH counters


C10101 SDCCH seizure attempt times (for assignment)

Applying for SDCCH from the database for immediate

assignment

RMS Cell

C10102 SDCCH seizure success times (for assignment)

Application from the database successful

RMS Cell

C10103 SDCCH seizure failure times (for assignment)

Application from the database unsuccessful

RMS Cell

C10104 SDCCH seizure attempt times (for handover)

Applying for SDCCH from the database for handover

RMS Cell

C10105 SDCCH seizure success times (for handover)


RMS Cell

C10106 SDCCH seizure failure times (for handover)

Application from the database unsuccessful

RMS Cell

C10107 SDCCH allocation attempt times (for assignment)

BSC sends ChannelActivation to BTS

RMS Cell

C10108 SDCCH allocation success times (for assignment)

ChannelActivationAck received

RMS Cell

C10109 SDCCH allocation failure times (for assignment)

ChannelActivationNack received or

ChannelActivationAck not received

RMS Cell

C10110 SDCCH allocation attempt times (for handover)


RMS Cell


Page 525 of 591


C10111 SDCCH allocation success times (for handover)


RMS Cell

C10112 SDCCH allocation failure times (for handover)



RMS Cell

C10113 SDCCH assignment attempt times

BSC sends immediate assignment messages

RMS Cell

C10114 SDCCH assignment success times

EstablishIndication received RMS Cell

C10115 SDCCH assignment failure times

EstablishIndication not received

RMS Cell

C10116 SDCCH handover attempt times Prepare for handover after receiving

ChannelActivationAck

RMS Cell

C10117 SDCCH handover success times AssignComplete is received in intra-cell handover, HandoverComplete is received in inter-cell

handover,

RMS Cell

C10118 SDCCH returned handover failure times

Um_HandoverFailure received

RMS Cell

C10119 SDCCH non-returned handover failure times

Handover failure in other conditions

RMS Cell

A.2.3 SAPI3 counter

This type of counters are mainly used to describe the link establishment and load conditions of point-to-point messages, as listed in Table A-5.

Table A-5 SAPI3 counters


C10201 Number of SAPI3 link establishment times on SACCH/F (MO-SM)

An EstablishIndication message is received, and its

SAPI=3

RMS Cell

C10202 Number of SAPI3 link establishment times on SACCH/H (MO-SM)


SAPI=3

RMS Cell

C10203 Number of SAPI3 link establishment times on SDCCH


RMS Cell


Page 526 of 591


(MO-SM) SAPI=3

C10204 Number of SAPI3 link establishment times on FACCH/F (MO-SM)


SAPI=3

RMS Cell

C10205 Number of SAPI3 link establishment times on FACCH/H (MO-SM)


SAPI=3

RMS Cell

C10206 Number of SAPI3 link establishment requests on

SACCH/F (MT-SM)

SMS is received, but no link has been established, then EstablishRequest is sent

RMS Cell


SACCH/H (MT-SM)


RMS Cell


SDCCH (MT-SM)


RMS Cell


FACCH/F (MT-SM)


RMS Cell


FACCH/H (MT-SM)


RMS Cell

C10211 Number of SAPI3 link establishment success times on

SACCH/F (MT-SM)


RMS Cell


SACCH/H (MT-SM)


RMS Cell


SDCCH (MT-SM)

An EstablishConfirm message is received

RMS Cell


FACCH/F (MT-SM)


RMS Cell


FACCH/H (MT-SM)


RMS Cell

C10216 Number of DTAP messages used for point-to-point short messages

in SDCCH uplink

SMS messages from mobile stations are received

RMS Cell


in SDCCH downlink

SMS messages from the network are received

RMS Cell

C10218 Number of DTAP messages used SMS messages from mobile RMS Cell


Page 527 of 591


for point-to-point short messages in FACCH/F uplink

stations are received


in FACCH/F downlink


RMS Cell


in FACCH/H uplink


RMS Cell


in FACCH/H downlink


RMS Cell


in SACCH/F uplink


RMS Cell


in SACCH/F downlink


RMS Cell


in SACCH/H uplink


RMS Cell


in SACCH/H downlink


RMS Cell

Note: here MO-SM refers to the mobile-originated short messages; MT-SM refers to the mobile-terminated short messages. Since in conversation state, point-to-point short messages can be received, a mobile caller may also be the party who receives a short message.

A.2.4 TCH/F counter

This type of counters are mainly used to describe the allocation, seizure, assignment and using of resources related to TCH/F, as listed in Table A-6.


Page 528 of 591

Table A-6 TCH/F counters


C10301 TCH/F seizure attempt times (signaling) (for assignment)

Applying for TCH/F from the database, for immediate

assignment

RMS Cell

C10302 TCH/F seizure success times (signaling) (for assignment)


RMS Cell

C10303 TCH/F seizure failure times (signaling) (for assignment)

Application from the database fails

RMS Cell

C10304 TCH/F seizure attempt times (signaling) (for handover)

Applying for TCH/F from the database, for handover

RMS Cell

C10305 TCH/F seizure success times (signaling) (for handover)


RMS Cell

C10306 TCH/F seizure failure times (signaling) (for handover)


RMS Cell

C10307 TCH/F allocation attempt times (signaling) (for assignment)


RMS Cell

C10308 TCH/F allocation success times (signaling) (for assignment)


RMS Cell

C10309 TCH/F allocation failure times (signaling) (for assignment)



RMS Cell

C10310 TCH/F allocation attempt times (signaling) (for handover)


RMS Cell

C10311 TCH/F allocation success times (signaling) (for handover)


RMS Cell

C10312 TCH/F allocation failure times (signaling) (for handover)



RMS Cell

C10313 TCH/F assignment attempt times (signaling)


RMS Cell

C10314 TCH/F assignment success times (signaling)

EstablishIndication received RMS Cell

C10315 TCH/F assignment failure times (signaling)


RMS Cell

C10316 TCH/F handover attempt times (signaling)

Prepare for handover after receiving


RMS Cell


Page 529 of 591


C10317 TCH/F handover success times (signaling)

AssignComplete is received in intra-cell handover, HandoverComplete is received in inter-cell

handover,

RMS Cell

C10318 TCH/F returned handover failure times (signaling)


RMS Cell

C10319 TCH/F non-returned handover failure times (signaling)


RMS Cell

C10320 TCH/F seizure attempt times (voice) (for assignment)

Applying for TCH/F from the database, for assignment

RMS Cell

C10321 TCH/F seizure success times (voice) (for assignment)


RMS Cell

C10322 TCH/F seizure failure times (voice) (for assignment)


RMS Cell

C10323 TCH/F seizure attempt times (voice) (for handover)


RMS Cell

C10324 TCH/F seizure success times (voice) (for handover)


RMS Cell

C10325 TCH/F seizure failure times (voice) (for handover)


RMS Cell

C10326 TCH/F allocation attempt times (voice version 1) (for assignment)


RMS Cell

C10327 TCH/F allocation success times (voice version 1) (for assignment)


RMS Cell

C10328 TCH/F allocation failure times (voice version 1) (for assignment)



RMS Cell

C10329 TCH/F allocation attempt times (voice version 1) (for handover)


RMS Cell

C10330 TCH/F allocation success times (voice version 1) (for handover)


RMS Cell

C10331 TCH/F allocation failure times (voice version 1) (for handover)



RMS Cell



RMS Cell



RMS Cell


Page 530 of 591





RMS Cell



RMS Cell



RMS Cell




RMS Cell



RMS Cell



RMS Cell




RMS Cell



RMS Cell



RMS Cell




RMS Cell

C10344 TCH/F assignment attempt times (voice)

BSC sends AssignCommand to BTS

RMS Cell

C10345 TCH/F assignment success times (voice)

AssignmentComplete received

RMS Cell

C10346 TCH/F assignment failure times (voice)

AssignmentComplete not received

RMS Cell

C10347 TCH/F handover attempt times (voice)



RMS Cell

C10348 TCH/F handover success times (voice)


handover,

RMS Cell

C10349 TCH/F returned handover failure Um_HandoverFailure RMS Cell


Page 531 of 591


times (voice) received

C10350 TCH/F non-returned handover failure times (voice)


RMS Cell

C10351 TCH/F seizure attempt times (data) (for assignment)

Applying for TCH/F from the database, for

assignment.

RMS Cell

C10352 TCH/F seizure success times (data) (for assignment)


RMS Cell

C10353 TCH/F seizure failure times (data) (for assignment)


RMS Cell

C10354 TCH/F seizure attempt times (data) (for handover)


RMS Cell

C10355 TCH/F seizure success times (data) (for handover)


RMS Cell

C10356 TCH/F seizure failure times (data) (for handover)


RMS Cell

C10357 TCH/F allocation attempt times (data) (for assignment)


RMS Cell

C10358 TCH/F allocation success times (data) (for assignment)


RMS Cell

C10359 TCH/F allocation failure times (data) (for assignment)



RMS Cell

C10360 TCH/F allocation attempt times (data) (for handover)


RMS Cell

C10361 TCH/F allocation success times (data) (for handover)


RMS Cell

C10362 TCH/F allocation failure times (data) (for handover)



RMS Cell

C10363 TCH/F assignment attempt times (data)


RMS Cell

C10364 TCH/F assignment success times (data)


RMS Cell

C10365 TCH/F assignment failure times (data)


RMS Cell

C10366 TCH/F handover attempt times (data)



RMS Cell


Page 532 of 591


C10367 TCH/F handover success times (data)


handover,

RMS Cell

C10368 TCH/F returned handover failure times (data)


RMS Cell

C10369 TCH/F non-returned handover failure times (data)


RMS Cell

A.2.5 TCH/H counter

This type of counters are mainly used to describe the allocation, seizure, assignment and using of resources related to TCH/H, as listed in Table A-7.

Table 2-7 TCH/H counter

Counter No. Counter description Explanations Source

Unit

C10401 TCH/H seizure attempt times (signaling) (for assignment)

Applying for TCH/H from the database, for immediate

assignment

RMS Cell

C10402 TCH/H seizure success times (signaling) (for assignment)


RMS Cell

C10403 TCH/H seizure failure times (signaling) (for assignment)


RMS Cell

C10404 TCH/H seizure attempt times (signaling) (for handover)

Applying for TCH/H from the database, for handover

RMS Cell

C10405 TCH/H seizure success times (signaling) (for handover)


RMS Cell

C10406 TCH/H seizure failure times (signaling) (for handover)


RMS Cell

C10407 TCH/H allocation attempt times (signaling) (for assignment)


RMS Cell

C10408 TCH/H allocation success times (signaling) (for assignment)


RMS Cell

C10409 TCH/H allocation failure times (signaling) (for assignment)


ChannelActivationAck not

RMS Cell


Page 533 of 591


Unit

received

C10410 TCH/H allocation attempt times (signaling) (for handover)


RMS Cell

C10411 TCH/H allocation success times (signaling) (for handover)


RMS Cell

C10412 TCH/H allocation failure times (signaling) (for handover)



RMS Cell

C10413 TCH/H assignment attempt times (signaling)


RMS Cell

C10414 TCH/H assignment success times (signaling)

EstablishIndication received

RMS Cell

C10415 TCH/H assignment failure times (signaling)


RMS Cell

C10416 TCH/H handover attempt times (signaling)



RMS Cell

C10417 TCH/H handover success times (signaling)


handover,

RMS Cell

C10418 TCH/H returned handover failure times (signaling)


RMS Cell

C10419 TCH/H non-returned handover failure times (signaling)


RMS Cell

C10420 TCH/H seizure attempt times (voice) (for assignment)

Applying for TCH/H from the database, for

assignment

RMS Cell

C10421 TCH/H seizure success times (voice) (for assignment)


RMS Cell

C10422 TCH/H seizure failure times (voice) (for assignment)


RMS Cell

C10423 TCH/H seizure attempt times (voice) (for handover)


RMS Cell

C10424 TCH/H seizure success times (voice) (for handover)


RMS Cell

C10425 TCH/H seizure failure times (voice) (for handover)


RMS Cell


Page 534 of 591


Unit

C10426 TCH/H allocation attempt times (voice version 1) (for

assignment)


RMS Cell

C10427 TCH/H allocation success times (voice version 1) (for

assignment)


RMS Cell

C10428 TCH/H allocation failure times (voice version 1) (for

assignment)



RMS Cell

C10429 TCH/H allocation attempt times (voice version 1) (for handover)


RMS Cell

C10430 TCH/H allocation success times (voice version 1) (for handover)


RMS Cell

C10431 TCH/H allocation failure times (voice version 1) (for handover)



RMS Cell


assignment)


RMS Cell


assignment)


RMS Cell


assignment)



RMS Cell



RMS Cell



RMS Cell




RMS Cell


assignment)


RMS Cell


assignment)


RMS Cell



RMS Cell


Page 535 of 591


Unit

assignment) ChannelActivationAck not received



RMS Cell



RMS Cell




RMS Cell

C10444 TCH/H assignment attempt times (voice)


RMS Cell

C10445 TCH/H assignment success times (voice)


RMS Cell

C10446 TCH/H assignment failure times (voice)


RMS Cell

C10447 TCH/H handover attempt times (voice)



RMS Cell

C10448 TCH/H handover success times (voice)


handover,

RMS Cell

C10449 TCH/H returned handover failure times (voice)


RMS Cell

C10450 TCH/H non-returned handover failure times (voice)


RMS Cell

C10451 TCH/H seizure attempt times (data) (for assignment)

Applying for TCH/H from the database, for

assignment.

RMS Cell

C10452 TCH/H seizure success times (data) (for assignment)


RMS Cell

C10453 TCH/H seizure failure times (data) (for assignment)


RMS Cell

C10454 TCH/H seizure attempt times (data) (for handover)


RMS Cell

C10455 TCH/H seizure success times (data) (for handover)


RMS Cell

C10456 TCH/H seizure failure times (data) (for handover)


RMS Cell


Page 536 of 591


Unit

C10457 TCH/H allocation attempt times (data) (for assignment)


RMS Cell

C10458 TCH/H allocation success times (data) (for assignment)


RMS Cell

C10459 TCH/H allocation failure times (data) (for assignment)



RMS Cell

C10460 TCH/H allocation attempt times (data) (for handover)


RMS Cell

C10461 TCH/H allocation success times (data) (for handover)


RMS Cell

C10462 TCH/H allocation failure times (data) (for handover)



RMS Cell

C10463 TCH/H assignment attempt times (data)


RMS Cell

C10464 TCH/H assignment failure times (data)


RMS Cell

C10465 TCH/H assignment success times (data)


RMS Cell

C10466 TCH/H handover attempt times (data)



RMS Cell

C10467 TCH/H handover success times (data)


handover,

RMS Cell

C10468 TCH/H returned handover failure times (data)


RMS Cell

C10469 TCH/H non-returned handover failure times (data)


RMS Cell

A.2.6 RMM assignment counter

This type of counters describes the assignment process of RMM. In an assignment operation, multiple attempts are allowable if the channel can not be applied for, so the whole assignment process must be described completely, and it is insufficient to only describe the assignment process


Page 537 of 591

on TCH/F or TCH/H. These counters can be used to judge how forced release, queuing and directional retry contribute to the success rate of assignment from the view point of calls, as listed in Table A-8.

Table 2-8 RMM assignment counter


C10501 Number of times for execution of general assignments (voice)

Without such processing as queuing and directional retry,

the criterion is whether an Assign Command is sent. As

to the next process, it is described by the assignment

counter of TCH

RMS Cell

C10502 Number of times for forced release attempt of assignment

(voice)

When no channel can be applied for from the database, a channel with lower priority

level is released by force.

RMS Cell

C10503 Number of times for execution of assignments due to forced

release (voice)

Forced release of the channel is successful, and the desired

channel is acquired.

RMS Cell

C10504 Number of times for queuing attempt of assignment (voice)

When no channel can be applied for from the database,

the system queues for the release of resources

RMS Cell

C10505 Number of times for execution of assignments due to queuing

(voice)

Queuing is successful, and the desired channel is acquired.

RMS Cell

C10506 Total time length of successful assignment queuing (voice)

The total amount of time taken for queuing

RMS Cell

C10507 Number of successful times for assignment queuing (voice)

Number of times for successful queuing

RMS Cell

C10508 Number of times for directional retry attempt of

assignment (voice)

When no channel can be applied for from the database, directional retry is performed

RMS Cell

C10509 Number of times for execution of assignments due to

directional retry (voice)

Directional retry is successful, and the desired


RMS Cell

C10510 Number of times for execution of general assignments (data)

Without such processing as queuing and directional retry,

the criterion is whether an Assign Command is sent. As

to the next process, it is described by the assignment

counter of TCH

RMS Cell

C10511 Number of times for forced release attempt of assignment


RMS Cell


Page 538 of 591


(data) a channel with lower priority level is released by force.

C10512 Number of times for execution of assignments due to forced

release (data)



RMS Cell

C10513 Number of times for queuing attempt of assignment (data)


the system queues for the release of resources

RMS Cell

C10514 Number of times for execution of assignments due to queuing

(data)


RMS Cell

C10515 Total time length of successful assignment queuing (data)

The total amount of time taken for successful assignment queuing

RMS Cell

C10516 Number of successful times for assignment queuing (data)

Number of times for successful queuing

RMS Cell

C10517 Number of times for directional retry attempt of

assignment (data)

When no channel can be applied for from the database, directional retry is performed

RMS Cell

C10518 Number of times for execution of assignments due to directional retry (data)

Directional retry is successful, and the desired


RMS Cell

A.2.7 RMM call drop counter

This type of counters is used for statistics of various call drop conditions, for the convenience of fault diagnosis, as listed in Table A-9.

Table A-9 RMM call drop counter


C10601 Number of failures due to losing contact with SMM (On SDCCH)

No response from SMM until timeout

RMS Cell

C10602 Number of wireless link failures (On SDCCH)

Abis_ConnectFailInd is received

RMS Cell

C10603 Number of LAPD link failures (On SDCCH)

LAPD Release is received RMS Cell

C10604 Number of forced release times by OMC-R (On SDCCH)

OMS_ForcedRelease is received

RMS Cell


Page 539 of 591


C10605 Number of forced release times by other calls (On SDCCH)

Preemptive is received RMS Cell

C10606 Number of other call drop times (On SDCCH)

Call drop due to other reasons

RMS Cell

C10607 Number of failures due to losing contact with SMM (On TCH/F

signaling)


RMS Cell

C10608 Number of wireless link failures (On TCH/F signaling)


RMS Cell

C10609 Number of LAPD link failures (On TCH/F signaling)


C10610 Number of forced release times by OMC-R (On TCH/F signaling)


RMS Cell

C10611 Number of forced release times by other calls (On TCH/F signaling)


C10612 Number of other call drop times (On TCH/F signaling)


RMS Cell


voice)


RMS Cell

C10614 Number of wireless link failures (On TCH/F voice)


RMS Cell

C10615 Number of LAPD link failures (On TCH/F voice)


C10616 Number of forced release times by OMC-R (On TCH/F voice)


RMS Cell

C10617 Number of forced release times by other calls (On TCH/F voice)


C10618 Number of other call drop times (On TCH/F voice)


RMS Cell


data)


RMS Cell

C10620 Number of wireless link failures (On TCH/F data)


RMS Cell

C10621 Number of LAPD link failures (On TCH/F data)


C10622 Number of forced release times by OMC-R (On TCH/F data)


RMS Cell


Page 540 of 591


C10623 Number of forced release times by other calls (On TCH/F data)


C10624 Number of other call drop times (On TCH/F data)


RMS Cell

C10625 Number of failures due to losing contact with SMM (On TCH/H

signaling)


RMS Cell

C10626 Number of wireless link failures (On TCH/H signaling)


RMS Cell

C10627 Number of LAPD link failures (On TCH/H signaling)


C10628 Number of forced release times by OMC-R (On TCH/H signaling)


RMS Cell

C10629 Number of forced release times by other calls (On TCH/H signaling)


C10630 Number of other call drop times (On TCH/H signaling)


RMS Cell


voice)


RMS Cell

C10632 Number of wireless link failures (On TCH/H voice)


RMS Cell

C10633 Number of LAPD link failures (On TCH/H voice)


C10634 Number of forced release times by OMC-R (On TCH/H voice)


RMS Cell

C10635 Number of forced release times by other calls (On TCH/H voice)


C10636 Number of other failure times (On TCH/H voice)


RMS Cell


data)


RMS Cell

C10638 Number of wireless link failures (On TCH/H data)


RMS Cell

C10639 Number of LAPD link failures (On TCH/H data)


C10640 Number of forced release times by OMC-R (On TCH/H data)


RMS Cell

C10641 Number of forced release times by other calls (On TCH/H data)



Page 541 of 591


C10642 Number of other call drop times (On TCH/H data)


RMS Cell

C10643 Number of SDCCH call drop times Call loss due to wireless reasons after successful

assignment

Cell

C10644 Number of TCH/F call drop times Call loss due to wireless reasons after successful

assignment

RMS Cell

C10645 Number of TCH/H call drop times Call loss due to wireless reasons after successful

assignment

RMS Cell

C10646 Call drop due to handover failure No HoCom or AssigCom message is received until

timeout

RMS Cell

Note: These counters take statistics for various call drop conditions, so as to facilitate fault diagnosis.

A.2.8 Radio measurement counter

These parameters reflect the interference and service quality of channels in seizure and idle states.

Ordinary measurement reports and preprocessing measurement reports are handled in the same way, as listed in Table A-10.

Table A-10 Radio measurement counters


C10701 Number of uplink quality samples on radio channel

Counted when measurement reports are received or pre-processed. The same below.

RMS Cell

C10702 The worst uplink quality level on radio channel

RMS Cell

C10703 The total number of uplink quality levels on radio channel

RMS Cell

C10704 Number of downlink quality samples on radio channel

RMS Cell

C10705 The worst downlink quality level on radio channel

RMS Cell

C10706 The total number of downlink RMS Cell


Page 542 of 591


quality levels on radio channel

C10707 Number of uplink receiving intensity samples on radio channel

RMS Cell

C10708 The highest uplink receiving intensity on radio channel

RMS Cell

C10709 The lowest uplink receiving intensity on radio channel

RMS Cell

C10710 The total number of uplink receiving intensities on radio

channel

RMS Cell

C10711 Number of downlink receiving intensity samples on radio channel

RMS Cell

C10712 The highest downlink receiving intensity on radio channel

RMS Cell

C10713 The lowest downlink receiving intensity on radio channel

RMS Cell

C10714 The total number of downlink receiving intensities on radio

channel

RMS Cell

C10715 Number of TA samples on radio channel

RMS Cell

C10716 Maximum TA of radio channel RMS Cell

C10717 Total number of radio channel TAs RMS Cell

C10718 The average number of available TCH/Fs in interference band 0

DBS Cell


Call the database interface to query resource conditions

according to the cell No. The same below.

DBS Cell


DBS Cell


DBS Cell


DBS Cell


DBS Cell

C10724 The average number of available TCH/Hs in interference band 0

DBS Cell


Page 543 of 591



DBS Cell


DBS Cell


DBS Cell


DBS Cell


DBS Cell

C10730 The average number of available SDCCHs in interference band 0

DBS Cell


DBS Cell


DBS Cell


DBS Cell


DBS Cell


DBS Cell

Note: These parameters reflect the interference and service quality of channels in seized and idle states.

Ordinary measurement reports and preprocessing measurement reports are handled in the same way

A.2.9 Handover reason counter

This type of counters is used to count the number of handover attempts due to various reasons. Since handover generally happens only in necessary conditions, these data are quite significant to the appraisement of network service quality, as listed in Table A-11.

Table A-11 Handover reason counters



Page 544 of 591


C10801 Handover attempt due to directional retry

No channel can be applied for during assignment, so

directional retry is performed.

RMS Cell

C10802 Handover attempt due to uplink receiving intensity (on SDCCH)

The handover is due to high uplink bit error rate or low

uplink level

RMS Cell

C10803 Handover attempt due to downlink receiving intensity (on SDCCH)

The handover is due to high downlink bit error rate or

low downlink level

RMS Cell

C10804 Handover attempt due to uplink interference (on SDCCH)

Because of uplink interference

RMS Cell

C10805 Handover attempt due to downlink interference (on SDCCH)

Because of downlink interference

RMS Cell

C10806 Handover attempt due to C/I (on SDCCH)

Because of concentric circle handover to STRX or to

NTRX

RMS Cell

C10807 Handover attempt due to PBGT (on SDCCH)

Boundary handover due to PBGT value

RMS Cell

C10808 Handover attempt due to TA being too large (on SDCCH)

Because the distance between MS and the network is too long

RMS Cell

C10809 Handover attempt due to MSC request (on SDCCH)

E.g., handover attempts due to interrogation of

handover candidates

RMS Cell

C10810 Handover attempt due to traffic (on SDCCH)

Handover triggered due to traffic

RMS Cell

C10811 Handover attempt due to other reasons (on SDCCH)

The handover is due to other reasons, such as fast fading and macro/micro

handover, etc.

RMS Cell

C10812 Handover attempt due to uplink receiving intensity (on TCH/F)


uplink level

RMS Cell

C10813 Handover attempt due to downlink receiving intensity (on TCH/F)


low downlink level

RMS Cell

C10814 Handover attempt due to uplink interference (on TCH/F)


RMS Cell

C10815 Handover attempt due to downlink interference (on TCH/F)


RMS Cell

C10816 Handover attempt due to C/I (on TCH/F)


RMS Cell


Page 545 of 591


NTRX

C10817 Handover attempt due to PBGT (on TCH/F)


RMS Cell

C10818 Handover attempt due to TA being too large (on TCH/F)


RMS Cell

C10819 Handover attempt due to MSC request (on TCH/F)


handover candidates

RMS Cell

C10820 Handover attempt due to traffic (on TCH/F)


RMS Cell

C10821 Handover attempt due to other reasons (on TCH/F)


handover, etc.

RMS Cell

C10822 Handover attempt due to uplink receiving intensity (on TCH/H)


uplink level

RMS Cell

C10823 Handover attempt due to downlink receiving intensity (on TCH/H)


low downlink level

RMS Cell

C10824 Handover attempt due to uplink interference (on TCH/H)


RMS Cell

C10825 Handover attempt due to downlink interference (on TCH/H)


RMS Cell

C10826 Handover attempt due to C/I (on TCH/H)


NTRX

RMS Cell

C10827 Handover attempt due to PBGT (on TCH/H)


RMS Cell

C10828 Handover attempt due to TA being too large (on TCH/H)


RMS Cell

C10829 Handover attempt due to MSC request (on TCH/H)


handover candidates

RMS Cell

C10830 Handover attempt due to traffic (on TCH/H)


RMS Cell

C10831 Handover attempt due to other reasons (on TCH/H)


handover, etc.

RMS Cell


Page 546 of 591


C10832 Handover attempt due to enlarging of TA in expansion cell (on TCH/F)

The enlarging of TA causes switchover from normal carrier to expanded carrier

RMS Cell

C10833

Handover attempt due to diminishing of TA in expansion cell

(on TCH/F)

The diminishing of TA causes switchover from

expanded carrier to normal carrier

RMS Cell

A.2.10 General counter of handover

This type of counters is mainly used to check the handover status, and the objective is to distinguish inner and outer circles, levels and frequency bands, and the controlling side, as listed in Table A-12. In the table, both BSC handover and MSC handover refer to inter-cell handover.

Table A-12 General counter of handover


C10901 The Number of BSC-controlled Inter-cell Outgoing

Handover Attempts

Counted when handover is necessary after a measurement

report or pre-processing measurement report is received.

RMS Cell

C10902 The Number of times for execution of BSC-controlled Inter-cell Outgoing Handover

After the application of resources to the target instance

is successful

RMS Cell

C10903 The Number of Successful BSC-controlled inter-cell

Outgoing Handovers

The Handover Complete message from the target instance

is received

RMS Cell

C10904 The Number of MSC-controlled Outgoing Handover

Attempts

Counted when handover is necessary after a measurement

report or pre-processing measurement report is received.

A handover request is sent to MSC after the interrogation of MSC handover candidates is

received

RMS Cell


Request Failures due to unknown reasons

T7 timeout (possibly HO Require does not use the response request unit)

RMS Cell


Request Failures due to no available land resources

The received handover request is rejected

RMS Cell


Request Failures due to no

The received handover request is rejected

RMS Cell


Page 547 of 591


available radio resources

C10908 The Number of MSC-controlled Outgoing Handover Request Failures due to other

reasons

The received handover request is rejected.

Device failure, invalid message, etc.

RMS Cell

C10909 The Number of times for execution of MSC-controlled

Outgoing Handover

Counted if Handover Command is sent

RMS Cell

C10910 The Number of Successful MSC-controlled Outgoing

Handovers

Counted if the reason value in the received Clear Command

message is successful handover

RMS Cell

C10911 The Number of BSC-controlled Inter-cell Incoming

Handover Attempts

The target instance receives the RadioApply message due to

intra-cell handover

RMS Cell

C10912 The Number of times for execution of BSC-controlled Inter-cell Incoming Handover

Resources have been requested successfully, and the

RadioAvailable message is returned to the source instance

RMS Cell

C10913 The Number of Successful BSC-controlled inter-cell

Incoming Handovers

The Handover Complete message has been received from

MS

RMS Cell

C10914 The Number of MSC-controlled Incoming Handover Attempts

The total number of received handover attempts

RMS Cell

C10915 The Number of times for execution of MSC-controlled Incoming Handover (general)

Resources have been requested successfully from the database

RMS Cell

C10916 The Number of Forced Release Attempts of MSC-

controlled Incoming Handover

When no channel can be applied for from the database, a channel

with lower priority level is released by force.

RMS Cell

C10917 The Number of times for execution of MSC-controlled Incoming Handover (forced

release)



RMS Cell

C10918 The Number of Queuing Attempts of MSC-controlled

Incoming Handover

When no channel can be applied for from the database, the

system queues for the release of resources

RMS Cell

C10919 The Number of times for execution of MSC-controlled Incoming Handover (queuing)


RMS Cell

C10920 The Number of Successful MSC-controlled Incoming

Handovers

Handover Complete received RMS Cell

C10921 The total queuing time of MSC-controlled Incoming

Handover

The total amount of time taken for queuing in incoming

handover

RMS Cell

C10922 The Number of MSC-controlled Incoming Handover Queues

The Number of Incoming Handover Queues

RMS Cell


Page 548 of 591


C10923 The Total queuing time of Successful MSC-controlled

Incoming Handover

The total amount of time taken for queuing of successful

incoming handover

RMS Cell

C10924 The Number of Successful MSC-controlled Incoming

Handover Queues

Number of times for successful queuing of incoming handover

RMS Cell

C10925 Number of incoming handover attempts from the same layer and the same frequency band

RMS Cell

C10926 Number of successful incoming handovers from the

same layer and the same frequency band

RMS Cell

C10927 Number of outgoing handover attempts to the same layer and

the same frequency band

RMS Cell

C10928 Number of successful outgoing handovers to the same layer and the same

frequency band

RMS Cell

C10929 Number of incoming handover attempts from a undefined

layer and the same frequency band

RMS Cell

C10930 Number of successful incoming handovers from a

undefined layer and the same frequency band

RMS Cell

C10931 Number of outgoing handover attempts to a undefined layer and the same frequency band

RMS Cell

C10932 Number of successful outgoing handovers to a

undefined layer and the same frequency band

RMS Cell


layer (GSM 900? GSM 1800)

RMS Cell

C10934 Number of incoming handovers from a undefined



undefined layer (GSM 900?GSM 1800)

RMS Cell

C10936 Number of outgoing handover attempts to a undefined layer

RMS Cell


Page 549 of 591


(GSM 900? GSM 1800)


undefined layer (GSM 900?GSM 1800)

RMS Cell



RMS Cell

C10939 Number of incoming handovers from a undefined


RMS Cell


undefined layer (GSM 1800? GSM 900)

RMS Cell

C10941 Number of outgoing handover attempts to a undefined layer

(GSM 1800? GSM 900)

RMS Cell


undefined layer (GSM 1800? GSM 900)

RMS Cell

C10943 Number of incoming handover attempts from the upper layer and the same frequency band

RMS Cell


upper layer and the same frequency band

RMS Cell

C10945 Number of outgoing handover attempts to the upper layer and


RMS Cell

C10946 Number of successful outgoing handovers to the upper layer and the same

frequency band

RMS Cell

C10947 Number of incoming handover attempts from the lower layer and the same frequency band

RMS Cell


lower layer and the same frequency band

RMS Cell

C10949 Number of outgoing handover attempts to the lower layer and


RMS Cell


Page 550 of 591


C10950 Number of successful outgoing handovers to the lower layer and the same

frequency band

RMS Cell

C10951 Number of incoming handover attempts from the same layer

and a different frequency band (GSM 900? GSM 1800)

RMS Cell

C10952 Number of incoming handovers from the same layer and a different frequency band

(GSM 900? GSM 1800)

RMS Cell


same layer and a different frequency band (GSM 900?

GSM 1800)

RMS Cell


a different frequency band (GSM 900? GSM 1800)

RMS Cell

C10955 Number of successful outgoing handovers to the same layer and a different

frequency band (GSM 900?GSM 1800)

RMS Cell

C10956 Number of incoming handover attempts from the upper layer and a different frequency band

(GSM 900? GSM 1800)

RMS Cell

C10957 Number of incoming handovers from the upper

layer and a different frequency band (GSM 900? GSM 1800)

RMS Cell


upper layer and a different frequency band (GSM 900?

GSM 1800)

RMS Cell



RMS Cell

C10960 Number of successful outgoing handovers to the upper layer and a different


RMS Cell


Page 551 of 591


C10961 Number of incoming handover attempts from the lower layer and a different frequency band

(GSM 900? GSM 1800)

RMS Cell

C10962 Number of incoming handovers from the lower


RMS Cell


lower layer and a different frequency band (GSM 900?

GSM 1800)

RMS Cell



RMS Cell

C10965 Number of successful outgoing handovers to the lower layer and a different


RMS Cell

C10966 Number of incoming handover attempts from the same layer

and a different frequency band (GSM 1800? GSM 900)

RMS Cell

C10967 Number of incoming handovers from the same layer and a different frequency band

(GSM 1800? GSM 900)

RMS Cell


same layer and a different frequency band

(GSM 1800? GSM 900)

RMS Cell



RMS Cell

C10970 Number of successful outgoing handovers to the same layer and a different

frequency band (GSM 1800? GSM 900)

RMS Cell

C10971 Number of incoming handover attempts from the upper layer and a different frequency band

(GSM 1800? GSM 900)

RMS Cell


Page 552 of 591


C10972 Number of incoming handovers from the upper


RMS Cell


upper layer and a different frequency band

(GSM 1800? GSM 900)

RMS Cell



RMS Cell

C10975 Number of successful outgoing handovers to the upper layer and a different


RMS Cell

C10976 Number of incoming handover attempts from the lower layer and a different frequency band

(GSM 1800? GSM 900)

RMS Cell

C10977 Number of incoming handovers from the lower


RMS Cell


lower layer and a different frequency band

(GSM 1800? GSM 900)

RMS Cell



RMS Cell

C10980 Number of successful outgoing handovers to the lower layer and a different


RMS Cell

C10981 Intra-cell handover attempt times

RMS Cell

C10982 Intra-cell handover success times

RMS Cell

C10983 Intra-cell handover attempt times from the inner circle to

the outer circle

RMS Cell


Page 553 of 591


C10984 Intra-cell handover success times from the inner circle to

the outer circle

RMS Cell

C10985 Intra-cell handover attempt times from the outer circle to

the inner circle

RMS Cell

C10986 Intra-cell handover success times from the outer circle to

the inner circle

RMS Cell

C10987 Intra-cell handover attempt times from the inner circle to

the inner circle

RMS Cell

C10988 Intra-cell handover success times from the inner circle to

the inner circle

RMS Cell

C10989 Intra-cell handover attempt times from the outer circle to

the outer circle

For non-concentric circle cells, it is the same as that of intra-cell

handover

RMS Cell

C10990 Intra-cell handover success times from the outer circle to

the outer circle

For non-concentric circle cells, it is the same as that of intra-cell

handover

RMS Cell

Note: the above counters are used to check the status of concentric circle handover.

Note: The analysis of C10901~ C10924 is from the view point of control entities. For different entities, the time delays for controlling handover are different, so here what is counted includes not only the number of execution times but also the number of successful incoming handovers. The handover success rate of TCH is not used simply here in order to determine how great the influence of handover time delay is, and also to judge how much help queuing and forced release, etc will give to improving the handover success rate. The above reasons will not be distinguished any more for the handovers of C10925~ C10980 which are judged from the view point of layers because the analysis from one view point is enough for determining the action of queuing, etc, and it is unnecessary to count from several view points. This judgment is only applicable to inter-cell handover in a BSC, and it is unable to count the external handover controlled by MSC. The counters of C10981~ C10990 are used to check the handover of concentric circles.

A.2.11 RMM queue counter


Page 554 of 591

The RMM queue counters are listed in Table A-13.

Table A-13 RMM queue counter

Counter No.

Counter description Explanations Source Unit

C11001 Average queue length Queried according to the cell number

RMS Cell

C11002 Total queuing time Counted when quitting a queue due to queuing

failure or acquiring the resources successfully

RMS Cell

C11003 Total number of queues The same as above RMS Cell

C11004 Total time of successful queuing

Counted when acquiring the resources successfully

RMS Cell

C11005 Total number of successful queues

The same as above RMS Cell


Page 555 of 591

A.2.12 Handover synchronization mode counter

The handover synchronization mode counters are listed in Table A-14.

Table A-14 Handover synchronization mode counter


C11201 Synchronized handover execution times

RMS Cell

C11202 Synchronized handover success times

RMS Cell

C11203 Pre-synchronized handover execution times

RMS Cell

C11204 Pre-synchronous handover success times

RMS Cell

C11205 Pseudo-synchronized handover execution times

RMS Cell

C11206 Pseudo-synchronized handover success times

RMS Cell

C11207 Asynchronous handover execution times

RMS Cell

C11208 Asynchronous handover success times

RMS Cell

A.2.13 Paging counter

The paging counters are listed in Table A-15

Table A-15 Paging counter


C11301 Number of paging messages

Number of times for sending paging messages to cells

L3GP Cell

A.2.14 Abis interface message counter

The Abis interface message counters are listed in Table A-16.


Page 556 of 591

Table A-16 Abis interface message counter


C11401 DATA REQuest quantity PnDS Cell

C11402 DATA INDication quantity PnDS Cell

C11403 ERROR INDication quantity PnDS Cell

C11404 ESTablish REQuest quantity PnDS Cell

C11405 ESTablish CONFirm quantity PnDS Cell

C11406 ESTablish INDication quantity PnDS Cell

C11407 RELease REQuest quantity PnDS Cell

C11408 RELease CONFirm quantity PnDS Cell

C11409 RELease INDication quantity PnDS Cell

C11410 UNIT DATA REQuest quantity PnDS Cell

C11411 UNIT DATA INDication quantity PnDS Cell

C11412 CHANnel ACTIVation quantity PnDS Cell

C11413 CHANnel ACTIVation ACK quantity

PnDS Cell

C11414 CHANnel ACTIVation Negative ACK quantity

PnDS Cell

C11415 CONNection FAILure INDication quantity

PnDS Cell

C11416 DEACTIVATE SACCH quantity PnDS Cell

C11417 ENCRyption CoMmanD quantity PnDS Cell

C11418 HANDOver DETection quantity PnDS Cell

C11419 MEASurement RESult quantity PnDS Cell

C11420 MODE MODIFY REQuest quantity

PnDS Cell

C11421 MODE MODIFY ACKnowledge quantity

PnDS Cell

C11422 MODE MODIFY Negative ACKnowledge quantity

PnDS Cell

C11423 PHYsical CONTEXT REQuest quantity

PnDS Cell


Page 557 of 591


C11424 PHYsical CONTEXT CONFirm quantity

PnDS Cell

C11425 RF CHANnel RELease quantity PnDS Cell

C11426 MS POWER CONTROL quantity PnDS Cell

C11427 BS POWER CONTROL quantity PnDS Cell

C11428 PREPROCecc CONFIGure quantity

PnDS Cell

C11429 PREPROCessed MEASurement RESult quantity

PnDS Cell

C11430 RF CHANnel RELease ACKnowledge quantity

PnDS Cell

C11431 SACCH INFO MODIFY quantity PnDS Cell

A.2.15 Radio resources availability counter

The radio resources availability counters are listed in Table A-17

Table A-17 Radio resources availability counters

Counter No.


C11501 Average number of available SDCCHs

DBS Cell

C11502 Average number of unavailable SDCCHs

DBS Cell

C11503 Maximum number of busy SDCCHs RMS Cell

C11504 Average number of busy SDCCHs RMS Cell

C11505 Total busy time of SDCCH RMS Cell

C11506 Total congestion time of SDCCH The total time when the cell can not get SDCCH

RMS Cell

C11507 Average number of available TCH/H

DBS Cell

C11508 Average number of unavailable TCH/H

DBS Cell

C11509 Maximum number of busy TCH/H RMS Cell


Page 558 of 591

Counter No.


C11510 Average number of busy TCH/H RMS Cell

C11511 Total busy time of TCH/H RMS Cell

C11512 Total congestion time of TCH/H The total time when the cell can not get TCH/H

RMS Cell

C11513 Average number of available TCH/F

DBS Cell

C11514 Average number of unavailable TCH/F

DBS Cell

C11515 Maximum number of busy TCH/F RMS Cell

C11516 Average number of busy TCH/F RMS Cell

C11517 Total busy time of TCH/F RMS Cell

C11518 Total congestion time of TCH/F The total time when the cell can not get TCH/F

RMS Cell

C11519 Total number of carriers DBS Cell

C11520 Total number of intact carriers DBS Cell

A.2.16 Counters for generating the report forms required by the National Telecommunications Bureau

The counters for generating the report forms required by the National Telecommunications Bureau are listed in Table A-18.

Table a-18 the counters for generating the report forms required by the National Telecommunications Bureau

Counter No.


C11601 Total number of available SDCCHs

The number of SDCCHs that can be assigned normally. RMS Cell

C11602 Total number of unavailable SDCCHs

The number of SDCCHs that cannot be assigned normally. RMS Cell


Page 559 of 591

Counter No.


C11603

Total call attempts of SDCCH

The total number of call attempts of the system to SDCCH. The call attempts include the statuses of requesting to allocate the SDCCH, such as the normal originating call, location update, call resetup, IMSI request, IMSI separation and short message, etc.

RMS Cell

C11604

Total overflow times of SDCCH

Means the total times that the system cannot assign the SDCCH channel for all the call attempts to SDCCH, i.e. the failure times of occupancy.

RMS Cell

C11605

Total number call drops of SDCCH

After the system assigns the SDCCH during the calling course, the total number of call drops before the TCH is not occupied.

RMS Cell

C11606 Total busy time of SDCCH

The total time of using SDCCH RMS Cell

C11607 Total number of available voice channels

The number of TCHs that can be assigned normally. RMS Cell

C11608 Total number of unavailable voice channels

The number of TCHs that cannot be assigned normally. RMS Cell

C11609

Total number of call attempts of the voice channel (without containing the handover)

Means all of call attempts to TCH after the SDCCH is occupied. The call attempt includes the condition that both the caller and the called parties try to set up communication, and also the status that the TCH channel is assigned to be used as SDCCH in very early allocation, but excluding various handover conditions.

RMS Cell

C11610

Total number overflow times of voice channel (without containing the handover)

All overflow times of call to TCH after the SDCCH is occupied. The overflow includes the condition that the caller and callee try and fail to set up TCH after the SDCCH is occupied, and also the state that the TCH channel is assigned to be used as SDCCH in very early allocation, but not including the various handover conditions

RMS Cell


Page 560 of 591

Counter No.


C11611

Total number call attempts of voice channel (containing the handover)

Means the number of all call attempts to TCH after the SDCCH is occupied. The call attempt includes the condition that the caller and callee try to set up communication, and also the state that the TCH channel is assigned to be used as SDCCH in very early allocation, including the various handover and direct retry conditions.

RMS Cell

C11612

Total number of overflow times of voice channel (containing handover)

Means all overflow times of call to TCH after the SDCCH is occupied. The overflow contains the condition that the caller and callee try and fail to set up TCH after the SDCCH is occupied, also the state that the TCH channel is assigned to be used as SDCCH in very early allocation, including the various handover and direct retry conditions

RMS Cell

C11613

Total number of occupancy times of voice channel (without containing handover)

Indicates the successful occupancy times to the voice channel of radio interface. RMS Cell

C11614

Total number of occupancy times of voice channel (containing handover)

RMS Cell

C11615

Total number of call drop times of voice channel

Indicates the call loss caused by radio reasons after the voice channel is successfully assigned to users. Includes the call drops in and after handover

RMS Cell

C11616 Total busy time of voice channel

The total sum of time that the voice channel is used. RMS Cell

C11617

Total number requests for handover (number of incoming handover times)

Means the total number of handover requests of the system between cells of the same BSC and those of different BSCs. Includes the number of incoming handover times to cells

RMS Cell

C11618

Total number of times for successful handover (number of successful times for incoming handover)

Means the total number of successful handover times of the system between cells of the same BSC and those of different BSCs. Includes the number of incoming handover times to cells

RMS Cell

C11619 Total number of call attempts for dual frequency handover

The number of handover attempts between the systems of GSM 900M and GSM 1800

RMS Cell


Page 561 of 591

Counter No.


C11620 Number of success times for dual frequency handover

The times of successful handover between the systems of GSM 900M and GSM 1800

RMS Cell

C11621 Number of paging

messages

C11622

Number of call drop

times due to radio link

failure

RMS Cell

C11623

Number of call drop

times due to LAPD link

failure

RMS Cell

C11624

Number of call drop

times due to handover

failure

RMS Cell

C11625 Number of random

access call attempts RMS Cell

C11626 Number of successful

times for random access RMS Cell

C11627 Maximum number of

busy SDCCHs RMS Cell

C11628 Average number of busy

SDCCHs RMS Cell

C11629 Total congestion time of

SDCCH RMS Cell

C11630 Maximum number of

busy TCH/F RMS Cell

C11631 Average number of busy

TCH/F RMS Cell

C11632 Total congestion time of

TCH/F

RMS Cell

C11633 Total number of intact

carriers

RMS Cell


access times for

emergent calls

RMS Cell


access times for call

resetup

RMS Cell


MOC access times

RMS Cell


MTC access times

RMS Cell


Page 562 of 591

Counter No.



LOC access times

RMS Cell

C11639 Number of success times

for other access requests

RMS Cell


for SDCCH allocation

(without containing

handover)

RMS Cell

C11641 Number of failure times


(without containing

handover)

RMS Cell



(containing handover)

RMS Cell



(containing handover)

RMS Cell


for SDCCH assignment

RMS Cell


for SDCCH assignment

RMS Cell


for SDCCH handover

RMS Cell

C11647 SDCCH returned

handover failure times

RMS Cell

C11648 SDCCH non-returned

handover failure times

RMS Cell

C11649 Number of DTAP

messages used for point-

to-point short messages

in SDCCH uplink

RMS Cell




in SDCCH downlink

RMS Cell




in FACCH/F uplink

RMS Cell


Page 563 of 591

Counter No.





in FACCH/F downlink

RMS Cell


for TCH/F allocation

(without including

handover)

RMS Cell



(without including

handover)

RMS Cell



(including handover)

RMS Cell



(including handover)

RMS Cell


for TCH/F assignment

RMS Cell


for TCH/F assignment

RMS Cell


for TCH/F handover

RMS Cell


for TCH/F returned

handover

RMS Cell


for TCH/F non-returned

handover

RMS Cell

C11662 Number of times for

queuing attempt of

assignment

RMS Cell


execution of assignments

due to queuing

RMS Cell

C11664 Total time length of

successful assignment

queuing

RMS Cell


times for assignment

queuing

RMS Cell


Page 564 of 591

Counter No.



directional retry attempt

of assignment

RMS Cell


execution of assignments

due to directional retry

RMS Cell

C11668 Number of outgoing

handover times

RMS Cell


outgoing handover times

RMS Cell

C11670 The average number of available TCHs in interference band 1





C11675 Number of success times for intra-cell handover

C11676 Number of failure times for intra-cell handover

C11677 The Number of BSC-controlled Inter-cell Incoming Handover Attempts (the actual

value is the number of execution times for incoming handover)

C11678 The Number of Successful BSC-

controlled inter-cell Incoming Handovers


Page 565 of 591

Counter No.


C11679 The Number of BSC-controlled Inter-cell Outgoing Handover Attempts (the actual

value is the number of execution times for outgoing handover)

C11680 The Number of Successful BSC-

controlled inter-cell Outgoing Handovers

C11681 Number of carriers

A.3 SMM performance measurement counter definition

A.3.1 BSSMAP message counter

The BSSMAP message counters are listed in Table A-19.

Table A-19 BSSMAP message counter


C20001 Number of ASSIGNMENT REQUEST messages AIS BSC

C20002 Number of ASSIGNMENT COMPLETE messages AIS BSC

C20003 Number of ASSIGNMENT FAILURE messages AIS BSC

C20004 Number of HANDOVER REQUEST messages AIS BSC

C20005 Number of HANDOVER REQUIRED messages AIS BSC

C20006 Number of HANDOVER COMMAND messages AIS BSC

C20007 Number of HANDOVER REQUEST ACK messages AIS BSC

C20008 Number of HANDOVER COMPLETE messages AIS BSC

C20009 Number of HANDOVER FAILURE messages AIS BSC

C20010 Number of HANDOVER PERFORMED messages AIS BSC

C20011 Number of HANDOVER REQUIRED REJECT AIS BSC


Page 566 of 591


messages

C20012 Number of HANDOVER DETECT messages AIS BSC

C20013 Number of CLEAR COMMAND messages AIS BSC

C20014 Number of CLEAR COMPLETE messages AIS BSC

C20015 Number of CLEAR REQUEST messages AIS BSC

C20016 Number of SAPI “N” REJECT messages AIS BSC

C20017 Number of uplink CONFUSION messages P0DS BSC

C20018 Number of downlink CONFUSION messages P0DS BSC

C20019 Number of SUSPEND messages AIS BSC

C20020 Number of RESUME messages AIS BSC

C20021 Number of MSC INVOKE TRACE messages AIS BSC

C20022 Number of BSS INVOKE TRACE messages AIS BSC

C20023 Number of CHANGE CIRCUIT messages AIS BSC

C20024 Number of CHANGE CIRCUIT ACKNOWLEDGE messages

AIS BSC

C20025 Number of CIPHER MODE COMMAND messages AIS BSC

C20026 Number of CIPHER MODE COMPLETE messages AIS BSC

C20027 Number of CIPHER MODE REJECT messages AIS BSC

C20028 Number of CLASSMARK UPDATE messages AIS BSC

C20029 Number of QUEUING INDICATION messages AIS BSC

C20030 Number of COMPLETE LAYER 3 INFORMATION messages

AIS BSC

C20031 Number of CLASSMARK REQUEST messages AIS BSC

C20032 Number of HANDOVER CANDIDATE ENQUIRE messages

P0DS BSC

C20033 Number of HANDOVER CANDIDATE RESPONSE messages

L3GP BSC

C20034 Number of uplink RESET messages L3GP BSC

C20035 Number of downlink RESET messages P0DS BSC

C20036 Number of uplink RESET ACKNOWLEDGE messages L3GP BSC

C20037 Number of downlink RESET ACKNOWLEDGE P0DS BSC


Page 567 of 591


messages

C20038 Number of uplink OVERLOAD messages L3GP BSC

C20039 Number of downlink OVERLOAD messages P0DS BSC

C20040 Number of uplink RESET CIRCUIT messages L3GP BSC

C20041 Number of downlink RESET CIRCUIT messages P0DS BSC

C20042 Number of uplink RESET CIRCUIT ACK messages L3GP BSC

C20043 Number of downlink RESET CIRCUIT ACK messages P0DS BSC

C20044 Number of uplink BLOCK messages L3GP BSC

C20045 Number of downlink BLOCK messages P0DS BSC

C20046 Number of uplink BLOCKING ACKNOWLEDGE messages

L3GP BSC

C20047 Number of downlink BLOCKING ACKNOWLEDGE messages

P0DS BSC

C20048 Number of uplink UNBLOCK messages L3GP BSC

C20049 Number of downlink UNBLOCK messages P0DS BSC

C20050 Number of uplink UNBLOCKING ACKNOWLEDGE messages

L3GP BSC

C20051 Number of downlink UNBLOCKING ACKNOWLEDGE messages

P0DS BSC

C20052 Number of uplink CIRCUIT GROUP BLOCK messages L3GP BSC

C20053 Number of downlink CIRCUIT GROUP BLOCK messages

P0DS BSC

C20054 Number of uplink CIRCUIT GROUP BLOCKING ACKNOWLEDGE messages

L3GP BSC

C20055 Number of downlink CIRCUIT GROUP BLOCKING ACKNOWLEDGE messages

P0DS BSC

C20056 Number of uplink CIRCUIT GROUP UNBLOCK messages

L3GP BSC

C20057 Number of downlink CIRCUIT GROUP UNBLOCK messages

P0DS BSC

C20058 Number of uplink CIRCUIT GROUP UNBLOCKING ACKNOWLEDGE messages

L3GP BSC

C20059 Number of downlink CIRCUIT GROUP UNBLOCKING ACKNOWLEDGE messages

P0DS BSC


Page 568 of 591


C20060 Number of uplink UNEQUIPPED CIRCUIT messages L3GP BSC

C20061 Number of downlink UNEQUIPPED CIRCUIT messages

P0DS BSC

C20062 Number of RESOURCE REQUEST messages P0DS BSC

C20063 Number of RESOURCE INDICATION messages L3GP BSC

C20064 Number of PAGING messages P0DS BSC

C20065 Number of uplink LOAD INDICATION messages L3GP BSC

C20066 Number of downlink LOAD INDICATION messages P0DS BSC

A.3.2 A interface message counter

The A interface message counters are listed in Table A-20.

Table A-20 A interface message counter

Counter No.


C20101 Number of uplink DTAP messages

DTAP messages sent to MSC P0DS BSC

C20102 Number of downlink DTAP messages

DTAP messages received from MSC

P0DS BSC

C20103 Number of uplink BSSMAP messages

BSSMAP messages sent to MSC P0DS BSC

C20104 Number of downlink BSSMAP messages

BSSMAP messages received from MSC

P0DS BSC

C20105 Error BSSMAP messages received

The received BSSMAP messages are in error

P0DS BSC

A.3.3 SCCP connection counter

The SCCP connection counters are listed in Table A-21.

Table A-21 SCCP connection counter

Counter Counter description Explanations Source Unit


Page 569 of 591

No.

C20201 Number of SCCP link establishment requests

(BSC)

BSC sends ConnectRequest messages to MSC

P0DS BSC

C20202 Number of times for successful SCCP link establishment (BSC)

The number of valid ConnectConfirm messages

received by BSC from MSC

P0DS BSC

C20203 Number of SCCP link establishment failures due

to timeout (BSC)

T9105 of BSC overflows, and no response is received from MSC

AIS BSC

C20204 Number of SCCP link establishment rejection

times (BSC)

After sending ConnectRequest, BSC receives DisconnectIndication

from MSC

AIS BSC

C20205 Number of SCCP link establishment requests

(MSC)

BSC receives the ConnectIndication message from

MSC

P0DS BSC

C20206 Number of times for successful SCCP link establishment (MSC)

BSC sends the ConnectResponse message to MSC

P0DS BSC

A.3.4 SMM assignment counter

The SMM assignment counters are listed in Table A-22.

Table A-22 SMM assignment counter

Counter No.


C20301 Number of A interface assignment attempts

The assignment requests received from MSC

AIS BSC

C20302 A interface assignment failure due to circuit

blocking

Since the required circuit is blocked, an assignment failure is

returned.

AIS BSC

C20303 A interface assignment failure due to mismatching

of circuit group

Since the required circuit group does not match, an assignment

failure is returned.

AIS BSC

C20304 A interface assignment failure due to no response

from RMM

No response is received until timeout after an assignment request

is sent to RMM

AIS BSC

C20305 A interface assignment failure due to other reasons

Assignment failure due to any other reasons

AIS BSC

A.3.5 SMM handover counter


Page 570 of 591

The SMM handover counters are listed in Table A-23.

Table A-23 SMM handover counter

Counter No.


C20401 Number of incoming handover attempts of A interface

The handover requests received from MSC

AIS BSC

C20402 A interface incoming handover failure due to circuit blocking

Since the required circuit is blocked, an handover

failure is returned.

AIS BSC

C20403 A interface incoming handover failure due to mismatching of circuit group

Since the required circuit group does not match, an

handover failure is returned.

AIS BSC

C20404 A interface incoming handover failure due to no response from RMM

No response is received until timeout after an

handover request is sent to RMM

AIS BSC

C20405 A interface incoming handover failure due to other reasons

Handover failure due to any other reasons

AIS BSC

A.3.6 SMM call drop counter

The SMM call drop counters are listed in Table A-24.

Table A-24 SMM call drop counter


C20501 Number of clearing requests from RMM

Received clearing requests from RMM AIS BSC

C20502 Number of abnormal link disconnections

of SCCP

Link disconnection indication messages are received from SCCP

AIS BSC

C20503 Number of drop calls due to being

out of contact with RMM

In Serving state, T12 overflows.

In Assigning state, T1 overflows.

In OutgoingHO state, T8 overflows.

In RadioApply state, T4 overflows.

AIS BSC

C20504 Number of drop calls due to other

reasons

In Serving state, the received HoPerformed message is incorrect.

In Serving state, AssignFail or HoFail is received, which is not due to returning to

AIS BSC


Page 571 of 591

the original channel.

In Serving state, a ChangeCircuit message is received, but the application for circuits

fails.

In Assigning state, the received AssignCom message is incorrect.

In Assigning state, AssignFail or HoFail is received, which is not due to returning to

the original channel.

AIS clears the call when receiving the EV_RELEASE_CALL message from the

global module (L3GP)

Note: if SCCP link establishment is successful, then it can be regarded as entering into the conversation state.

A.3.7 Land resource availability counter

The land resource availability counters are listed in Table A-25.

Table A-25 Land resource availability counter

Counter No.


C20601 Average number of available trunk circuits

Read from the database DBS BSC

C20602 Average number of unavailable trunk circuits

Read from the database DBS BSC

C20603 Maximum number of busy trunk circuits

The peak value of the number of seized trunk circuits

AIS BSC

C20604 Total busy time of trunk circuits

Total time when each trunk circuit is seized

AIS BSC

C20605 Total congestion time of trunk circuits

The total time when no trunk circuit can be requested

AIS BSC

A.4 LAPD counter

The LAPD counters are listed in Table A-26.


Page 572 of 591

Table A-26 LAPD counter

Counter No.


C30001 Application layer data packages obtained from MP

<10000 per minute, and <600000 per hour

LAPD link

C30002 Application layer acknowledgement data

packages sent


LAPD Link

C30003 BTS application layer acknowledgement data

packages received


LAPD Link

C30004 BTS application layer data packages sent to MP


LAPD Link

C30005 Total number of frames sent <10000 per minute, and <600000 per hour

LAPD Link

C30006 Total number of frames received


LAPD Link

C30007 Total number of queue overflows

<100000 per hour LAPD Link

C30008 Number of retransmission times <100000 per hour LAPD Link

C30009 Number of retransmission requests


C30010 Number of link establishment times


C30011 Number of link disconnection times


C30012 Number of protocol errors <10000 per hour LAPD Link

A.5 Signaling No.7 counter

A.5.1 SCCP unit counter

The SCCP unit counters are listed in Table A-27.

Table A-27 SCCP unit counter


Page 573 of 591

Counter No.


C40001 Number of SIO octets received by MTP messages

Max. per minute: 500000, per hour:

30000000

SCCP N7TSCircuit

C40002 Number of SIO octets transmitted by MTP messages


30000000

SCCP N7TSCircuit

C40003 Number of SIF octets received by MTP messages


30000000

SCCP N7TSCircuit

C40004 Number of SIF octets transmitted by MTP messages


30000000

SCCP N7TSCircuit

C40005 Number of SIO octets received by TEST messages


30000000

SCCP N7TSCircuit

C40006 Number of SIO octets transmitted by TEST messages


30000000

SCCP N7TSCircuit

C40007 Number of SIF octets received by TEST messages


30000000

SCCP N7TSCircuit

C40008 Number of SIF octets transmitted by TEST messages


30000000

SCCP N7TSCircuit

C40009 Number of SIO octets received by SCCP CLASS0 messages


30000000

SCCP N7TSCircuit

C40010 Number of SIO octets transmitted by SCCP CLASS0

messages


30000000

SCCP N7TSCircuit

C40011 Number of SIF octets received by SCCP CLASS0 messages


30000000

SCCP N7TSCircuit

C40012 Number of SIF octets transmitted by SCCP CLASS2 messages


30000000

SCCP N7TSCircuit

C40013 Number of SIO octets received by SCCP CLASS2 messages


30000000

SCCP N7TSCircuit

C40014 Number of SIO octets transmitted by SCCP CLASS2

messages


30000000

SCCP N7TSCircuit

C40015 Number of SIF octets received Max. per minute: 500000, per hour:

SCCP N7TSCircuit


Page 574 of 591

Counter No.


by SCCP CLASS0 messages 30000000

C40016 Number of SIF octets transmitted by SCCP CLASS2 messages


30000000

SCCP N7TSCircuit

A.5.2 SCCP composite counter

The SCCP composite counters are listed in Table A-28.

Table A-28 SCCP composite counter

Counter No.

Counter description

Explanations Source Unit

C40101 SCCP_MSGS_RX

For counting the number of Class 0 and Class2 messages i.e., number of SIOs

received from a certain link,

Max. per minute: 500000, per hour: 30000000

C40101 = C40009 + C40013

SCCP N7TSCircuit

C40102 SCCP_MSGS_TX

For counting the number of Class 0 and Class2 messages i.e., number of SIOs

transmitted over a certain link,

Max. per minute: 500000, per hour: 30000000

C40102 = C40010 + C40014

SCCP N7TSCircuit

A.6 Gb interface counter

A.6.1 NS sub-layer counter

The NS sub-layer counters are as listed in table A-29.

Table A-29 NS sub-layer counter

Counter

No.

Counter description Counter variable name Source Unit


Page 575 of 591

Counter

No.


C50001 Number of bytes sent by the NS sub-

layer

dwSendBytes FRP NSVC

C50002 Number of bytes received by the NS

sublayer

dwRecvBytes FRP NSVC

C50003 Number of PDUs sent by the NS

sublayer

dwSendDataPDUs FRP NSVC

C50004 Number of PDUs received by the NS

sublayer

dwRecvDataPDUs FRP NSVC

C50005 Number of PDUs discarded by the NS

sublayer

dwDiscDataPDUs FRP NSVC

C50006 Number of reset messages sent by the

NS sublayer to the opposite end

dwSendResetPDUs FRP NSVC

C50007 Number of reset messages received

from the opposite end

dwRecvResetPDUs FRP NSVC

C50008 Number of reset acknowledgement

messages given by the NS sublayer to

the opposite end

dwSendResetAckPDUs FRP NSVC

C50009 Number of reset acknowledgement

messages received from the opposite

end

dwRecvResetAckPDUs FRP NSVC

C50010 Number of blocking messages sent by

the NS sublayer to the opposite end.

dwSendBlockPDUs FRP NSVC

C50011 Number of blocking messages received


dwRecvBlockPDUs FRP NSVC

C50012 Number of blocking acknowledgement

messages given by the NS sublayer to

the opposite end.

dwSendBlockAckPDUs FRP NSVC

C50013

Number of blocking acknowledgement

messages received from the opposite

end

dwRecvBlockAckPDUs FRP NSVC

C50014 Number of unblocking messages sent

by the NS sublayer to the opposite end. dwSendUnblockPDUs FRP NSVC

C50015 Number of unblocking messages

received from the opposite end dwRecvUnblockPDUs FRP NSVC

C50016

Number of unblocking

acknowledgement messages given by

the NS sublayer to the opposite end.

dwSendUnblockAckPD

Us FRP NSVC

C50017

Number of unblocking

acknowledgement messages received


dwRecvUnblockAckPD

Us FRP NSVC


Page 576 of 591

Counter

No.


C50018

NS encounters abnormality in the

course of transmission due to the

number of times for transmission

network failure

dwNetFailureCauses FRP NSVC

C50019



number of times for O&M interference

dwOAMCauses FRP NSVC

C50020



number of times for equipment failure

dwDevFailureCauses FRP NSVC

C50021



number of times for NS-VC blocking

dwNSVCBlockedCause

s FRP NSVC

C50022



number of times for NS-VC being

unknown

dwNSVCUnknownCaus

es FRP NSVC

C50023



number of times for protocol error

(including PDU semantic error,

incompatibility of PDU with protocol,

protocol error, invalid essential IE, loss

of essential IE)

dwProtocolErrorCauses FRP NSVC

C50024

The number of times for test process

being unsuccessful (after attempting for

the maximum number of times

specified by NS-ALIVE-RETRIES)

dwTestFailures FRP NSVC

C50025

The number of times for blocking

process being unsuccessful after

attempting for the maximum number of

times specified by NS-BLOCK-

RETRIES

dwBlockFailures FRP NSVC

C50026

The number of times for unblocking

process being unsuccessful after

attempting for the maximum number of

times specified by NS-UNBLOCK-

RETRIES

dwUnblockFailures FRP NSVC

A.6.2 BSSGP counter


Page 577 of 591

The BSSGP counters are as listed in table A-30.

Table A-30 BSSGP counters

Counter

No. Counter description

Counter variable

name Source Unit

C51001 Total number of uplink UNITDATA

messages processed by BSSGP dwUlUnitDataNum BRP Cell

C51002 Total number of downlink UNITDATA

messages processed by BSSGP dwDlUnitDataNum BRP Cell

C51003 Number of BSC-originated “packet

paging” times dwPTPPagingPSNum BRP Cell

C51004 Number of BSC-originated “circuit

paging” times dwPTPPagingCSNum BRP Cell

C51005 Number of “Radio status PDU” messages

received by BSC dwRadioStatusNum BRP Cell

C51006 Number of “Status” messages sent by

BSC dwSendStatusNum BRP Cell

C51007 Number of “Status” messages received by

BSC dwRcvdStatusNum BRP Cell

C51008 Total number of “flow control” messages

received by BSC dwBVCFlowCtrlNum BRP Cell

C51009

Total number of “flow control

acknowledgement” messages received by

BSC

DwBVCFlowCtrlAck

Num BRP Cell

C51010 Total number of discarded messages

requested by BSSGP-layer users dwUserReqMsgNum BRP Cell

C51011

Number of “radio status PDU” messages

received by BSC due to “loss of radio

contact with MS”

dwNoMSPDNNum BRP Cell

C51012


received by BSC due to “radio link

quality being unable to sustain further

communication

dwLowRSLinkPDUN

um BRP Cell

C51013


received by BSC due to “Cell reslecting

command”

dwCellReselectPDUN

um BRP Cell

C51014

Number of times that the cause value

indicated by the sending “ status ”

message is “equipment error”

dwSendEqErrStaNum BRP Cell


Page 578 of 591

Counter


Counter variable

name Source Unit

C51015



message is “transmission network service

failure”

dwSendNetSerFaltNu

m BRP Cell

C51016



message is “unknown MS”

dwSendNoMsStaNum BRP Cell

C51017



message is “BVCI unknown”

dwSendNoBUCIStaN

um BRP Cell

C51018



message is “Cell traffic congestion”

dwSendCellSvrBlkSta

Num BRP Cell

C51019



message is “O&M intervention”

dwSendOMIntStaNu

m BRP Cell

C51020



message is “protocol error class”

dwSendProErrClasSta

Num BRP Cell

C51021 Number of times that the cause value


message is “processor overload”

dwSendProcOverStaN

um

BRP Cell


indicated by the receiving “ status ”


dwRecvEqErrStaNum BRP Cell




failure”

dwRecvNetSerFaltNu

m

BRP Cell




dwRecvNoMsStaNum BRP Cell




dwRecvNoBUCIStaN

um

BRP Cell




dwRecvCellSvrBlkSta

Num

BRP Cell




dwRecvOMIntStaNu

m

BRP Cell


Page 579 of 591

Counter


Counter variable

name Source Unit



message is “protocol error class”

dwRecvProErrClasSta

Num

BRP Cell




dwRecvProcOverSta

Num

BRP Cell

C51030 Number of “suspend” messages received

by BSC

dwGetSuspendMsgNu

m

BRP Cell

C51031 Number of “suspend acknowledgement”

messages returned by SGSN

dwRetSuspendAckNu

m

BRP Cell

C51032 Number of “suspend non-

acknowledgement” messages returned by

SGSN

dwRetSuspendNackN

um

BRP Cell

C51033 Number of “resume” messages received

by BSC

dwGetResumeMsgNu

m

BRP Cell

C51034 Number of “resume acknowledgement”

messages returned by SGSN

dwRetResumeAckNu

m

BRP Cell

C51035 Number of “FLUSH-LL PDU” messages

received by BSC from SGSN

dwSendFlushPDUMs

gNum

BRP Cell

C51036 Number of “FLUSH-LL-

acknowledgement” messages sent by

BSC

dwGetFlushPDUAck

Num

BRP Cell

C51037 Number of “blocking” messages sent by

BSS

dwSendBVCBlkNum BRP Cell

C51038 Number of “blocking acknowledgement”

messages received by BSS

dwRcvdBVCBlkAck

Num

BRP Cell

C51039 Number of “unblocking” messages sent

by BSS

dwSendBVCUnBlkN

um

BRP Cell

C51040 Number of “unblocking

acknowledgement” messages received by

BSS

dwRcvdBVCUnBlkA

ckNum

BRP Cell

C51041 Number of “reset” messages sent by BSS dwSendBVCRstNum BRP Cell

C51042 Number of “reset” messages received by

BSS

dwRcvdBVCRstNum BRP Cell

C51043 Number of “reset acknowledgement”

messages sent by BSS

dwSendBVCRstAckN

um

BRP Cell

C51044 Number of “reset acknowledgement”

messages received by BSS

dwRcvdBVCRstAck

Num

BRP Cell

A.6.3 Paging performance measurement counter


Page 580 of 591

NSE performance measurement counters are as listed in table A-31.

Table A-31 NSE performance measurement counters

Counter

No.

Counter description Counter variable

name

Source Unit

C52001 Number of times that BSS receives CS

Paging

dwCSPagings GGP NSE

C52002 Number of times that BSS receives PS

Paging

dwPSPagings GGP NSE

C52003 Total number of sending status messages dwSendStatusePDUs GGP NSE

C52004 Total number of receiving status messages dwRecvStatusePDUs GGP NSE




dwSendEquFailures GGP NSE




failure”

dwSendNetFailures GGP NSE




dwSendUnkownMSe

s

GGP NSE




dwSendUnkonwBVC

Is

GGP NSE




dwSendCellCongs GGP NSE




dwSendOAMInterve

ntions

GGP NSE



message is “protocol error”

dwSendProtocolError

s

GGP NSE




dwSendOverLoades GGP NSE



message is “network service transmission

capability from 0—>non-0 value”

dwSendCapaModifie

ds

GGP NSE


Page 581 of 591

Counter

No.


name

Source Unit



message is “PDU semantic error”

dwSendSemanErrors GGP NSE



message is “invalid essential information

unit”

dwSendInvalidMIEs GGP NSE



message is “missing essential information

unit”

dwSendMissingMIEs GGP NSE



message is “missing condition information

unit”

dwSendMissingCIEs GGP NSE



message is “unexpected condition

information unit”

dwSendUnexpedtedC

IEs

GGP NSE



message is “condition information unit

error”

dwSendCIEErrors GGP NSE



message is “protocol status incompatible

dwSendUncompatibl

es

GGP NSE


indicated by the receiving “status”


dwRecvEquFailures GGP NSE




failure”

dwRecvNetFailures GGP NSE




dwRecvUnkownMSe

s

GGP NSE




dwRecvUnkonwBV

CIs

GGP NSE




dwRecvCellCongs GGP NSE


Page 582 of 591

Counter

No.


name

Source Unit



message is “O&M intenvention”

dwRecvOAMInterve

ntions

GGP NSE



message is “protocol error”

dwRecvProtocolErro

rs

GGP NSE




dwRecvOverLoades GGP NSE



message is “BVC blocking”

dwRecvBVCBlocked

es

GGP NSE



message is “PDU semantic error”

dwRecvSemanErrors GGP NSE



message is “invalid essential information

unit”

dwRecvInvalidMIEs GGP NSE



message is “missing essential information

unit”

dwRecvMissingMIEs GGP NSE



message is “missing condition

information unit”

dwRecvMissingCIEs GGP NSE



message is “unexpected condition

information unit”

dwRecvUnexpedted

CIEs

GGP NSE



message is “condition information unit

error”

dwRecvCIEErrors GGP NSE



message is “protocol status incompatible”

dwRecvUncompatibl

es

GGP NSE



message is “SGSN congestion”

dwRecvSGSNCongs GGP NSE


Page 583 of 591

Counter

No.


name

Source Unit

C52038



message is “network service transmission

capability from 0—>non 0 value”

dwRecvCapaModifie

ds GGP NSE

C52039 Number of signaling BVC reset messages

sent by Gb dwSendResetPDUs GGP NSE

C52040 Number of signaling BVC reset ACK

messages received by Gb

dwRecvResetAckPD

Us GGP NSE

C52041 Number of signaling BVC reset messages

received by Gb dwRecvResetPDUs GGP NSE

C52042 Number of signaling BVC reset ACK

messages sent by Gb

dwSendResetAckPD

Us GGP NSE

A.7 BSS counter

A.7.1 Traffic statistic counter

Traffic statistic counters are as listed in table A-32.

Table A-32 Traffic statistic counters

Counter

No. Counter description Counter variable name Source Unit

C60001 Number of used PPCHs dwPPCHUsedNum BPR Cell

C60002 Total number of PRACHs dwPRACHTotalNum BPR Cell

C60003 Number of used PAGCHs dwPAGCHUsedNum BPR Cell

C60004 Total number of blocks (except

for DUMMY frame)

dwTotalExceptDummyB

lkNum BPR Cell

C60005 Total number of downlink sending

blocks dwDlSendBlockNum BPR Cell

C60006 Total number of downlink

retrying blocks dwDlRetryBlockNum BPR Cell

C60007 Number of times for invalid

reservation of uplink blocks dwUlInvalidReservNum BPR Cell

C60008 Number of used uplink

PDTCH/PACCHs

dwUlPDTCHPACCHUs

edNum BPR Cell

C60009 Number of used downlink

PDTCH/PACCHs

dwDlPDTCHPACCHUs

edNum BPR Cell


Page 584 of 591

Counter


C60010 Number conversion times from

CS1 to CS2

dwCS1toCS2ChangeTi

mes BPR Cell

C60011 Number conversion times from

CS2 to CS1

dwCS2toCS1ChangeTi

mes BPR Cell

C60012 Block retransfer rate of RLC dwRLCBLockRetransfer

Rate BRP Cell

C60013 Real loading rate of cell dwCellRealLoadRate BRP Cell

C60014 Average real loading rate of cell

PDCH

dwCellPDCHRealLoadR

ate BRP Cell

C60015 PCCCH load rate dwPCCCHLoadRate BRP Cell

C60016 PRACH load rate dwPRACHLoadRate BRP Cell

C60017 PPCH load rate dwPPCHLoadRate BRP Cell

C60018 PAGCH load rate dwPAGCHLoadRate BRP Cell

C60019 PDTCH/PACCH utilization rate dwPDTCHPACCHUtiliz

eRate BRP Cell

C60020 Uplink PDTCH/PACCH

utilization rate

dwUlPDTCHPACCHUti

lizeRate BRP Cell

C60021 Downlink PDTCH/PACCH

utilization rate

dwDlPDTCHPACCHUti

lizeRate BRP Cell

C60022 Uplink power control dwUlPowerControl BRP Cell

A.7.2 Resource management counter

Resource management counters are as listed in table A-33.

Table A-33 Resource management counter

Counter


C61001 Number of times that BSC

forcedly retract dynamic PDCH dwRecedeDynPDCHTimes GSP Cell

C61002 Number of times for activation

of dynamic PDCH dwDynPDCHActTimes GSP Cell

C61003 Number of times for successful

activation of dynamic PDCH dwDynPDCHActSucTimes GSP Cell

C61004

Number of times for

unsuccessful activation of

dynamic PDCH

dwDynPDCHActFailTimes GSP Cell

C61005 PDCH availability statistics dwPDCHAvail GSP Cell


Page 585 of 591

Counter


C61006 Number of PDCH failure times dwPDCHFaultTimes GSP Cell

C61007 Number of PDCH failure

recovery times dwPDCHFaultRecovTimes GSP Cell

C61008 Average number of available

PDCHs dwMeanAvailPDCH GSP Cell

C61009 Maximum number of available

PDCHs dwMaxAvailPDCH GSP Cell

C61010 Minimum number of available

PDCHs dwMinAvailPDCH GSP Cell

C61011 Average number of occupied

PDCHs dwMeanOccPDCH GSP Cell

C61012 Maximum number of occupied

PDCHs dwMaxOccPDCH GSP Cell

C61013 Minimum number of occupied

PDCHs dwMinOccPDCH GSP Cell

C61014 Number of channel blocking

times dwPDCHBlkTimes GSP Cell

C61015 Number of channel unblocking

times dwPDCHUnblkTimes GSP Cell

C61016

Number of uplink data blocks

sent by the cell over the Um

interface

dwUmUlBlockNum GSP Cell

C61017

Number of downlink data blocks

sent by the cell over the Um

interface

dwUmDlBlockNum GSP Cell

C61018 Number of packet channel

assignment requests dwPCHAssReqNum GSP Cell

C61019 Number of successful packet

channel assignment requests dwSuccPCHAssReqNum GSP Cell

C61020

Arithmetic mean of the time

interval between two continuous

packet channel access requests

originated by MS

dwMeanPSInterArrivalTime GSP Cell

C61021 Number of uplink assignment

processes attempted by the cell dwTotalAttUpAssProcs GSP Cell

C61022

Number of successful uplink

assignment processes attempted

by the cell

dwSusTotalAttUpAssProcs GSP Cell

C61023 Number of downlink assignment

processes attempted by the cell dwTotalAttDnAssProcs GSP Cell


Page 586 of 591

Counter


C61024

Number of successful downlink


by the cell

dwSusTotalAttDnAssProcs GSP Cell

C61025

Number of uplink assignment

processes attempted by the cell

due to one phase access

dwAttAssProcsOnePhaseAc

cess GSP Cell

C61026



by the cell due to one phase

access

dwSusAttAssProcsOnePhase

Access GSP Cell

C61027



due to single block packet

access

dwAttImmAssProcsSBPacke

tAccess GSP Cell

C61028



by the cell due to single block

packet access

dwSusAttAssProcsSBPacket

Access GSP Cell

C61029



due to paging response

dwAttAssProcsPagResp GSP Cell

C61030



by the cell due to paging

response

dwSusAttAssProcsPagResp GSP Cell

C61031



due to cell updating

dwAttAssProcsCellUpdate GSP Cell

C61032



by the cell due to cell updating

dwSusAttAssProcsCellUpdat

e GSP Cell

C61033



due to mobility management

dwAssProcsMMMange GSP Cell

C61034



by the cell due to mobility

management

dwSusAssProcsMMMange GSP Cell

C61035



due to two phase access

dwAttAssTwoPhaseAccess GSP Cell


Page 587 of 591

Counter


C61036



by the cell due to two phase

access

dwSusAttAssTwoPhaseAcce

ss GSP Cell

C61037



due to short access

dwAttAssShortAccess GSP Cell

C61038



by the cell due to short access

dwSusAttAssShortAccess GSP Cell

C61039 Number of successfully seized

PDTCHs dwSuccPDTCHSeizureNum GSP Cell

C61040 Number of messages waiting for

sending over PCH-AGCH dwPCHAGCHWaitMsgNum GSP Cell

C61041 Number of paging messages

deleted for the PCH queue

dwPCHDelPagMsgNum

GSP Cell

C61042

Number of packet paging

messages deleted from the

PPCH queue

dwPPCHDelPagPSMsgNum GSP Cell

C61043 Number of paging messages that

fail to be sent by the cell dwPagMsgSentFailNum GSP Cell

C61044

Average number of messages

waiting for sending over PCH-

AGCH

dwPCHAGCHWaitMsgMea

nNum GSP Cell

C61045

Average number of messages

waiting for sending over the

PPCH-PAGCH subchannel of

PCCCH

dwPPCHPAGCHWaitMsgM

eanNum GSP Cell

A.8 Other counters

A.8.1 RMM load counter

The RMM load counters are listed in Table A-34.

Table A-34 RMM load counter


C90101 Average load of the processor OSS %


Page 588 of 591

C90102 Peak value of processor load OSS %

C90103 Average value of seized memory resources OSS %

C90104 Peak value of seized memory resources OSS %

A.8.2 Service load counter

The service load counters are listed in Table A-35.

Table A-35 Service load counter

Counter No.

Counter description

Explanations Source Unit

C90201 BHCA The BHCA of SMM means that, when any instance is created for AIS:

the EstablishIndcation message from RMM is received (during initial access).

The BHCA of RMM means that, when any instance is created for RMS:

the ChannelRequired message of BTS is received.

the HandoverRequest message from SMM is received.

the handover request message from the local module or other RMMs is received.

AIS Or

RMS

Number of

calls/hour

A.8.3 SMM Load counter

The SMM Load counters are listed in Table A-36.

Table A-36 SMM load counter


C90401 Average load of the processor OSS %

C90402 Peak value of processor load OSS %

C90403 Average value of seized memory resources

OSS %

C90404 Peak value of seized memory resources OSS %


Page 589 of 591

Appendix B Acronyms

Acronyms Full name

Abis A-bis Interface

AIPP A Interface Peripheral Processor

AIU A Interface Unit

AUC Access Unit Controller

BAF BSS Adapter Function

BCCH Broadcast Channel

BIE Base station Interface Equipment

BIPP aBis Interface Peripheral Processor

BIU aBis Interface Unit

BOSN Bit Oriented Switching Network

BRP BSSGP RLC/MAC Protocol

BSIA Base Station Interface Adapter

BSC Base Station Controller

BSS Base station Sub System

BSSAP Base station Sub System Application Part

BSSGP Base station Sub System GPRS Protocol

BTS Base Transceiver Station

BVC BSSGP Virtual Connect

CBCH Cell Broadcast Channel

CCCH Common Control Channel

CDF Commands Dispatching Function

CLF Commands Logging Function

CMIP Common Management Information Protocol

CMIS Common Management Information Service

CRF Commands Resolution Function

CS Circuit Switched

DRT Dual-Rate Transcoder

DSP Digital Signal Processor

EDRT Enhanced DRT

EFD Event Forwarding Discriminator

EGSM Extend GSM

ESU Executable Software Unit

FN Frame Number

FR Frame Relay

FRP FR Protocol

FTAM File Transfer Access Maintenance

FU Frame Unit

FUC Frame Unit Controller

GGSN Gateway GPRS Support Node


Page 590 of 591

Acronyms Full name

GIPP Gb Interface Peripheral Processor

GIU GPRS Interface Unit

GPRS General Packet Radio Service

GSM Globe System for Mobile communication

GSN GPRS Support Node

HMS ZXIP10-AS HMS

HSN Hopping Sequence Number

LAF Local Access Function

LAPD Link Access Protocol of D-Channel

LMF Local Management Function

LMT Local Management Terminal

MAC Medium Access Control

MAF Management Application Functions

MAIO Mobile Allocation Index Offset

MIB Management Information Base

MIT MO Instance Tree

MF Mediation Function

MKF MMI Kernel Function

MMI Man Machine Interface

MML Man Machine Language

MO Managed Object

MOC Managed Object Class

MOF MO administration Function

MP Main Processor

MS Mobile Station

MSC Mobile Switch Center

MSF Management Support Function

MTP Message Transfer Part

NAF NMC Access Function

NC Network Control

NEF Network Element Function

NMC Network Management Center

NS Network Service

NSVC NS Virtual Circuit

OMC Operation Maintenance Center

OMCR Operation Maintenance Center Radio

OOF Operation Outputting Function

OSF Operations Systems Function

PACCH Packet Associated Control Channel

PAGCH Paging & Access Granted Channel

PCU Packet Control Unit

PDCH Packet Data Channel


Page 591 of 591

Acronyms Full name

PDTCH Packet Data Traffic Channel

PDU Protocol Data Unit

PP Peripheral Processor

PS Packet Switched

PTM Point To Multipoint

PTP Point To Point

PUC Packet Unit Control

PVC Permanent Virtual Circuit

RACH Random Access Channel

RMM Radio Management Module

RLC Radio Link Control

SDCCH Specified Control Channel

SGSN Serving GPRS Support Node

SMB Short Message Broadcast

SMM Service Management Module

SMS Short Message Service

SSF Session Services Function

TC TransCoder

TCH Traffic Channel

TCPP TransCoder unit Peripheral Processor

TIC Trunk Interface Circuit

TMN Telecommunication Management Network

TRAU Transcoder and Rate Adaptor Unit

TRX Transceiver

UISF User Interface Support Function

WAF Windows Administration Function

WSF WorkStation Function

ZXG10-BSC(V2)Operation Manual Vol 2

Documents

Transcript of ZXG10-BSC(V2)Operation Manual Vol 2